NO315321B1 - New 2- (iminomethyl) amino-phenyl derivatives, their preparation and use, and pharmaceutical preparations - Google Patents

New 2- (iminomethyl) amino-phenyl derivatives, their preparation and use, and pharmaceutical preparations Download PDF

Info

Publication number
NO315321B1
NO315321B1 NO19996208A NO996208A NO315321B1 NO 315321 B1 NO315321 B1 NO 315321B1 NO 19996208 A NO19996208 A NO 19996208A NO 996208 A NO996208 A NO 996208A NO 315321 B1 NO315321 B1 NO 315321B1
Authority
NO
Norway
Prior art keywords
general formula
methyl
thienyl
imino
amino
Prior art date
Application number
NO19996208A
Other languages
Norwegian (no)
Other versions
NO996208D0 (en
NO996208L (en
Inventor
Jeremiah Harnett
Dennis Bigg
De Lassauniere Pierre Chabrier
Serge Auvin
Original Assignee
Sod Conseils Rech Applic
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Sod Conseils Rech Applic filed Critical Sod Conseils Rech Applic
Publication of NO996208D0 publication Critical patent/NO996208D0/en
Publication of NO996208L publication Critical patent/NO996208L/en
Publication of NO315321B1 publication Critical patent/NO315321B1/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D417/00Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00
    • C07D417/02Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing two hetero rings
    • C07D417/12Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D521/00Heterocyclic compounds containing unspecified hetero rings
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P21/00Drugs for disorders of the muscular or neuromuscular system
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • A61P3/06Antihyperlipidemics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00Antineoplastic agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P43/00Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D333/00Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D333/02Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings
    • C07D333/04Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings not substituted on the ring sulphur atom
    • C07D333/26Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings not substituted on the ring sulphur atom with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D333/38Carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D409/00Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D409/02Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings
    • C07D409/12Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D409/00Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D409/14Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing three or more hetero rings
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D413/00Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D413/02Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings
    • C07D413/12Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Neurology (AREA)
  • Diabetes (AREA)
  • Hematology (AREA)
  • Immunology (AREA)
  • Cardiology (AREA)
  • Heart & Thoracic Surgery (AREA)
  • Biomedical Technology (AREA)
  • Obesity (AREA)
  • Neurosurgery (AREA)
  • Orthopedic Medicine & Surgery (AREA)
  • Physical Education & Sports Medicine (AREA)
  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
  • Plural Heterocyclic Compounds (AREA)
  • Organic Low-Molecular-Weight Compounds And Preparation Thereof (AREA)
  • Acyclic And Carbocyclic Compounds In Medicinal Compositions (AREA)

Description

Foreliggende oppfinnelse angår nye derivater av 2-(iminometyl)aminofenyt som har en hemmende virkning på NO-syntase-enzymer som produserer nitrogenmonoksyd NO og/eller en aktivitet som fanger reaktive oksygenformer (ROS for "reactive oxygen species"). Oppfinnelsen angår derivatene med den generelle formel (I) definert nedenfor, fremgangsmåter for fremstilling og anvendelse derav og farmasøytiske preparater inneholdende dem. The present invention relates to new derivatives of 2-(iminomethyl)aminophenyt which have an inhibitory effect on NO synthase enzymes that produce nitric oxide NO and/or an activity that captures reactive oxygen species (ROS for "reactive oxygen species"). The invention relates to the derivatives with the general formula (I) defined below, methods for their preparation and use and pharmaceutical preparations containing them.

Gitt den potensielle rolle til NO og ROS i fysiopatologi, kan de beskrevne nye derivater med den generelle formel (I) gi gunstige eller fordelaktige effekter ved behandling av patologier hvor disse kjemiske former er involvert. Spesielt: • kardiovaskulære og oerebrovaskulære lidelser omfattende for eksempel aterosklerose, migrene, arteriell hypertensjon, septisk sjokk, ischemiske eller hemorragiske hjerte- eller hjerne-infarkter, ischemier og tromboser. • lidelser i sentralt eller perifert nervesystem så som for eksempel neurodegenerative sykdommer hvorav det spesielt kan nevnes cerebrale infarkter, subaraknoidal blødning, aldring, senil demens omfattende Alzheimers sykdom, Huntington's chorea, Parkinson's sykdom, Creutzfeld Jacob sykdom og prion-sykdommer, amyotrofisk lateralsklerose, men også smerte, hjerne- og benmarg-skader, avhengighet av opiater, alkohol og vanedannende stoffer, erektive og reproduktive lidelser, kognitive lidelser, encefalopatier, encefalopatier av viral eller toksisk opprinnelse. • lidelser i skjelett-muskel og neuromuskulære ledd (myopati, myose), så vel som hud-sykdommer. • proliferative og inflammatoriske sykdommer så som for eksempel aterosklerose, pulmonal hypertensjon, åndenød, glomerulonefritt, portal hypertensjon, psoriasis, artrose og revmatoid artritt, fibroser, amyloidoser, inflammasjoner i mave-tarm-systemet (kolitt, Crohn's sykdom) eller i det pulmonale system og luftveiene (astma, sinusitt, rhinitt). Given the potential role of NO and ROS in physiopathology, the described new derivatives of the general formula (I) may provide favorable or advantageous effects in the treatment of pathologies where these chemical forms are involved. In particular: • cardiovascular and cerebrovascular disorders including, for example, atherosclerosis, migraine, arterial hypertension, septic shock, ischemic or haemorrhagic heart or brain infarcts, ischaemia and thrombosis. • disorders in the central or peripheral nervous system such as, for example, neurodegenerative diseases of which cerebral infarctions, subarachnoid haemorrhage, ageing, senile dementia including Alzheimer's disease, Huntington's chorea, Parkinson's disease, Creutzfeld Jacob disease and prion diseases, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis can be mentioned in particular also pain, brain and bone marrow damage, addiction to opiates, alcohol and addictive substances, erectile and reproductive disorders, cognitive disorders, encephalopathies, encephalopathies of viral or toxic origin. • disorders of skeletal muscle and neuromuscular joints (myopathy, myosis), as well as skin diseases. • proliferative and inflammatory diseases such as, for example, atherosclerosis, pulmonary hypertension, shortness of breath, glomerulonephritis, portal hypertension, psoriasis, arthrosis and rheumatoid arthritis, fibrosis, amyloidosis, inflammation in the gastrointestinal system (colitis, Crohn's disease) or in the pulmonary system and the respiratory system (asthma, sinusitis, rhinitis).

• organ-transplantasjoner. • organ transplants.

• auto-immune og virale sykdommer så som for eksempel lupus, AIDS, parasittiske og virale infeksjoner, diabetes, multippel sklerose. • auto-immune and viral diseases such as, for example, lupus, AIDS, parasitic and viral infections, diabetes, multiple sclerosis.

• kreft. • cancer.

• nevrologiske sykdommer forbundet med intoksikasjoner (kadmium- • neurological diseases associated with intoxications (cadmium-

forgiftning, inhalering av n-heksan, pesticider, herbicider), med behandlinger (radioterapi) eller lidelser av genetisk opprinnelse (Wilson's sykdom). • alle patologier karakterisert ved en for høy produksjon eller dysfunksjon av NO og/eller ROS. poisoning, inhalation of n-hexane, pesticides, herbicides), with treatments (radiotherapy) or disorders of genetic origin (Wilson's disease). • all pathologies characterized by excessive production or dysfunction of NO and/or ROS.

Ved alle disse patologier finnes det eksperimentelle bevis som demonstrerer involvering av NO eller ROS { J. Med. Chem. (1995) 38,4343-4362; Free Radic. Biol. Med. (1996) 20, 675-705; The Neuroscientist (1997) 3, 327-333). In all these pathologies there is experimental evidence demonstrating the involvement of NO or ROS { J. Med. Chem. (1995) 38, 4343-4362; Free Radic. Biol. With. (1996) 20, 675-705; The Neuroscientist (1997) 3, 327-333).

Videre har oppfinnerne allerede beskrevet NO-syntase-inhibitorer og anvendelse av dem i tidligere patenter (US Patent 5,081,148; US Patent 5,360,925) og senere kombinasjonen av disse inhibitorer med produkter som har antioksyderende eller antiradikulære egenskaper (en upublisert patentsøknad). Furthermore, the inventors have already described NO synthase inhibitors and their use in earlier patents (US Patent 5,081,148; US Patent 5,360,925) and later the combination of these inhibitors with products having antioxidant or antiradical properties (an unpublished patent application).

Et mål for foreliggende oppfinnelse er nye derivater av 2-(iminometyl)aminofenyl, samt anvendelse og fremstilling. An aim of the present invention is new derivatives of 2-(iminomethyl)aminophenyl, as well as their use and production.

Forbindelsene ifølge foreliggende oppfinnelse har den generelle formel (I): The compounds according to the present invention have the general formula (I):

hvor: where:

A er en aromatisk gruppe med strukturen: A is an aromatic group with the structure:

hvor where

Ri og R2 uavhengig representerer et hydrogenatom, halogen, en OH-gruppe, en lineær eller forgrenet alkylrest som har fra 1 til 6 karbonatomer. R 1 and R 2 independently represent a hydrogen atom, halogen, an OH group, a linear or branched alkyl radical having from 1 to 6 carbon atoms.

R3 representerer et hydrogenatom, en lineær eller forgrenet alkylrest som har fra 1 til 6 karbonatomer, eller R3 represents a hydrogen atom, a linear or branched alkyl radical having from 1 to 6 carbon atoms, or

B representerer en tienylgruppe; B represents a thienyl group;

X representerer -X'-, -NH-CO-, -CH=, -CO- eller en binding, hvor X' representerer -(CH2)n- idet n er et helt tall fra 0 til 6; X represents -X'-, -NH-CO-, -CH=, -CO- or a bond, where X' represents -(CH2)n-, n being an integer from 0 to 6;

Y representerer -Y'-, -CO-Y<1->, -Y'-CO, -CH2-N(R3)-CO-, -O-Y'-, -Y'-0-, - Y represents -Y'-, -CO-Y<1->, -Y'-CO, -CH2-N(R3)-CO-, -O-Y'-, -Y'-0-, -

Y<*->N(R3)-Y'- eller en binding, hvor Y' representerer -{CH2)n- idet n er et helt tall fra 0 til 6; Y<*->N(R3)-Y'- or a bond, where Y' represents -{CH2)n-, n being an integer from 0 to 6;

Het representerer en heterocyklisk gruppe som kan være substituert med én eller flere substituenter valgt blant CrC6-alkoksykarbonyl eller CrC6-alkyl, hvilken heterocyklisk gruppe er valgt blant pyrrol, pyrrolidin, furan, imidazol, dihydroimidazol-2-on, imidazolidin-2,5-dion, isoksazolin, dihydropyridin, azetidin, piperidin, tiazol, tiazolin, tiazolidin eller tiazolidinon, Het represents a heterocyclic group which may be substituted with one or more substituents selected from CrC6-Alkoxycarbonyl or CrC6-Alkyl, which heterocyclic group is selected from pyrrole, pyrrolidine, furan, imidazole, dihydroimidazol-2-one, imidazolidin-2,5- dione, isoxazoline, dihydropyridine, azetidine, piperidine, thiazole, thiazoline, thiazolidine or thiazolidinone,

eller et addisjonssalt av en forbindelse ifølge generell formel (I) som definert ovenfor med en syre. or an addition salt of a compound of general formula (I) as defined above with an acid.

Mer spesielt angår oppfinnelsen forbindelsene med den generelle formel (I) hvor: More particularly, the invention relates to the compounds of the general formula (I) where:

A er en aromatisk gruppe med strukturen: A is an aromatic group with the structure:

hvor where

Ri og R2 uavhengig representerer en lineær eller forgrenet alkylrest som har fra 1-6 karbonatomer; R 1 and R 2 independently represent a linear or branched alkyl radical having from 1-6 carbon atoms;

R3 representerer et hydrogenatom eller en lineær eller forgrenet alkylrest som har fra 1 til 6 karbonatomer; R 3 represents a hydrogen atom or a linear or branched alkyl radical having from 1 to 6 carbon atoms;

B representerer en tienylgruppe; B represents a thienyl group;

X representerer -NH-CO-X'-, -CH=, -CO- eller en binding, hvor X' representerer -(CH2)n- idet n er et helt tall fra 0 til 6; X represents -NH-CO-X'-, -CH=, -CO- or a bond, where X' represents -(CH2)n-, n being an integer from 0 to 6;

Y representerer -Y'-, -Y-CO-, -Y'-0-, -Y'-N(R3)-r- eller en binding, hvor Y' representerer -(CH2)n- idet n er et helt tall fra 0 til 6; Y represents -Y'-, -Y-CO-, -Y'-0-, -Y'-N(R3)-r- or a bond, where Y' represents -(CH2)n- where n is an integer numbers from 0 to 6;

Het representerer en heterocyklisk gruppe som kan være substituert med én eller flere substituenter valgt biant Ci-Ce-alkoksykarbonyl eller Ci-Cs-alkyl, hvor den heterocykliske gruppen er valgt fra pyrrol, pyrrolidin, furan, imidazol, dihydroimidazol-2-on, imidazolidin-2,5-dion, isoksazolin, dihydropyridin, azetidin, piperidin, tiazol, tiazolin, tiazolidin eller tiazolidinon. Het represents a heterocyclic group which may be substituted with one or more substituents selected from among Ci-Ce-Alkoxycarbonyl or Ci-Cs-alkyl, where the heterocyclic group is selected from pyrrol, pyrrolidine, furan, imidazole, dihydroimidazol-2-one, imidazolidin -2,5-dione, isoxazoline, dihydropyridine, azetidine, piperidine, thiazole, thiazoline, thiazolidine or thiazolidinone.

Spesielt angår oppfinnelsen forbindelsene med de generelle formler som nye industrielle produkter, forbindelsene med de generelle formler (II), (III), (V), (VI) og (VII) In particular, the invention concerns the compounds with the general formulas as new industrial products, the compounds with the general formulas (II), (III), (V), (VI) and (VII)

hvor A, X, Het, Y og B er som definert i krav 1; og Gp representerer en beskyttende gruppe for amin-funksjonen som fortrinnsvis kan avspaltes i et vannfritt, surt medium, så som for eksempel karbamatene av t-butyl, trikloretyl eller trimetylsilyletyl eller også trrtylgruppen. where A, X, Het, Y and B are as defined in claim 1; and Gp represents a protecting group for the amine function which can preferably be cleaved in an anhydrous, acidic medium, such as, for example, the carbamates of t-butyl, trichloroethyl or trimethylsilylethyl or also the ttrtyl group.

Oppfinnelsen angår fortrinnsvis de følgende forbindelser: The invention preferably relates to the following compounds:

- N-(3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroksyfenyl)-5-[4-{imino(2-tienyl)-metylamino}fenyl]-2-furan karboksamid -hydrojodid; - 3-(3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroksyfenyl)-1-[4-{imino(2-tienyl)-metylamino}fenyl]-2,5-imidazolidindion -hydroklorid; - 2-(3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroksy tiazolidinon-hydroklorid; - 5-[{3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroksyfenyl)metylen]-1-^ amino}fenyl]-2,4-imidazolidindion-fumarat; - 2-(SH-(S)-N-[4-hydroksy-3,5-bis-(1.1-dimetyletyl)-fenyl]-4-{4-[(imino(2-tienyl)-metyi)arnino]fenoksy}-prolinamidhydroklorid; - N-[4-hydroksy-3,5-bis-(1,1<limetyletyl)fenyl]-2-(R,SH4-[(imino(2-tienyl)metyl)-amino]fenyl}-4-(R)-tiazolidin karboksamid-fumarat; - N-[3,5-bis(1,1-dimetyletyl)-4-hydroksyfenyl]-2-{4-[(imino(2-tienyl)metyl)amino]-fenyl}-4-(R)-tiazolidin karboksamid-fumarat; - N-[3,5-bis(1,1-dimetyletyl)-4-hydroksyfenyl]-2-(S)-{4-[(imino(2-tienyl)metyl)-amino]fenoksy}-pyrrolidin-2-(R)-karboksamid-dihydroklorid; - metyl-1-[(3,4-dihydro-6-hydroksy-2,5,7,8-tetrametyl-2-H-[1]-benzopyran-2-yl)-karbonyl]-4-(S)-{4-[imino(2-tienyl)metyl)amino]fenoksy}-pyrrolidin-2-(S)-karboksylat-hydroklorid; - 1-[(3,4-dihydro-6-hydroksy-2,5,7,8-tetrametyl-2-H-[1]-benzopyran-2-yl)-karbonyl]-3-(S)-{4-[imino(2-tienyl)metyl)amino]fenoksy}-pyrrolidin-hydroklorid; - 3-{[(3,4-dihydro-6-hydroksy-2,5,7,8-tetrametyl-2-H-[1]-benzopyran-2-yl)-karbonyl]-amino}-1-{4-[imino(2-tienyl)metyl)amino]fenyl}-pyrrolidin; - 4-[(3,5-bis-(1,1-dimetyletyl)-4-hydroksyfenyl]-N-{4-imino(2-tienyl)metyl)amino]-benzoyl}-N-metyl-1H-imidazol-2-metanamin-hydroklorid; - N-[3,5-bis(1,1-dimetyletyl)-4-hydroksyfenyl]-1-{4-[(imino(2-tienyl)metyl)amino]-fenyl}-1H-pyrrol-2-karboksamid-hydroiodid; - 3-[3,5-bis(1,1-dimetyletyl)-4-hydroksyfenyl]-4,5-dihydro-N-{4-[(imino(2-tienyl)-metyl)amino]-fenyl}-5-isoksazolacetamid-hydroiodid; - 4-[(3,5-bis-(1,1 -dimetyletyl)-4-hydroksyfenyl]-N-{4-imino{2-tienyl)metyl)amino]-fenyl}-N-metyl-2-tiazolmetanamin-hydroklorid; - 4-[(3,5-bis-(1,1 -dimetyletyl)-4-hydroksyfenyl]-N-{4-imirio(2-tienyl)metyl)amino]-fenyl}-N-metyl-1H-imidazo[-2-metanamin-hydroklorid; - 3-[(3,5-bis-(1,1 -dimetyletyl)-4-hydroksyfenyl]-4t5-dihydro-5-{2-{4-[(imino(2-tienyl)-metyl)amino]fenoksy}etyl}isoksazol; - 1-{[(3,5-bis-{1,1 -dimetyletyl)-4-hydroksyfenyl]amirio}-kabonyl}-3-{4-[(imino(2-tienyl)metyl)amino]fenoksy}azetidin-hydroklorid; - 1-(2-hydroksy-5-metoksybenzoyl)-3-{4-[(imino(2-tienyl)metyl)amino]fénoksy}-azetidin-hydroklorid; - 1-[(3,4-dihydro-6-hydroksy-2,5,7,8-tetrametyl-2-H-[1]-benzopyrari-2-yl)karbonyl]-4-[4-[(imino(2-tien^ - 1 -[(S^-dihydro-e-hydroksy^.S.y^-tetrametyl^-H-tl ]-benzopyran-2-yl)-karbonyl]-3-{4-[(imino(2-tienyl)metyl)amino]fenoksy}azetidin-hydroklorid; - N-(3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)-5-[4-{imino(2-thienyl)-methylamino}phenyl]-2-furan carboxamide hydroiodide; - 3-(3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)-1-[4-{imino(2-thienyl)-methylamino}phenyl]-2,5-imidazolidinedione hydrochloride; - 2-(3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxy thiazolidinone hydrochloride; - 5-[{3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)methylene]-1-^amino}phenyl] -2,4-imidazolidinedione fumarate; - 2-(SH-(S)-N-[4-hydroxy-3,5-bis-(1,1-dimethylethyl)-phenyl]-4-{4-[(imino(2-thienyl)-methyl)amino] phenoxy}-prolinamide hydrochloride;- N-[4-hydroxy-3,5-bis-(1,1<limethylethyl)phenyl]-2-(R,SH4-[(imino(2-thienyl)methyl)-amino]phenyl }-4-(R)-thiazolidine carboxamide fumarate;- N-[3,5-bis(1,1-dimethylethyl)-4-hydroxyphenyl]-2-{4-[(imino(2-thienyl)methyl) amino]-phenyl}-4-(R)-thiazolidine carboxamide fumarate;- N-[3,5-bis(1,1-dimethylethyl)-4-hydroxyphenyl]-2-(S)-{4-[( imino(2-thienyl)methyl)-amino]phenoxy}-pyrrolidine-2-(R)-carboxamide dihydrochloride;-methyl-1-[(3,4-dihydro-6-hydroxy-2,5,7,8 -tetramethyl-2-H-[1]-benzopyran-2-yl)-carbonyl]-4-(S)-{4-[imino(2-thienyl)methyl)amino]phenoxy}-pyrrolidine-2-(S )-carboxylate hydrochloride;- 1-[(3,4-dihydro-6-hydroxy-2,5,7,8-tetramethyl-2-H-[1]-benzopyran-2-yl)-carbonyl]-3 -(S)-{4-[imino(2-thienyl)methyl)amino]phenoxy}-pyrrolidine hydrochloride; - 3-{[(3,4-dihydro-6-hydroxy-2,5,7,8-tetramethyl-2-H-[1]-benzopyran-2-yl)-carbonyl]-amino}-1-{ 4-[imino(2-thienyl)methyl)amino]phenyl}-pyrrolidine; - 4-[(3,5-bis-(1,1-dimethylethyl)-4-hydroxyphenyl]-N-{4-imino(2-thienyl)methyl)amino]-benzoyl}-N-methyl-1H-imidazole -2-methanamine hydrochloride; - N-[3,5-bis(1,1-dimethylethyl)-4-hydroxyphenyl]-1-{4-[(imino(2-thienyl)methyl)amino]-phenyl}-1H-pyrrole-2-carboxamide -hydroiodide; - 3-[3,5-bis(1,1-dimethylethyl)-4-hydroxyphenyl]-4,5-dihydro-N-{4-[(imino(2-thienyl)-methyl)amino]-phenyl}- 5-isoxazolacetamide hydroiodide; - 4-[(3,5-bis-(1,1-dimethylethyl)-4-hydroxyphenyl]-N-{4-imino{2-thienyl)methyl)amino]-phenyl}-N-methyl-2-thiazolemethanamine -hydrochloride; - 4-[(3,5-bis-(1,1-dimethylethyl)-4-hydroxyphenyl]-N-{4-imirio(2-thienyl)methyl)amino]-phenyl}-N-methyl-1H-imidazo [-2-methanamine hydrochloride; - 3-[(3,5-bis-(1,1-dimethylethyl)-4-hydroxyphenyl]-4t5-dihydro-5-{2-{4-[(imino(2-thienyl)-methyl)amino]phenoxy }ethyl}isoxazole;- 1-{[(3,5-bis-{1,1-dimethylethyl)-4-hydroxyphenyl]amirio}-carbonyl}-3-{4-[(imino(2-thienyl)methyl) amino]phenoxy}azetidine hydrochloride;- 1-(2-hydroxy-5-methoxybenzoyl)-3-{4-[(imino(2-thienyl)methyl)amino]phenoxy}-azetidine hydrochloride;- 1-[( 3,4-dihydro-6-hydroxy-2,5,7,8-tetramethyl-2-H-[1]-benzopyrari-2-yl)carbonyl]-4-[4-[(imino(2-thien^ - 1 -[(S^-dihydro-ε-hydroxy^.S.y^-tetramethyl^-H-tl]-benzopyran-2-yl)-carbonyl]-3-{4-[(imino(2-thienyl)methyl )amino]phenoxy}azetidine hydrochloride;

eller deres salter eller enantiomerer. or their salts or enantiomers.

Oppfinnelsen angår spesielt de følgende forbindelser: The invention relates in particular to the following compounds:

- 3-(3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroksyfenyl)-1-[4-{imino(2-tienyl)metylamino}fenyl]-2p5-imidazolidindion-hydroklorid; - 2-(3,5-di-t-butyM-hydroksyfenyl)-3-[4-{imino(2-tienyl)metylamino}fenyl]-4-tiazolidinon-hydroklorid; - 5-[(3,5<ii-t-butyl-4-hydroksyfenyl)metylen>1-metyl-3-[4-{imino(2-tienyl)me amino}fenyl]-2,4-imidazolidindion-fumarat; - 2-(S)-4-(S)-N-[4-hydroksy-3,5-bis-(1, 1-dimetyletyl)-fenyH-{4-[(imino(2-tienyl)-metyl)amino]fenoksy)-prolinamid-hydroklorid; - N-[4-hydroksy-3,5-bis-(1,1 -dimetyl)etyl-fenyl]-2-{4-[(imino(2-tienyl)metyl)amino]-fenyl}-4-tiazolkarboksamid-hydroklorid; - 3-(3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)-1-[4-{imino(2-thienyl)methylamino}phenyl]-2β-imidazolidinedione hydrochloride; - 2-(3,5-di-t-butylN-hydroxyphenyl)-3-[4-{imino(2-thienyl)methylamino}phenyl]-4-thiazolidinone hydrochloride; - 5-[(3,5<ii-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)methylene>1-methyl-3-[4-{imino(2-thienyl)me amino}phenyl]-2,4-imidazolidinedione fumarate ; - 2-(S)-4-(S)-N-[4-hydroxy-3,5-bis-(1,1-dimethylethyl)-phenylH-{4-[(imino(2-thienyl)-methyl) amino]phenoxy)-prolinamide hydrochloride; - N-[4-hydroxy-3,5-bis-(1,1-dimethyl)ethyl-phenyl]-2-{4-[(imino(2-thienyl)methyl)amino]-phenyl}-4-thiazolecarboxamide -hydrochloride;

eller deres salter eller enantiomerer. or their salts or enantiomers.

Foreliggende oppfinnelse angår også forbindelsene med den generelle formel (I) beskrevet tidligere eller deres farmasøytisk godtagbare salter, som medikamenter. Den angår også farmasøytiske preparater inneholdende disse som aktiv bestanddel eller deres farmasøytisk godtagbare salter og anvendelse av disse som aktiv bestanddel eller deres farmasøytisk godtagbare salter for å produsere medikamenter som skal hemme NO-syntase, hemme lipid peroksydasjon eller gi den doble funksjon NO-syntase-hemning og lipid peroksydasjonshemning, samt behandle Huntingtons korea og Parkinsons sykdom. The present invention also relates to the compounds of the general formula (I) described earlier or their pharmaceutically acceptable salts, as drugs. It also relates to pharmaceutical preparations containing these as an active ingredient or their pharmaceutically acceptable salts and the use of these as an active ingredient or their pharmaceutically acceptable salts to produce drugs to inhibit NO synthase, inhibit lipid peroxidation or provide the dual function of NO synthase- inhibition and lipid peroxidation inhibition, as well as treating Huntington's chorea and Parkinson's disease.

Med farmasøytisk godtagbare salter menes spesielt addisjonssalter av uorganiske syrer så som hydroklorid, sulfat, fosfat, difosfat, hydrobromid, hydrojodid og nitrat eller av organiske syrer, så som acetat, maleat, fumarat, tartrat, succinat, citrat, laktat, metansulfonat, p-toluensulfonat, pamoat, oksalat og stearat. Saltene dannet fra baser så som natrium- eller kaliumhydroksyd faller også innenfor omfanget av foreliggende oppfinnelse, når de kan anvendes. For andre eksempler på farmasøytisk godtagbare salter refereres til "Pharmaceutical salts", J. Pharm. Sei. 66:1 (1977). By pharmaceutically acceptable salts is meant in particular addition salts of inorganic acids such as hydrochloride, sulphate, phosphate, diphosphate, hydrobromide, hydroiodide and nitrate or of organic acids such as acetate, maleate, fumarate, tartrate, succinate, citrate, lactate, methanesulfonate, p- toluenesulfonate, pamoate, oxalate and stearate. The salts formed from bases such as sodium or potassium hydroxide also fall within the scope of the present invention, when they can be used. For other examples of pharmaceutically acceptable salts, reference is made to "Pharmaceutical salts", J. Pharm. Pollock. 66:1 (1977).

Det farmasøytiske preparatet kan være i form av et fast stoff, for eksempel pulvere, granuler, tabletter, kapsler, liposomer eller suppositorier. Passende faste bærere kan for eksempel være kalsiumfosfat, magnesiumstearat, talk, sukkere, laktose, dekstrin, stivelse, gelatin, cellulose, metylcellulose, natriumkarboksy-metylcellulose, polyvinylpyrrolidin og voks. The pharmaceutical preparation can be in the form of a solid substance, for example powders, granules, tablets, capsules, liposomes or suppositories. Suitable solid carriers can be, for example, calcium phosphate, magnesium stearate, talc, sugars, lactose, dextrin, starch, gelatin, cellulose, methylcellulose, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, polyvinylpyrrolidine and wax.

De farmasøytiske preparater inneholdende en forbindelse ifølge foreliggende oppfinnelse kan også presenteres i form av en væske, for eksempel løsninger, emulsjoner, suspensjoner eller siruper. Passende flytende bærere kan for eksempel være vann, organiske oppløsningsmidler så som glycerol eller glykoler, så vel som blandinger derav, i varierende forhold, i vann. The pharmaceutical preparations containing a compound according to the present invention can also be presented in the form of a liquid, for example solutions, emulsions, suspensions or syrups. Suitable liquid carriers can be, for example, water, organic solvents such as glycerol or glycols, as well as mixtures thereof, in varying proportions, in water.

Et medikament ifølge oppfinnelsen kan administreres topisk, oralt eller parenteralt, ved intramuskulær injeksjon, etc. A drug according to the invention can be administered topically, orally or parenterally, by intramuscular injection, etc.

Den tiltenkte administreringsdose for medikamentet ifølge oppfinnelsen er mellom 0,1 mg og 10 g i henhold til typen aktiv forbindelse som anvendes. The intended administration dose for the drug according to the invention is between 0.1 mg and 10 g according to the type of active compound used.

Endelig tilveiebringer oppfinnelsen fremgangsmåte for fremstilling av forbindelsene med den generelle formel (l), kjennetegnet ved at den består av kondensering, fortrinnsvis i en blanding av isopropanol og DM F og ved omgivelsestemperatur, av anilin-derivatene med den generelle formel (III) Finally, the invention provides a process for the preparation of the compounds with the general formula (l), characterized in that it consists of condensation, preferably in a mixture of isopropanol and DM F and at ambient temperature, of the aniline derivatives with the general formula (III)

med S-alkyl-tioimidat-derivater med den generelle formel (IV) with S-alkyl thioimidate derivatives of the general formula (IV)

hvilket gir de endelige forbindelser med den generelle formel (I), giving the final compounds of the general formula (I),

idet forbindelsene med de generelle formler (I), (III) og (IV) er slik at A, X, Het, Y og B er som definert i krav 1. in that the compounds with the general formulas (I), (III) and (IV) are such that A, X, Het, Y and B are as defined in claim 1.

Andre fremstillingsmetoder kan være aktuelle og er kjent fra litteraturen (for eksempel: The Chemistry of amidines and imidates, Vol. 2, Saul PATAI and Zvi RAPPOPORT, John Wiley & Sons, 1991). Other preparation methods may be relevant and are known from the literature (for example: The Chemistry of amidines and imidates, Vol. 2, Saul PATAI and Zvi RAPPOPORT, John Wiley & Sons, 1991).

Foreliggende oppfinnelse beskriver også fremgangsmåte for fremstilling av forbindelsene med den generelle formel (I) ifølge krav 1 hvor den heterocykliske gruppen Het inneholder minst ett nitrogenatom, The present invention also describes a method for preparing the compounds with the general formula (I) according to claim 1, where the heterocyclic group Het contains at least one nitrogen atom,

kjennetegnet ved at den omfatter de følgende to trinn: characterized by the fact that it includes the following two steps:

- kondensering, fortrinnsvis i en isopropanol og DMF-blanding ved omgivelsestemperatur, av en forbindelse med den generelle formel (VI) med en forbindelse med den generelle formel (IV) hvilket gir en forbindelse med den generelle formel (VII) - condensation, preferably in an isopropanol and DMF mixture at ambient temperature, of a compound of the general formula (VI) with a compound of the general formula (IV) giving a compound of the general formula (VII)

- avspaltning av den beskyttende gruppen Gp i forbindelsen med den generelle formel (VII) definert ovenfor for å oppnå forbindelsen med den generelle formel - cleavage of the protecting group Gp in the compound of the general formula (VII) defined above to obtain the compound of the general formula

(I), (IN),

idet forbindelsene med de generelle formler (I), (IV), (VI) og (VII) er slik at in that the compounds with the general formulas (I), (IV), (VI) and (VII) are such that

A, X, Het, Y og B er som definert i krav 1, og A, X, Het, Y and B are as defined in claim 1, and

Gp representerer en beskyttende gruppe for amin-funksjonen som fortrinnsvis kan avspattes i et vannfritt surt medium, så som for eksempel karbamatene av t-butyl, trikloretyl eller trimetylsilyletyl eller også tritylgruppen Gp represents a protecting group for the amine function which can preferably be sparified in an anhydrous acidic medium, such as for example the carbamates of t-butyl, trichloroethyl or trimethylsilylethyl or also the trityl group

Forbindelsene med den generelle formel (I) kan fremstilles ved fremgangsmåten nedenfor. The compounds of the general formula (I) can be prepared by the method below.

Fremstilling av forbindelsene med den generelle formel II ) : Preparation of the compounds of the general formula II):

Forbindelsene med den generelle formel (I) kan fremstilles ved å starte fra mellomprodukter med den generelle formel (II), (III) eller (V) i henhold til skjema 1. The compounds of the general formula (I) can be prepared by starting from intermediates of the general formula (II), (III) or (V) according to scheme 1.

Reduksjon av nitrofunksjonen i mellomproduktene med den generelle formel (II) blir generelt utført ved katalytisk hydrogenering i etanol, i nærvær av Pd/C, bortsett fra når molekylene inneholder en umetning eller et svovelatom, idet dette er gift for Pd/C. I dette tilfellet blir nitrogruppen selektivt redusert, for eksempel ved oppvarmning av produktet oppløst i etylacetat med litt etanol i nærvær av SnCb ( J. Heterocyclic Chem. (1987), 24, 927-930; Tetrahedron Letters (1984), 25, (8), 839-842) eller ved anvendelse av Raney-Ni med hydrazinhydrat satt til dette ( Monatshefte furChemie, (1995), 126, 725-732). Reduction of the nitro function in the intermediates of the general formula (II) is generally carried out by catalytic hydrogenation in ethanol, in the presence of Pd/C, except when the molecules contain a ring or a sulfur atom, this being poisonous to Pd/C. In this case, the nitro group is selectively reduced, for example by heating the product dissolved in ethyl acetate with a little ethanol in the presence of SnCb ( J. Heterocyclic Chem. (1987), 24, 927-930; Tetrahedron Letters (1984), 25, (8 ), 839-842) or by using Raney-Ni with hydrazine hydrate added to this (Monatshefte furChemie, (1995), 126, 725-732).

De således oppnådde anilin-derivatene med den generelle formel (III) kan kondenseres til derivater med den generelle formel (IV), for eksempel derivater av O-alkyl-tioimidat- eller S-alkyl-tioimidat-typen, for å gi slutt-forbindelser med den generelle formel (I) (kfr. skjema 1). For eksempel for B = tiofen, kan derivatene med den generelle formel (III) kondenseres med S-metyletiofen-tiokarboksamid-hydrojodid, fremstilt i henhold til en metode i litteraturen { Ann. Chim. (1962), 7, 303-337). Kondensering kan utføres ved oppvarmning i alkohol (for eksempel i metanol eller isopropanol), eventuelt i nærvær av DMF ved en temperatur mellom 50 og 100°C i en tid mellom noen få timer og natten over. The thus obtained aniline derivatives of the general formula (III) can be condensed to derivatives of the general formula (IV), for example derivatives of the O-alkyl thioimidate or S-alkyl thioimidate type, to give final compounds with the general formula (I) (see form 1). For example, for B = thiophene, the derivatives of the general formula (III) can be condensed with S-methylthiophene-thiocarboxamide hydroiodide, prepared according to a method in the literature { Ann. Chim. (1962), 7, 303-337). Condensation can be carried out by heating in alcohol (for example in methanol or isopropanol), optionally in the presence of DMF at a temperature between 50 and 100°C for a time between a few hours and overnight.

De endelige molekyler med den generelle formel (I) kan også oppnås via en annen syntesevei som går gjennom mellomproduktene med den generelle formel (V) som bærer en heterocyklisk amin-funksjon beskyttet av en beskyttende gruppe "Gp", for eksempel en 2-(trimetylsilyl)etoksymetylgruppe (SEM) eller en annen beskyttende gruppe nevnt i: Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, 2. ed., (John Wiley & Sons Inc., 1991). Reduksjons- og kondenserings-trinnene som fører til mellomproduktene (VI) og (VII) blir henholdsvis utført under samme betingelser som de beskrevet tidligere. Siste trinn i syntesen består i å regenere, for eksempel i et surt medium eller i nærvær av et fluorid-ion, den beskyttede heterocykliske amin-funksjon. Alternativt kan mellomproduktene med den generelle formel (V) omdannes direkte til mellomproduktet med den generelle formel (II) ved frigjøring av det heterocykliske amin ved behandling, for eksempel i et surt medium eller i nærvær av et fluorid-ion. The final molecules of the general formula (I) can also be obtained via another synthetic route that passes through the intermediates of the general formula (V) bearing a heterocyclic amine function protected by a protecting group "Gp", for example a 2-( trimethylsilyl)ethoxymethyl group (SEM) or another protective group mentioned in: Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, 2nd ed., (John Wiley & Sons Inc., 1991). The reduction and condensation steps leading to the intermediates (VI) and (VII) are respectively carried out under the same conditions as those described previously. The last step in the synthesis consists in regenerating, for example in an acidic medium or in the presence of a fluoride ion, the protected heterocyclic amine function. Alternatively, the intermediates of general formula (V) can be converted directly to the intermediate of general formula (II) by liberation of the heterocyclic amine by treatment, for example in an acidic medium or in the presence of a fluoride ion.

Fremstilling av forbindelsene med de generelle formler (II), (III) og (V): Mellomproduktene med de generelle formler (II), (III) og (V) kan fremstilles ved de forskjellige synteseveier illustrert nedenfor. Preparation of the compounds of the general formulas (II), (III) and (V): The intermediates of the general formulas (II), (III) and (V) can be prepared by the various synthetic routes illustrated below.

Når: Het = Imidazol, tetrahydropyridin, tiazolidin, dihydroimidazol-2-on When: Het = Imidazole, tetrahydropyridine, thiazolidine, dihydroimidazol-2-one

og Y = -Y'-. and Y = -Y'-.

Aminene med den generelle formel (II), skjema 2, hvor A, X, Y og Het er som definert ovenfor, kan oppnås ved nukleofil substitusjon av kommersielle halogenerte derivater med den generelle formet (IX) med et heterocyklisk amin med den generelle formel (VIII). Reaksjonen blir utført i acetonitril, TH F eller DMF i nærvær av en base så som K2CO3 ved en temperatur varierende fra 20 til 110°C. Syntesen av heterocykliske derivater med den generelle formel (VIII), som ikke er kommersielt tilgjengelige, er beskrevet nedenfor. The amines of the general formula (II), scheme 2, where A, X, Y and Het are as defined above, can be obtained by nucleophilic substitution of commercial halogenated derivatives of the general form (IX) with a heterocyclic amine of the general formula ( VIII). The reaction is carried out in acetonitrile, TH F or DMF in the presence of a base such as K 2 CO 3 at a temperature varying from 20 to 110°C. The synthesis of heterocyclic derivatives of the general formula (VIII), which are not commercially available, is described below.

Når: Het = imidazol, tiazolidin, tetrahydropyridin When: Het = imidazole, thiazolidine, tetrahydropyridine

ogY = -Y'-. andY = -Y'-.

De heterocykliske aminer med den generelle formel (III), skjema 3, hvor A, X, Y og Het er som definert ovenfor, blir fremstilt i to trinn ved å starte fra aminene med den generelle formel (VIII) (se nedenfor). Blanding av et bromert derivat med den generelle formel (X), syntesen av hvilket er forklart i detalj nedenfor, med et amin med den generelle formel (VIII) i et oppløsningsmiddel så som acetonitril eller DMF i nærvær av en base, fører til mellomprodukter med den generelle formel (XI). AvbeskytteEse av amin-funksjonen, i et organisk surt medium, fører til at forbindelsene med den generelle formel (III) oppnås. The heterocyclic amines of general formula (III), Scheme 3, where A, X, Y and Het are as defined above, are prepared in two steps starting from the amines of general formula (VIII) (see below). Mixing a brominated derivative of the general formula (X), the synthesis of which is explained in detail below, with an amine of the general formula (VIII) in a solvent such as acetonitrile or DMF in the presence of a base leads to intermediates with the general formula (XI). Deprotection of the amine function, in an organic acidic medium, leads to the compounds of the general formula (III) being obtained.

Når: Het = tiazolidin When: Hot = thiazolidine

og Y = -CO-Y'-. and Y = -CO-Y'-.

Karboksamidene med den generelle formel (III), skjema 4, hvor A, X, Y og Het er som definert ovenfor, blir fremstilt ved kondensering av aminene med den generelle formel (VIII), beskrevet tidligere, med karboksylsyrer med den generelle formel (X,2). Karboksamidbindinger blir dannet under standard betingelser for peptid-syntese (M. Bodanszky and A. Bodanszky, The Practice of Peptide Synthesis, 145 (Springer-Verlag, 1984)) i THF, diklormetan eller DMF i nærvær av et koblingsreagens så som dicykloheksylkarbodiimid (DCC), 1,1'-karbonyldiimidazol (CDI) ( J. Med. Chem. (1992), 35 (23), 4464^472) eller 1-(3-dimetylaminopropyl)-3-etylkarbodiimid-hydroklorid (EDC eller WSCI) (John Jones, The chemical synthesis of peptides, 54 (Clarendon Press, Oxford, 1991)). Syntesen av karboksylsyrene med den generelle formel (X,2) er beskrevet nedenfor. Mellomproduktene med den generelle formel (XII) blir deretter avbeskyttet i et surt medium ved anvendelse av for eksempel trifluoreddiksyre eller en organisk løsning av HCI. The carboxamides of the general formula (III), scheme 4, where A, X, Y and Het are as defined above, are prepared by condensation of the amines of the general formula (VIII), described previously, with carboxylic acids of the general formula (X ,2). Carboxamide bonds are formed under standard conditions for peptide synthesis (M. Bodanszky and A. Bodanszky, The Practice of Peptide Synthesis, 145 (Springer-Verlag, 1984)) in THF, dichloromethane or DMF in the presence of a coupling reagent such as dicyclohexylcarbodiimide (DCC ), 1,1'-carbonyldiimidazole (CDI) ( J. Med. Chem. (1992), 35 (23), 4464^472) or 1-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (EDC or WSCI) (John Jones, The chemical synthesis of peptides, 54 (Clarendon Press, Oxford, 1991)). The synthesis of the carboxylic acids with the general formula (X,2) is described below. The intermediates with the general formula (XII) are then deprotected in an acidic medium using, for example, trifluoroacetic acid or an organic solution of HCl.

Når: Het = tiazolidin When: Hot = thiazolidine

og Y = -CO-NH-Y'-. and Y = -CO-NH-Y'-.

Karboksamidene med den generelle formel (V), skjema 5, hvor A, X, Y og Het er som definert ovenfor, blir fremstilt ved kondensering av karboksylsyrer med den generelle formel (XIII) med de kommersielle aminer med den generelle formel (XIV) under standard betingelser for peptid-syntese. Syntesen av karboksylsyrene med den generelle formel (XIII) er beskrevet nedenfor. The carboxamides of the general formula (V), scheme 5, where A, X, Y and Het are as defined above, are prepared by the condensation of carboxylic acids of the general formula (XIII) with the commercial amines of the general formula (XIV) under standard conditions for peptide synthesis. The synthesis of the carboxylic acids of the general formula (XIII) is described below.

Når: Het = tiazol, furan, pyrrol, tetrahydropyridin, pyrrolidin When: Het = thiazole, furan, pyrrole, tetrahydropyridine, pyrrolidine

og X = -NH-CO-X'-. and X = -NH-CO-X'-.

Karboksamidene med den generelle formel (II), skjema 6, hvor A, X, Y og Het er som definert ovenfor, blir fremstilt ved kondensering av aniliner med den generelle formel (XV) med karboksylsyrene med den generelle formel (XVI) under standard betingelser for peptid-kondensering. Anilinene med den generelle formel (XV) blir oppnådd ved hydrogenering, i nærvær av en katalytisk mengde av Pd/C, av tilsvarende nitrobenzen-derivater, selv syntetisert i henhold til en metode beskrevet i litteraturen ( J. Org. Chem. (1968), 33 (1), 223-226). Syrene med den generelle formel (XVI), skjema 6, som ikke er kommersielt tilgjengelige, blir fremstilt i henhold til metoder beskrevet i litteraturen. The carboxamides of the general formula (II), scheme 6, where A, X, Y and Het are as defined above, are prepared by condensation of anilines of the general formula (XV) with the carboxylic acids of the general formula (XVI) under standard conditions for peptide condensation. The anilines of the general formula (XV) are obtained by hydrogenation, in the presence of a catalytic amount of Pd/C, of corresponding nitrobenzene derivatives, themselves synthesized according to a method described in the literature ( J. Org. Chem. (1968) , 33 (1), 223-226). The acids of the general formula (XVI), scheme 6, which are not commercially available, are prepared according to methods described in the literature.

Syntesen av pyrroler er beskrevet i Chem. Heterocycl. Compd., 1982,18, 375. De substituerte proliner kan oppnås ved å starte fra kommersielle hydroksyproliner og blir fremstilt i henhold til metoder beskrevet i J. Org. Chem., 1991, 56, 3009. The synthesis of pyrroles is described in Chem. Heterocycl. Compd., 1982, 18, 375. The substituted prolines can be obtained starting from commercial hydroxyprolines and are prepared according to methods described in J. Org. Chem., 1991, 56, 3009.

Syntesen av tiazol- og tetrahydropyridin-derivater er beskrevet nedenfor. The synthesis of thiazole and tetrahydropyridine derivatives is described below.

Når: Het = hydantoin When: Hot = hydantoin

og Y = -YV and Y = -YV

Hydantoinene med den generelle formel (II), skjema 7, hvor A, X, Y og Het er som definert ovenfor, blir fremstilt i 3 trinn ved å starte fra anilinene med den generelle formel (XV) beskrevet tidligere. Substitusjon av anilinet med etylbromacetat blir utført med tilstedeværelse av natriumacetat i etanol ved en temperatur på omtrent 60-70°C. Monosubstitusjonsproduktet med den generelle formel (XVII) blir deretter kondensert til et isocyanat med den generelle formel (XVIII) i et organisk oppløsningsmiddel så som for eksempel diklormetan, ved en temperatur på omtrent 20°C. Cykliseringen av urinstoff (XIX) blir utført ved oppvarmning, ved 50°C, i etanol, i henhold til en eksperimentell protokoll beskrevet i litteraturen ( J. Heterocyclic Chem., (1979), 16, 607-608). Isocyanatene med den generelle formel (XVIII) blir syntetisert ved å starte fra de tilsvarende kommersielle primære aminer, trifosgen og et tertiært amin (J. Org. Chem. (1994), 59 (7), 1937-1938). The hydantoins of the general formula (II), Scheme 7, where A, X, Y and Het are as defined above, are prepared in 3 steps by starting from the anilines of the general formula (XV) described earlier. Substitution of the aniline with ethyl bromoacetate is carried out in the presence of sodium acetate in ethanol at a temperature of approximately 60-70°C. The monosubstitution product of the general formula (XVII) is then condensed to an isocyanate of the general formula (XVIII) in an organic solvent such as, for example, dichloromethane, at a temperature of about 20°C. The cyclization of urea (XIX) is carried out by heating, at 50°C, in ethanol, according to an experimental protocol described in the literature (J. Heterocyclic Chem., (1979), 16, 607-608). The isocyanates of the general formula (XVIII) are synthesized starting from the corresponding commercial primary amines, triphosgene and a tertiary amine (J. Org. Chem. (1994), 59 (7), 1937-1938).

Når: Het = tiazolidinon When: Hot = thiazolidinone

ogY = -Y'-. andY = -Y'-.

Tiazolidinonene med den generelle formel (II), skjema 8, hvor A, X, Y og Het er som definert ovenfor, blir fremstilt ved å starte fra kommersielle aminer med den generelle formel (XIV) og aldehyder med den generelle formel (XX) i nærvær av merkaptoeddiksyre i henhold til en eksperimentell protokoll beskrevet i litteraturen ( J. Med. Chem., (1992), 35, 2910-2912). The thiazolidinones of general formula (II), Scheme 8, where A, X, Y and Het are as defined above, are prepared starting from commercial amines of general formula (XIV) and aldehydes of general formula (XX) in presence of mercaptoacetic acid according to an experimental protocol described in the literature (J. Med. Chem., (1992), 35, 2910-2912).

Når: Het = hydantoin When: Hot = hydantoin

X = -CH= og Y = -Y'-. X = -CH= and Y = -Y'-.

Hydantoinene med den generelle formel (II), skjema 9, hvor A, X, Y og Het er som definert ovenfor, blir fremstilt i 2 trinn ved å starte fra isocyanatene med den generelle formel (XVIII) beskrevet tidligere. Omsetningen av etylesteren av sarkosin med isocyanatene med den generelle formel (XVIII), utført i henhold til en eksperimentell protokoll beskrevet i litteraturen ( J. Heterocyclic Chem., (1979), 16, 607-608), fører til dannelse av den heterocykliske gruppen i forbindelsene med den generelle formel (XXI). Substitusjonen av hydantoinet blir utført i nærvær av en svak base, B-alanin og et aldehyd med den generelle formel (XX) i henhold til de eksperimentelle betingelser beskrevet i J. Med. Chem., (1994), 37, 322-328. The hydantoins of the general formula (II), scheme 9, where A, X, Y and Het are as defined above, are prepared in 2 steps by starting from the isocyanates of the general formula (XVIII) described earlier. The reaction of the ethyl ester of sarcosine with the isocyanates of the general formula (XVIII), carried out according to an experimental protocol described in the literature (J. Heterocyclic Chem., (1979), 16, 607-608), leads to the formation of the heterocyclic group in the compounds of the general formula (XXI). The substitution of the hydantoin is carried out in the presence of a weak base, β-alanine and an aldehyde of the general formula (XX) according to the experimental conditions described in J. Med. Chem., (1994), 37, 322-328.

Når: Het = pyrrolidin, tiazolidin, X = -NH-CO-X'- og Y = -O-Y'- eller -Y'-. When: Het = pyrrolidine, thiazolidine, X = -NH-CO-X'- and Y = -O-Y'- or -Y'-.

Karboksamidene med den generelle formel (V), skjema 10, hvor A, X, Y og Het er som definert ovenfor, blir fremstilt ved kondensering av anilinene med den generelle formel (XV), beskrevet tidligere, med syrene med den generelle formel (XXII) under standard betingelser for peptid-syntese. Syntesen av karboksylsyrene (XXII), som ikke er kommersielt tilgjengelige, er beskrevet nedenfor. The carboxamides of general formula (V), Scheme 10, where A, X, Y and Het are as defined above, are prepared by condensing the anilines of general formula (XV), described previously, with the acids of general formula (XXII ) under standard conditions for peptide synthesis. The synthesis of the carboxylic acids (XXII), which are not commercially available, is described below.

Når: Het = tetrahydropyridin When: Het = tetrahydropyridine

og Y = -CO-NH-Y'-. and Y = -CO-NH-Y'-.

Urinstoffene med den generelle formel (II), skjema 11, hvor A, X, Y og Het er som definert ovenfor, blir fremstilt ved kondensering av de heterocykliske aminer med den generelle formel (VIII), beskrevet tidligere, med isocyanatene med den generelle formel (XVIII) (cf. ovenfor) i et oppløsningsmiddel så som diklormetan, ved 20°C, i nærvær av et tertiært amin (f.eks. diisopropyletylamin). The ureas of the general formula (II), scheme 11, where A, X, Y and Het are as defined above, are prepared by condensation of the heterocyclic amines of the general formula (VIII), described previously, with the isocyanates of the general formula (XVIII) (cf. above) in a solvent such as dichloromethane, at 20°C, in the presence of a tertiary amine (eg diisopropylethylamine).

Når: Het = pyrrolidin, tiazol, tiadiazol When: Hot = pyrrolidine, thiazole, thiadiazole

og X = -CO-NH-X'-. and X = -CO-NH-X'-.

Karboksamidene med den generelle formel (II), skjema 12, hvor A, X, Y og Het er som definert ovenfor, blir fremstilt ved kondensering av kommersielle karboksylsyrer med den generelle formel (XXIII) med aminene med den generelle formel (XXIV) under standard betingelser for peptid-syntese. Syntesen av aminene med den generelle formel (XXIV), som ikke er kommersielt tilgjengelige, er beskrevet nedenfor. The carboxamides of the general formula (II), Scheme 12, where A, X, Y and Het are as defined above, are prepared by condensation of commercial carboxylic acids of the general formula (XXIII) with the amines of the general formula (XXIV) under standard conditions for peptide synthesis. The synthesis of the amines of general formula (XXIV), which are not commercially available, is described below.

Når: Het = imidazol, oksazol og tiazol When: Hot = imidazole, oxazole and thiazole

og Y = -CH(R3)-N(R3)-CO-Y'-. and Y = -CH(R3)-N(R3)-CO-Y'-.

Karboksamidene med den generelle formel (V), skjema 13, hvor A, X, Y og Het er som definert ovenfor, blir fremstilt ved kondensering av aminene med den generelle formel (XXV) med kommersielle karboksylsyrer (eller de tilsvarende syreklorider) med den generelle formel (XXVI) under standard betingelser for peptid-syntese. Syntesen av imidazol-derivatene med den generelle formel (XXV) er beskrevet nedenfor. The carboxamides of general formula (V), Scheme 13, where A, X, Y and Het are as defined above, are prepared by condensation of the amines of general formula (XXV) with commercial carboxylic acids (or the corresponding acid chlorides) with the general formula (XXVI) under standard conditions for peptide synthesis. The synthesis of the imidazole derivatives of the general formula (XXV) is described below.

Når: Het = imidazol When: Hot = imidazole

og Y = -CH2-N(R3)-Y'-. and Y = -CH 2 -N(R 3 )-Y'-.

Aminene med den generelle formel (V), skjema 14, hvor A, X, Y og Het er som definert ovenfor, blir fremstilt ved kondensering av aminene med den generelle formel (XXV) (se nedenfor) med de kommersielle halogenerte derivater med den generelle formel (IX) under betingelsene beskrevet tidligere. The amines of general formula (V), Scheme 14, where A, X, Y and Het are as defined above, are prepared by condensation of the amines of general formula (XXV) (see below) with the commercial halogenated derivatives of the general formula (IX) under the conditions described earlier.

Når: Het = dihydroimidazol-2-on When: Het = dihydroimidazol-2-one

og Y = -CO-Y'. and Y = -CO-Y'.

Aminene med den generelle formel (II), skjema 15, hvor A, X, Y og Het er som definert ovenfor, blir fremstilt ved kondensering av aminene med den generelle formel (VIII) (se nedenfor) med de kommersielle halogenerte derivater med den generelle formel (XXVII), for eksempel i en acetonitril og THF-blanding og i nærvær av en base så som K2CO3. The amines of the general formula (II), scheme 15, where A, X, Y and Het are as defined above, are prepared by condensation of the amines of the general formula (VIII) (see below) with the commercial halogenated derivatives of the general formula (XXVII), for example in an acetonitrile and THF mixture and in the presence of a base such as K 2 CO 3 .

Når. Het = oksazolidinon When. Hot = oxazolidinone

og Y = -Y--0-. and Y = -Y--0-.

Oksazolidinonene med den generelle formel (II), skjema 16, blir fremstilt ved å starte fra diolene med den generelle formel (XXVII), syntesen av hvilke er beskrevet i litteraturen (Daumas, M., Tetrahedron, 1992,48(12), 2373). Dannelsen av karbonater med den generelle formel (XXVIII) blir for eksempel oppnådd i nærvær av karbonyl-diimidazol (Kutney, J.P., Synth. Commun., 1975, 5(1), 47) eller i nærvær av trifosgen ved lav temperatur som beskrevet i Synth. Commun., 1994, 24(3), 305. Dannelsen av oksazolidinon skjer under oppvarmning av aminene med den generelle formel (XV) med karbonatene med den generelle formel (XXVIII) i nærvær av en syrekatalysator, så som ZnCl2, til xylen tilbakeløp for å fjerne vannet dannet i løpet av reaksjonen (Laas, H., Synthesis, 1981,958). The oxazolidinones of the general formula (II), scheme 16, are prepared starting from the diols of the general formula (XXVII), the synthesis of which is described in the literature (Daumas, M., Tetrahedron, 1992, 48(12), 2373 ). The formation of carbonates of the general formula (XXVIII) is achieved, for example, in the presence of carbonyl-diimidazole (Kutney, J.P., Synth. Commun., 1975, 5(1), 47) or in the presence of triphosgene at low temperature as described in Synth. Commun., 1994, 24(3), 305. The formation of oxazolidinone occurs during heating of the amines of general formula (XV) with the carbonates of general formula (XXVIII) in the presence of an acid catalyst, such as ZnCl2, to xylene reflux for to remove the water formed during the reaction (Laas, H., Synthesis, 1981,958).

Når: Het = isoksazolin, isoksazol, oksazol, tiazol When: Hot = isoxazoline, isoxazole, oxazole, thiazole

og Y = -Y-CO-NH-Y'- and Y = -Y-CO-NH-Y'-

Karboksamidene med den generelle formel (II), skjema 17, hvor A, X, Y og Het er som definert ovenfor, kan fremstilles ved å starte fra de kommersielle aminer med den generelle formel (XIV) og karboksylsyren med den generelle formel (XXVIII) ved kondensering i nærvær av isobutylklorformiat ( Org. Prep. Proced. Int., (1975), 7,215). The carboxamides of general formula (II), Scheme 17, where A, X, Y and Het are as defined above, can be prepared starting from the commercial amines of general formula (XIV) and the carboxylic acid of general formula (XXVIII) by condensation in the presence of isobutyl chloroformate (Org. Prep. Proced. Int., (1975), 7,215).

Fremstilling av oksazolene med den generelle formel (XXVIII) blir utført i henhold til en eksperimentell protokoll beskrevet i Tetrahedron Lett., 1994, 35 (13), 2039. Tilsvarende for syntesen av tiazolene med den generelle formel (XXVIII): J. Med. Chem., 1983, 26, 884. Fremstilling av isoksazolinene er beskrevet nedenfor. Preparation of the oxazoles of the general formula (XXVIII) is carried out according to an experimental protocol described in Tetrahedron Lett., 1994, 35 (13), 2039. Similarly for the synthesis of the thiazoles of the general formula (XXVIII): J. Med. Chem., 1983, 26, 884. Preparation of the isoxazolines is described below.

Når: Het = pyrrolidin, piperidin When: Hot = pyrrolidine, piperidine

X = -CO-NH- X = -CO-NH-

og Y = -O-r-. and Y = -O-r-.

Karboksamidene med den generelle formel (II), skjema 18, hvor A, X, Y og Het er som definert ovenfor, kan fremstilles ved kondensering av de kommersielle karboksylsyrer med den generelle formel (XXIII) med aminene med den generelle formel (XXIX) under standard betingelser for peptid-syntese. Syntese av aminer med den generelle formel (XXIX) er beskrevet nedenfor. The carboxamides of the general formula (II), scheme 18, where A, X, Y and Het are as defined above, can be prepared by condensation of the commercial carboxylic acids of the general formula (XXIII) with the amines of the general formula (XXIX) under standard conditions for peptide synthesis. Synthesis of amines of the general formula (XXIX) is described below.

Når: Het = isoksazolin, oksazol, tiazol, imidazol When: Hot = isoxazoline, oxazole, thiazole, imidazole

og Y = -Y'-0-r- eller -r-N^-Y<1->. and Y = -Y'-0-r- or -r-N^-Y<1->.

Eteroksydene med den generelle formel (II), Skjema 19, hvor A, X, Y og Het er som definert ovenfor, kan fremstilles ved å starte fra estrene med den generelle formel (XXVIII,4), skjema 17,1, ved omsetning med hydrider, for eksempel UAIH4, i et oppløsningsmiddel så som for eksempel vannfri THF. De således oppnådde primære alkoholer blir deretter kondensert til halogenerte derivater med den generelle formel (IX) ved anvendelse av en base så som for eksempel KOH i et organisk medium og i nærvær av en faseoverførings-katalysator så som for eksempel Aliquat 336. The ether oxides of the general formula (II), Scheme 19, where A, X, Y and Het are as defined above, can be prepared by starting from the esters of the general formula (XXVIII,4), Scheme 17,1, by reaction with hydrides, for example UAIH 4 , in a solvent such as anhydrous THF. The primary alcohols thus obtained are then condensed to halogenated derivatives of the general formula (IX) using a base such as, for example, KOH in an organic medium and in the presence of a phase transfer catalyst such as, for example, Aliquat 336.

De primære alkoholer (XXXI) kan også aktiveres i form av sulfonat-derivater, med tosylklorid i nærvær av pyridin, for å fremstille mellomprodukter med den generelle formel (XXXII). Kondensering av alkoholer med den generelle formel (XXII.2) blir deretter utført i nærvær av en sterk base, så som for eksempel NaH, i et aprotisk oppløsningsmiddel (THF eller DMF) ved en temperatur mellom 20°C og 80°C, for å oppnå eteroksydene med den generelle formel (II). The primary alcohols (XXXI) can also be activated in the form of sulfonate derivatives, with tosyl chloride in the presence of pyridine, to prepare intermediates of the general formula (XXXII). Condensation of alcohols of the general formula (XXII.2) is then carried out in the presence of a strong base, such as for example NaH, in an aprotic solvent (THF or DMF) at a temperature between 20°C and 80°C, for to obtain the ether oxides of the general formula (II).

Tilsvarende blir aminene med den generelle formel (II), skjema 19, oppnådd ved substitusjon av tosylat-funksjonen i mellomproduktene med den generelle formel (XXXII), oppnådd på standard måte ved å starte fra alkoholene med den generelle formel (XXXI) og tosytklorid i nærvær av pyridin, med de kommersielle aminer med den generelle formel (XXX) ved omsetning i et oppløsningsmiddel så som for eksempel acetonitril eller DMF, i nærvær av en base (K2CO3) ved en temperatur mellom 20 og 85°C. Similarly, the amines of the general formula (II), scheme 19, are obtained by substitution of the tosylate function in the intermediates of the general formula (XXXII), obtained in the standard way by starting from the alcohols of the general formula (XXXI) and tocyt chloride in presence of pyridine, with the commercial amines of the general formula (XXX) by reaction in a solvent such as for example acetonitrile or DMF, in the presence of a base (K2CO3) at a temperature between 20 and 85°C.

Når: Het = azetidin When: Hot = azetidine

X = -CO-NH- X = -CO-NH-

og Y = -O-Y'-. and Y = -O-Y'-.

Karboksamidene med den generelle formel (III), skjema 20, hvor A, X, Y og Het er som definert ovenfor, kan fremstilles ved kondensering av kommersielle karboksylsyrer med den generelle formel (XXIII) med aminene med den generelle formel (XXXII) under standard betingelser for peptid-syntese. Syntesen av aminer med den generelle formel (XXXII) er beskrevet nedenfor. Avbeskyttelsen av anilinet blir utført med en sterk syre så som for eksempel trifluoreddiksyre, eventuelt i nærvær av trietylsilan. The carboxamides of the general formula (III), Scheme 20, where A, X, Y and Het are as defined above, can be prepared by condensation of commercial carboxylic acids of the general formula (XXIII) with the amines of the general formula (XXXII) under standard conditions for peptide synthesis. The synthesis of amines of the general formula (XXXII) is described below. The deprotection of the aniline is carried out with a strong acid such as, for example, trifluoroacetic acid, optionally in the presence of triethylsilane.

Når: Het = azetidin When: Hot = azetidine

X = -NH-CO-X'- X = -NH-CO-X'-

og Y = -O-Y'-. and Y = -O-Y'-.

Urinstoffene med den generelle formel (III), skjema 21, hvor A, X, Y og Het er som definert ovenfor, kan fremstilles ved tilsetning av aminene med den generelle formel (XXXII) til isocyanatene (XXXIV) oppnådd fra reaksjonen av aminene med den generelle formel (XV) med trifosgen i nærvær av et tertiært amin så som for eksempel diisopropyletylamin i et nøytralt oppløsningsmiddel så som diklormetan ( J. Org. Chem. (1994), 59 (7), 1937-1938). De således oppnådde urinstoffene med den generelle formel (XXXV) blir avbeskyttet ved behandling i et sterkt surt medium som beskrevet tidligere. Syntesen av aminene med den generelle formel (XXXII) er beskrevet nedenfor. The ureas of the general formula (III), scheme 21, where A, X, Y and Het are as defined above, can be prepared by adding the amines of the general formula (XXXII) to the isocyanates (XXXIV) obtained from the reaction of the amines with the general formula (XV) with triphosgene in the presence of a tertiary amine such as, for example, diisopropylethylamine in a neutral solvent such as dichloromethane (J. Org. Chem. (1994), 59 (7), 1937-1938). The thus obtained ureas with the general formula (XXXV) are deprotected by treatment in a strongly acidic medium as described earlier. The synthesis of the amines of the general formula (XXXII) is described below.

Når: Het = tiazol When: Hot = thiazole

og Y = -CH2-N(R3)-Y'-. and Y = -CH 2 -N(R 3 )-Y'-.

Aminene med den generelle formel (II), skjema 22, hvor A, X, Y og Het er som definert ovenfor, blir fremstilt ved kondensering av aminene med den generelle formel (XXV) (se nedenfor) med de kommersielle halogenerte derivater med den generelle formel (IX) under betingelsene beskrevet tidligere. The amines of general formula (II), scheme 22, where A, X, Y and Het are as defined above, are prepared by condensation of the amines of general formula (XXV) (see below) with the commercial halogenated derivatives of the general formula (IX) under the conditions described earlier.

Fremstilling av forskjellige svntese- mellomprodukter: Preparation of various svnthesis intermediates:

Syntese av Mellomprodukter (VIII): Synthesis of Intermediates (VIII):

Syntese av mellomproduktene med den generelle formel (VIII) er illustrert i skjemaene 2,1 og 2,2. Synthesis of the intermediates of the general formula (VIII) is illustrated in Schemes 2.1 and 2.2.

Mellomproduktene med den generelle formel (VIII), skjema 2,1, kan fremstilles, for eksempel i 3 trinn ved å starte fra 4-imidazol-karboksylsyre. Beskyttelse av nitrogenet i den heterocykliske gruppen blir utført ved anvendelse av (BoctøO i nærvær av en base så som K2CO3 i DMF. Kondenseringen med aminene med den generelle formel (XV) (se ovenfor) blir utført på standard måte under betingelsene for peptid-syntese for å fremstille mellomproduktene med den generelle formel (Vlll,3). Aminet i den heterocykliske gruppen blir regenerert ved behandling i et surt medium og spesielt med trifluoreddiksyre for å gi mellomproduktene med den generelle formel (VIII). The intermediates of the general formula (VIII), scheme 2.1, can be prepared, for example in 3 steps by starting from 4-imidazole carboxylic acid. Protection of the nitrogen of the heterocyclic group is carried out using (BoctøO in the presence of a base such as K2CO3 in DMF. The condensation with the amines of the general formula (XV) (see above) is carried out in a standard manner under the conditions of peptide synthesis to prepare the intermediates of the general formula (VIII,3).The amine in the heterocyclic group is regenerated by treatment in an acidic medium and especially with trifluoroacetic acid to give the intermediates of the general formula (VIII).

Dihydroimidazol-2-onene med den generelle formel (VIII), skjema 2,2, kan for eksempel fremstilles i 2 trinn ved å starte fra anilinene med den generelle formel (XV) (se ovenfor) som blir kondensert med 2-kloretyl-isocyanat i DMF ved 20° C for å fremstille urinstoffene med den generelle formel (Vlll,4). Cykliseringen for å fremstille (VIII) blir deretter utført ved behandling i et basisk medium ved anvendelse av for eksempel tBuOK i DMF. The dihydroimidazol-2-ones of the general formula (VIII), scheme 2,2, can for example be prepared in 2 steps by starting from the anilines of the general formula (XV) (see above) which are condensed with 2-chloroethyl isocyanate in DMF at 20° C to prepare the ureas with the general formula (Vlll,4). The cyclization to prepare (VIII) is then carried out by treatment in a basic medium using, for example, tBuOK in DMF.

Syntese av Mellomprodukter (X): Synthesis of Intermediates (X):

Mellomproduktene med den generelle formel (X), skjema 3,1, kan fremstilles ved å starte fra kommersielle karboksylsyrer med den generelle formel (X,1). Beskyttelse av amin-funksjonen i form av et karbamat blir fulgt av selektiv reduksjon av karboksylsyre-funksjonen med litium- og aluminiumhydrid i et oppløsningsmiddel så som THF, ved 20°C. Mellomproduktet (X,3) blir deretter bromert i nærvær av karbontetrabromid og trifenylfosfin i et oppløsningsmiddel så som diklormetan. The intermediates of the general formula (X), scheme 3.1, can be prepared by starting from commercial carboxylic acids of the general formula (X,1). Protection of the amine function in the form of a carbamate is followed by selective reduction of the carboxylic acid function with lithium and aluminum hydride in a solvent such as THF, at 20°C. The intermediate (X,3) is then brominated in the presence of carbon tetrabromide and triphenylphosphine in a solvent such as dichloromethane.

Syntese av Mellomprodukter (XIII): Synthesis of Intermediates (XIII):

Mellomproduktene med den generelle formel (XIII), skjema 5,1, kan fremstilles ved å starte fra (R- eller S-) derivater av tiazolidin-karboksylsyrer i nærvær av (Boc)20 under standard betingelser. The intermediates of the general formula (XIII), scheme 5.1, can be prepared by starting from (R- or S-) derivatives of thiazolidine carboxylic acids in the presence of (Boc) 20 under standard conditions.

Syntese av Mellomprodukter (XVI): Synthesis of Intermediates (XVI):

Mellomproduktene med den generelle formel (XVI), skjema 6,1, kan fremstilles ved å starte fra kommersielle karboksamid-derivater med den generelle formel (XVI.1). Disse karboksamider behandles med et Lawesson-reagens i et oppløsningsmiddel så som 1,4-dioksan i 2 til 3 timer ved en temperatur som varierer fra 25°C til tilbakeløpstemperaturen til blandingen. Tiokarboksamidene med den generelle formel (XVI,2) blir deretter behandlet med etylbrompyruvat, ved 20°C i DMF i henhold til en eksperimentell protokoll beskrevet i J. Med. Chem., (1983), 26, 884-891, for å produsere tiazolene med den generelle formel (XVI.3). Forsåpning av esteren blir utført over 15 timer med vandig pottaske oppløst i aceton. The intermediates of the general formula (XVI), scheme 6.1, can be prepared by starting from commercial carboxamide derivatives of the general formula (XVI.1). These carboxamides are treated with a Lawesson reagent in a solvent such as 1,4-dioxane for 2 to 3 hours at a temperature ranging from 25°C to the reflux temperature of the mixture. The thiocarboxamides of the general formula (XVI,2) are then treated with ethyl bromopyruvate, at 20°C in DMF according to an experimental protocol described in J. Med. Chem., (1983), 26, 884-891, to produce the thiazoles of general formula (XVI.3). Saponification of the ester is carried out over 15 hours with aqueous pot ash dissolved in acetone.

Tetrahydropyridinene med den generelle formel (XVI), skjema 6,2, kan fremstilles ved å starte fra kommersiell tetrahydro-4-pyridin-karboksylsyre. Forestring blir utført på standard måte i nærvær av para-toluen-sulfonsyre, i metanol, hvilket gir mellomproduktet (XVI,4) som deretter blir kondensert med et halogenert derivat med den generelle formel (IX) under betingelsene beskrevet tidligere. Syren med den generelle formel (XVI) blir oppnådd ved forsåpning i nærvær av for eksempel LiOH eller KOH. The tetrahydropyridines of general formula (XVI), Scheme 6.2, can be prepared starting from commercial tetrahydro-4-pyridine carboxylic acid. Esterification is carried out in the standard manner in the presence of para-toluenesulfonic acid, in methanol, giving the intermediate (XVI,4) which is then condensed with a halogenated derivative of the general formula (IX) under the conditions previously described. The acid with the general formula (XVI) is obtained by saponification in the presence of, for example, LiOH or KOH.

Syntese av Mellomprodukter (XXII): Synthesis of Intermediates (XXII):

Syntesene av mellomproduktene med den generelle formel (XXII) er beskrevet i skjemaene 10,1 og 10,2. The syntheses of the intermediates of the general formula (XXII) are described in schemes 10.1 and 10.2.

Tosylat-funksjonen i (L- eller D-) prolin-derivatene med den generelle formel (XXII.1) (Tetrahedron Lett., (1983), 24 (33), 3517-3520), skjema 10,1, blir substituert med alkoholatet av derivatene med den generelle formel (XXII,2), dannet in situ med en base så som NaH. Substitusjonen blir utført ved 20°C i et oppløsningsmiddel så som N-metylpyrrolidinon som gir den passende inversjon av konfigurasjonen av karbon-setet i reaksjonen (Tetrahedron Lett., (1983), 24 (33), 3517-3520). De således oppnådde mellomproduktene med den generelle formel (XXII,3) blir deretter forsåpet på standard måte med alkoholisk pottaske. The tosylate function in the (L- or D-) proline derivatives of the general formula (XXII.1) (Tetrahedron Lett., (1983), 24 (33), 3517-3520), Scheme 10.1, is substituted by the alcoholate of the derivatives of the general formula (XXII,2), formed in situ with a base such as NaH. The substitution is carried out at 20°C in a solvent such as N-methylpyrrolidinone which provides the appropriate inversion of the configuration of the carbon site in the reaction (Tetrahedron Lett., (1983), 24 (33), 3517-3520). The thus obtained intermediates with the general formula (XXII,3) are then saponified in the standard way with alcoholic pot ash.

Mellomproduktene med den generelle formel (XXII) kan også fremstilles (skjema 10,2) ved å starte fra kondensering av cystein (L eller D) til et aldehyd med den generelle formel (XXII.5) i henhold til en eksperimentell protokoll beskrevet i litteraturen ( J. Org. Chem., (1957), 22, 943-946). Aminet i den heterocykliske gruppen blir deretter beskyttet i form av et karbamat for å fremstille mellomprodukter med den generelle formel (XXII). Aldehydene med den generelle formel (XXII,5), som ikke er kommersielt tilgjengelige, kan fremstilles i henhold til J. Chem. Soc. t Perkin Trans. 1,1973,1, 35. The intermediates of the general formula (XXII) can also be prepared (Scheme 10.2) by starting from the condensation of cysteine (L or D) to an aldehyde of the general formula (XXII.5) according to an experimental protocol described in the literature (J. Org. Chem., (1957), 22, 943-946). The amine in the heterocyclic group is then protected in the form of a carbamate to produce intermediates of the general formula (XXII). The aldehydes of the general formula (XXII,5), which are not commercially available, can be prepared according to J. Chem. Soc. t Perkin Trans. 1,1973,1, 35.

Syntese av Mellomprodukter (XXIV): Synthesis of Intermediates (XXIV):

Syntesen av mellomproduktene med den generelle formel (XXIV) er beskrevet i skjema 12,1. The synthesis of the intermediates with the general formula (XXIV) is described in scheme 12.1.

Kondensering av aminene (R eller S) med den generelle formel (XXIV,1), skjema 12,1, med de halogenerte derivater med den generelle formel (IX) blir utført i nærvær av en base så som katiumkarbonat i et oppløsningsmiddel så som DMF. Kondensasjonsproduktet (XXIV,2) blir deretter avbeskyttet i et surt medium for å fremstille mellomprodukter med den generelle formel (XXIV). Condensation of the amines (R or S) of the general formula (XXIV,1), Scheme 12,1, with the halogenated derivatives of the general formula (IX) is carried out in the presence of a base such as potassium carbonate in a solvent such as DMF . The condensation product (XXIV,2) is then deprotected in an acidic medium to produce intermediates of the general formula (XXIV).

Syntese av Mellomprodukter (XXV): Synthesis of Intermediates (XXV):

Syntese av mellomprodukter med den generelle formel (XXV) er beskrevet i skjemaene 13,1,13,2,13,3 og 13,4. Synthesis of intermediates with the general formula (XXV) is described in schemes 13,1,13,2,13,3 and 13,4.

Imidazolene med den generelle formel (XXV), skjema 13,1, kan fremstilles i 4 trinn ved å starte fra de kommersielle forbindelser (XXV,1) og (XXV,2). The imidazoles of the general formula (XXV), scheme 13,1, can be prepared in 4 steps by starting from the commercial compounds (XXV,1) and (XXV,2).

Kondensering mellom bromacetofenonene med den generelle formel (XXV,1) og karboksylsyrene med den generelle formel (XXV,2) blir utført i nærvær av cesiumkarbonat i DMF. Den oppnådde ketoesteren (XXV.3) blir cyklisert i nærvær av 15 ekvivalenter ammoniumacetat ved oppvarmning i en blanding av xylener og samtidig fjerning av vannet dannet i løpet av reaksjonen for å fremstille imidazolene med den generelle formel (XXV.4). Nitrogenet i den heterocykliske gruppen blir deretter beskyttet, for eksempel ved anvendelse av 2-(trimetylsilyl)etoksymetyl (SEM) eller en annen beskyttende gruppe nevnt i: Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, 2nd ed., (John Wiiey & Sons Inc., 1991), hvilket gir mellomprodukter med den generelle formel (XXV.5). Frigjøring av aminet fra kjeden kan utføres ved hydrogenolyse i nærvær av Pd/C. Condensation between the bromoacetophenones of the general formula (XXV,1) and the carboxylic acids of the general formula (XXV,2) is carried out in the presence of cesium carbonate in DMF. The ketoester obtained (XXV.3) is cyclized in the presence of 15 equivalents of ammonium acetate by heating in a mixture of xylenes and simultaneously removing the water formed during the reaction to prepare the imidazoles of the general formula (XXV.4). The nitrogen of the heterocyclic group is then protected, for example using 2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxymethyl (SEM) or another protecting group mentioned in: Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, 2nd ed., (John Wiiey & Sons Inc., 1991 ), giving intermediates of the general formula (XXV.5). Liberation of the amine from the chain can be carried out by hydrogenolysis in the presence of Pd/C.

Alternativt kan mellomproduktene med den generelle formel (XXV,4) alkyleres i nærvær av en base så som for eksempel K2CO3 og et reagens så som R3-X i et oppløsningsmiddel så som DMF eller acetonitril for å fremstille imidazolene med den generelle formel (XXV,6). Avbeskyttelse av sidekjeden, som beskrevet tidligere, gir mellomproduktene med den generelle formel (XXV). Alternatively, the intermediates of the general formula (XXV,4) can be alkylated in the presence of a base such as, for example, K2CO3 and a reagent such as R3-X in a solvent such as DMF or acetonitrile to prepare the imidazoles of the general formula (XXV, 6). Deprotection of the side chain, as described earlier, gives the intermediates of the general formula (XXV).

Mellomproduktene med den generelle formel (XXV) inneholdende oksazol, tiazol eller imidazol kan også oppnås via andre synteseveier så som den beskrevet i Bioorg, og Med. Chem. Lett.,1993, 3, 915 eller Tetrahedron Lett., 1993, 34,1901. De således oppnådde mellomproduktene med den generelle formel (XXV,7) kan modifiseres, skjema 13,2, ved forsåpning fulgt av dekarboksylering, for eksempel termisk, for å fremstille disubstituerte, heterocykliske grupper med den generelle formel (XXV.9). Frigjøring av aminet fra sidekjeden, som beskrevet tidligere, gir mellomproduktene med den generelle formel (XXV). The intermediates with the general formula (XXV) containing oxazole, thiazole or imidazole can also be obtained via other synthesis routes such as that described in Bioorg, and Med. Chem. Lett., 1993, 3, 915 or Tetrahedron Lett., 1993, 34, 1901. The thus obtained intermediates of the general formula (XXV.7) can be modified, Scheme 13.2, by saponification followed by decarboxylation, for example thermally, to produce disubstituted heterocyclic groups of the general formula (XXV.9). Liberation of the amine from the side chain, as described earlier, gives the intermediates of the general formula (XXV).

Alternativt kan karboksylsyre-funksjonen i de heterocykliske gruppene med den generelle formel (XXV.7) reduseres, for eksempel med NaBhtø, for å fremstille alkoholiske derivater med den generelle formel (XXV.10), skjema 13,3, som kan alkyleres i nærvær av R3-X og en base så som K2CO3 i et oppløsningsmiddel så som acetonitril eller DMF. Frigjøring av aminet fra sidekjeden, som beskrevet tidligere, gir mellomproduktene med den generelle formel (XXV). Alternatively, the carboxylic acid function in the heterocyclic groups of the general formula (XXV.7) can be reduced, for example with NaBhtø, to prepare alcoholic derivatives of the general formula (XXV.10), scheme 13.3, which can be alkylated in the presence of R3-X and a base such as K2CO3 in a solvent such as acetonitrile or DMF. Liberation of the amine from the side chain, as described earlier, gives the intermediates of the general formula (XXV).

Tiazolene med den generelle formel (XXV), skjema 13,4, kan også fremstilles i 4 trinn ved å starte fra kommersielt sarkosinamidhydroklorid. Aminet blir først beskyttet på standard måte i form av tBu-karbamat og karboksamid-funksjonen blir omdannet til tiokarboksamid i nærvær av Lawesson reagens. Dannelse av tiazol-ringen blir utført ved omsetning av tiokarboksamid med mellomproduktet med den generelle formel (XXV,1) i henhold til en eksperimentell protokoll beskrevet i litteraturen ( J. Org. Chem., (1995), 60, 5638-5642). Amin-funksjonen blir regenerert ved behandling med mellomproduktet med den generelle formel (XXV, 12) i et sterkt surt medium så som for eksempel trifluoreddiksyre. The thiazoles of general formula (XXV), Scheme 13.4, can also be prepared in 4 steps starting from commercial sarcosinamide hydrochloride. The amine is first protected in the standard way in the form of tBu-carbamate and the carboxamide function is converted to thiocarboxamide in the presence of Lawesson's reagent. Formation of the thiazole ring is carried out by reaction of thiocarboxamide with the intermediate of the general formula (XXV,1) according to an experimental protocol described in the literature (J. Org. Chem., (1995), 60, 5638-5642). The amine function is regenerated by treatment with the intermediate of the general formula (XXV, 12) in a strongly acidic medium such as, for example, trifluoroacetic acid.

Syntese av Mellomprodukter (XXVIII): Synthesis of Intermediates (XXVIII):

Isoksazoliner og isoksazoler med den generelle formel (XXVIII), Skjema 17,1, blir fremstilt ved omsetning av kommersielle aldehyder med den generelle formel (XX) med hydroksylamin-hydroklorid. Det således oppnådde oksimet med den generelle formel (XXVI 11,1) blir aktivert i form av oksimkloridet med den generelle formel (XXVIII,2), ved omsetning med N-klorsuccinimid i DMF før omsetning med estrene med den generelle formel (XXVIII,3) for å produsere isoksazolin-derivater eller med estrene med den generelle formel (XXVIII,4) for å produsere isoksazol-derivater i henhold til en eksperimentell protokoll beskrevet i litteraturen ( Tetrahedron Lett., 1996, 37 (26), 4455; J. Med. Chem., 1997, 40, 50-60 og 2064-2084). Forsåpning av isoksazolinene eller isoksazolene med den generelle formel (XXVIII,5) blir deretter utført på standard måte under betingelsene beskrevet tidligere. Isoxazolines and isoxazoles of the general formula (XXVIII), Scheme 17.1, are prepared by reacting commercial aldehydes of the general formula (XX) with hydroxylamine hydrochloride. The thus obtained oxime with the general formula (XXVI 11.1) is activated in the form of the oxime chloride with the general formula (XXVIII.2), by reaction with N-chlorosuccinimide in DMF before reaction with the esters with the general formula (XXVIII.3 ) to produce isoxazoline derivatives or with the esters of the general formula (XXVIII,4) to produce isoxazole derivatives according to an experimental protocol described in the literature ( Tetrahedron Lett., 1996, 37 (26), 4455; J. Med. Chem., 1997, 40, 50-60 and 2064-2084). Saponification of the isoxazolines or isoxazoles of the general formula (XXVIII,5) is then carried out in a standard manner under the conditions previously described.

De umettede estere med den generelle formel (XXVIII,3) og (XXVIII,4), som ikke er kommersielt tilgjengelige, kan fremstilles i henhold til metoder beskrevet i litteraturen (J. Med. Chem., 1987, 30,193; J. Org. Chem., 1980,45, 5017). The unsaturated esters of the general formula (XXVIII,3) and (XXVIII,4), which are not commercially available, can be prepared according to methods described in the literature (J. Med. Chem., 1987, 30,193; J. Org. Chem., 1980, 45, 5017).

Syntese av Mellomprodukter (XXIX): Synthesis of Intermediates (XXIX):

Syntese av mellomprodukter med den generelle formel (XXIX) er beskrevet i skjema 18,1,18,2,18,3 og 18,4 Synthesis of intermediates with the general formula (XXIX) is described in schemes 18,1,18,2,18,3 and 18,4

Mellomproduktene med den generelle formel (XXIX) kan fremstilles, skjema 18,1, ved å starte fra mellomproduktene med den generelle formel (XXI 1,3), beskrevet tidligere, ved behandling i et sterkt surt medium for å regenerere den heterocykliske aminfunksjonen. Den selektive reduksjon av karboksylsyre-funksjonen i nærvær av for eksempel natrium-borhydrid i et oppløsningsmiddel så som for eksempel vannfri THF, gir mellomproduktet med den generelle formel (XXIX) som bærer en primær alkohol-funksjon uten å berøre nitrogruppen (Rao, A. V. R., J. Chem. Soc. Chem. Commun., 1992,11, 859). The intermediates of general formula (XXIX) can be prepared, Scheme 18.1, by starting from the intermediates of general formula (XXI 1.3), described earlier, by treatment in a strongly acidic medium to regenerate the heterocyclic amine function. The selective reduction of the carboxylic acid function in the presence of, for example, sodium borohydride in a solvent such as, for example, anhydrous THF gives the intermediate of general formula (XXIX) bearing a primary alcohol function without affecting the nitro group (Rao, A. V. R., J. Chem. Soc. Chem. Commun., 1992, 11, 859).

Mellomproduktene med den generelle formel (XXIX) kan også fremstilles, skjema 18,2, ved å starte fra mellomprodukter med den generelle formel (XXIX,1) (R eller S) hvilken fremstilling er lignende den for forbindelsene med den generelle formel (XXI 1,1). Kondensering av alkoholiske derivater med den generelle formel (XXII.2) med mellomproduktene med den generelle formel (XXIX.1) er også beskrevet ovenfor. Frigjøring av det heterocykliske amin blir utført i nærvær av en organisk løsning av en sterk syre, for eksempel trifluoreddiksyre. The intermediates of general formula (XXIX) can also be prepared, Scheme 18.2, starting from intermediates of general formula (XXIX,1) (R or S) which preparation is similar to that of the compounds of general formula (XXI 1 ,1). Condensation of alcoholic derivatives of the general formula (XXII.2) with the intermediates of the general formula (XXIX.1) is also described above. Liberation of the heterocyclic amine is carried out in the presence of an organic solution of a strong acid, for example trifluoroacetic acid.

Aminene med den generelle formel (XXIX), skjema 18,3, kan også oppnås ved å starte fra substitusjon av tosylerte derivater med den generelle formel (XX1X,1) med kommersielle aminer med den generelle formel (XXX). Adskillelse av karbamat-funksjonen fra mellomproduktene med den generelle formel (XXIX,3) blir utført som beskrevet tidligere. The amines of the general formula (XXIX), scheme 18,3, can also be obtained by starting from the substitution of tosylated derivatives of the general formula (XX1X,1) with commercial amines of the general formula (XXX). Separation of the carbamate function from the intermediates of the general formula (XXIX,3) is carried out as described previously.

Mellomproduktene med den generelle formel (XXIX) kan også fremstilles, skjema 18,4, ved omsetning av de halogenerte derivater med den generelle formel (IX) med alkoholen med den generelle formel (XXIX.4) i nærvær av en base så som for eksempel tBuO"K<+> i et vannfritt oppløsningsmiddel så som THF. Det således oppnådde mellomproduktet med den generelle formel (XXIX.5) blir deretter avbeskyttet i et sterkt surt medium (HCl eller TFA). The intermediates of the general formula (XXIX) can also be prepared, scheme 18.4, by reacting the halogenated derivatives of the general formula (IX) with the alcohol of the general formula (XXIX.4) in the presence of a base such as for example tBuO"K<+> in an anhydrous solvent such as THF. The thus obtained intermediate with the general formula (XXIX.5) is then deprotected in a strongly acidic medium (HCl or TFA).

Syntese av mellomprodukter (XXXII): Synthesis of intermediates (XXXII):

Mellomproduktene med den generelle formel (XXXM) kan fremstilles, skjema 20,1, ved omsetning av de halogenerte derivater med den generelle formel (IX) med kommersiell 1-(difenylmetyl)-3-hydroksyazetidin (XXXII,1) i nærvær av en base så som for eksempel NaH i et vannfritt oppløsningsmiddel så som THF. I dette tilfellet blir nitrogruppen i mellomproduktet med den generelle formel (XXXII,2) redusert i nærvær av SnCl2, som beskrevet tidligere, for å oppnå mellomproduktet med den generelle formel (XXXII.3) hvor aminet deretter blir beskyttet i form av et t-butyl-karbamat. Spaltning av difenylmetyl-beskyttelsesgruppen blir deretter utført på standard måte ved hydrogenolyse i nærvær av Pd(OH)2, hvilket gir mellomproduktet med den generelle formel The intermediates of the general formula (XXXM) can be prepared, scheme 20.1, by reacting the halogenated derivatives of the general formula (IX) with commercial 1-(diphenylmethyl)-3-hydroxyazetidine (XXXII,1) in the presence of a base such as NaH in an anhydrous solvent such as THF. In this case, the nitro group in the intermediate of the general formula (XXXII.2) is reduced in the presence of SnCl2, as described previously, to obtain the intermediate of the general formula (XXXII.3) where the amine is then protected in the form of a t- butyl carbamate. Cleavage of the diphenylmethyl protecting group is then carried out in the standard manner by hydrogenolysis in the presence of Pd(OH)2, giving the intermediate of the general formula

(XXXII). (XXXII).

Hvis ikke de er definert annerledes har alle tekniske og vitenskapelige betegnelser anvendt her, samme betydning som den som vanligvis forstås av fagfolk på området som oppfinnelsen tilhører. Likeledes inntas alle publikasjoner, patentsøknader, patenter og andre referanser nevnt her ved referanse. Unless otherwise defined, all technical and scientific terms used herein have the same meaning as is commonly understood by those skilled in the art to which the invention belongs. Likewise, all publications, patent applications, patents and other references mentioned here are incorporated by reference.

De følgende eksempler er presentert for å illustrere fremgangsmåtene ovenfor. The following examples are presented to illustrate the above methods.

Eksempel 1: N-(3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroksyfenyl)-5-[4-{imino(2-tienyl)-metylamino}fenyl]-2-furan karboksamid-hydrojodid (1): Example 1: N-(3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)-5-[4-{imino(2-thienyl)-methylamino}phenyl]-2-furan carboxamide hydroiodide (1):

1.1 2, 6- di- t- butyl- 4- nitrofénol: 1.1 2, 6-di-t-butyl-4-nitrophenol:

2,6-di-t-butylfenol (8 g, 39 mmol) blir oppløst i 25 ml cykloheksan ved 10°C. En (1/1) blanding av salpetersyre/eddiksyre (5 ml) blir satt dråpevis til reaksjonsmediet holdt ved denne temperatur. Agitering blir deretter utført i 15 minutter ved omgivelsestemperatur. Deretter blir den dannede fellingen filtrert fra og skyllet med vann og pentan. Den oppnådde 2,6-di-t-butyl-4-nitrofenol (6,34 g, 65 %) blir tørket i en ovn og anvendes uten ytterligere rensning i de følgende trinn. Blekgult pulver. Smeltepunkt: 167-168°C. 2,6-di-t-butylphenol (8 g, 39 mmol) is dissolved in 25 ml of cyclohexane at 10°C. A (1/1) mixture of nitric acid/acetic acid (5 ml) is added dropwise to the reaction medium kept at this temperature. Agitation is then carried out for 15 minutes at ambient temperature. The precipitate formed is then filtered off and rinsed with water and pentane. The obtained 2,6-di-t-butyl-4-nitrophenol (6.34 g, 65%) is dried in an oven and used without further purification in the following steps. Pale yellow powder. Melting point: 167-168°C.

NMR <1>H {CDCI3, 100 MHz, 6): 1,48 (s, 18H, 2tBu), 5,93 (s, 1H, OH), 8,13 (s, 2H, arom. H). NMR <1>H {CDCl3, 100 MHz, 6): 1.48 (s, 18H, 2tBu), 5.93 (s, 1H, OH), 8.13 (s, 2H, arom. H).

1.2 2, 6- dht- butyl- 4- aminofenol: 1.2 2, 6- dht- butyl- 4- aminophenol:

2,6-di-t-butyl-4-nitrofenol (6,3 g, 25 mmol) blir oppløst i metanol (100 ml), 0,6 g palladium på karbon (10 %) blir tilsatt og reaksjonsmediet blir plassert under en hydrogenatmosfære under 2 bar trykk. Katalysatoren blir filtrert fra og oppløsningsmidlet blir avdampet under redusert trykk. Residuet blir tatt opp i heptan og filtrert. På denne måten blir 2,6-di-t-butyl-4-aminofenol (2,7 g, 48 %) oppnådd, som anvendes uten ytterligere rensning i de følgende trinn. Rosa pulver. Smeltepunkt: 123-124°C. 2,6-di-t-butyl-4-nitrophenol (6.3 g, 25 mmol) is dissolved in methanol (100 mL), 0.6 g of palladium on carbon (10%) is added and the reaction medium is placed under a hydrogen atmosphere under 2 bar pressure. The catalyst is filtered off and the solvent is evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue is taken up in heptane and filtered. In this way, 2,6-di-t-butyl-4-aminophenol (2.7 g, 48%) is obtained, which is used without further purification in the following steps. Pink powder. Melting point: 123-124°C.

NMR <1>H (CDCI3, 100 MHz, 8): 6,60 (s, 2H, Ph); 4,65 (bred s, 1H, OH); 3,15 (bred s, 2H, NH2); 1.42 (s, 18H, 2 tBu). NMR <1>H (CDCl 3 , 100 MHz, δ): 6.60 (s, 2H, Ph); 4.65 (broad s, 1H, OH); 3.15 (broad s, 2H, NH2); 1.42 (p, 18H, 2 tBu).

1.3 N-( 3, 5- di- t- butyl- 4- hydmksyfenyl)- 5-( 4- nitrofenyl)- 2- furan karboksamid: Den anvendte eksperimentelle protokoll er lik den beskrevet for mellomprodukt 8,1. 2,6-di-t-butyl-4-aminofenol og 5-(4-nitrofenyl)-2-furan karboksylsyre erstatter henholdsvis tiazolidin og 4-(t-butoksykarbonylamino)-benzeneddiksyre. Den forventede forbindelsen blir oppnådd i form av en fargeløs olje i et utbytte på 56 %. 1.3 N-(3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)-5-(4-nitrophenyl)-2-furan carboxamide: The experimental protocol used is similar to that described for intermediate 8.1. 2,6-di-t-butyl-4-aminophenol and 5-(4-nitrophenyl)-2-furan carboxylic acid replace thiazolidine and 4-(t-butoxycarbonylamino)-benzeneacetic acid, respectively. The expected compound is obtained as a colorless oil in a yield of 56%.

RMN<1>H (DMSO, 100 MHz, S): 1,41 (s, 18H, 2tBu), 6,91 (s, 1H, OH), 7,42 (m, 4H, arom. H), 7,54 (s, 2H, arom. H), 8,30 (m, 4H, arom. H), 10,11 (s, 1H, NH). RMN<1>H (DMSO, 100 MHz, S): 1.41 (s, 18H, 2tBu), 6.91 (s, 1H, OH), 7.42 (m, 4H, arom. H), 7 .54 (s, 2H, arom. H), 8.30 (m, 4H, arom. H), 10.11 (s, 1H, NH).

1.4 N-( 3, 5- di- t- butyl- 4- hydmksyfenyl)- 5-( 4- aminofenyl)- 2- furan karboksamid: Den anvendte eksperimentelle protokoll er lik den beskrevet for mellomprodukt 1,2. N-(3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroksyfenyl)-5-(4-nitrofenyl)-2-furan karboksamid erstatter 1-(4-nitrofenyl)-1H-imidazol. Den forventede forbindelsen blir oppnådd i form av en fargeløs olje i et utbytte på 59 %. 1.4 N-(3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)-5-(4-aminophenyl)-2-furan carboxamide: The experimental protocol used is similar to that described for intermediate 1,2. N-(3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)-5-(4-nitrophenyl)-2-furan carboxamide replaces 1-(4-nitrophenyl)-1H-imidazole. The expected compound is obtained as a colorless oil in a yield of 59%.

NMR <1>H (DMSO, 100 MHz, 5): 1,41 (s, 18H, 2 tBu), 4,70 (bred s, 2H, NH2), 6,91 (s, 1H, OH), 7,50 (m, 4H, arom. H), 7,54 (s, 2H, arom. H), 8,20 (m, 4H, arom. H). NMR <1>H (DMSO, 100 MHz, 5): 1.41 (s, 18H, 2 tBu), 4.70 (broad s, 2H, NH2), 6.91 (s, 1H, OH), 7 .50 (m, 4H, arom. H), 7.54 (s, 2H, arom. H), 8.20 (m, 4H, arom. H).

1,5 N-( 3, 5- di- t- butyt- 4- hydmksyfenyl)- 5-[ 4-{ tmino( 2-^^ 1,5 N-(3,5- di- t-buty-4- hydroxyphenyl)- 5-[ 4-{ tmino( 2-^^

2- furan karboksamid- hydrojodid ( 1) : 2- furan carboxamide hydroiodide ( 1 ) :

Den anvendte eksperimentelle protokoll er lik den beskrevet for mellomprodukt 1,3. N-(3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroksyfenyl)-5-(4-aminofenyl)-2-furan-karboksamid erstatter 1-(4-aminofenyl)-1H-imidazol. Det forventede produktet blir oppnådd i saltform i et utbytte på 27 %. Smeltepunkt: 273-274° C. The experimental protocol used is similar to that described for intermediate 1,3. N-(3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)-5-(4-aminophenyl)-2-furan-carboxamide replaces 1-(4-aminophenyl)-1H-imidazole. The expected product is obtained in salt form in a yield of 27%. Melting point: 273-274° C.

NMR <1>H (DMSO, 400 MHz, 8): 1,40 (s, 18H, 2tBu), 6,90 (s, 1H, OH), 7,45 (m, 5H, arom. H), 7,54 (s, 2H, arom. H), 8,15 (m, 4H, arom. H), 9,05-9,90 (bred 2s's, 2H, NH2), 10,01 (s, 1H, NH-CO), 11,57 (s, 1H, Hl). NMR <1>H (DMSO, 400 MHz, 8): 1.40 (s, 18H, 2tBu), 6.90 (s, 1H, OH), 7.45 (m, 5H, arom. H), 7 .54 (s, 2H, arom. H), 8.15 (m, 4H, arom. H), 9.05-9.90 (broad 2s's, 2H, NH2), 10.01 (s, 1H, NH -CO), 11.57 (s, 1H, H1).

IR: voh' 3423-3242 cm"<1>; vc=o (amid): 1646 cm"<1>; vq=n (amidin): 1554 cm"<1>. IR: voh' 3423-3242 cm"<1>; vc=o (amide): 1646 cm"<1>; vq=n (amidine): 1554 cm"<1>.

Eksempel 2: 3-(3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroksyfenyl)-1 -[4-{imino(2-tienyl)~ Example 2: 3-(3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)-1-[4-{imino(2-thienyl)~

metylamino}fenyl]-2,5-imidazolidindion-hydroklorid (2): methylamino}phenyl]-2,5-imidazolidinedione hydrochloride (2):

2.1 Etyl-( 3, 5- di- t- butyl- 4- hydroksyfenyl) amino- acetat: 2.1 Ethyl-(3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) amino-acetate:

1 g (4,5 mmol) 2,6-di-t-butyl-4-aminofenol (mellomprodukt 10,2) og 0,65 g natriumacetat (7,9 mmol) blir suspendert i 1 ml etanol. Deretter blir brometylacetat (0,94 g, 5,65 mmol) satt til mediet og reaksjonsmediet blir oppvarmet ved 65°C i 2 timer. Reaksjonsblandingen blir hellet i 20 ml is-avkjølt vann og reaksjonsproduktet blir ekstrahert med diklormetan (3 ganger 15 ml). De organiske fasene blir tørket og oppløsningsmidlet blir avdampet under redusert trykk. Residuet blir ført over silikagel i diklormetan. En fargeløs olje blir oppnådd som består av en blanding av 2 forbindelser: produktet av mono- og di-substitusjon. Blandingen av disse 2 forbindelser blir anvendt uten ytterligere rensning i det følgende trinn. 1 g (4.5 mmol) of 2,6-di-t-butyl-4-aminophenol (intermediate 10.2) and 0.65 g of sodium acetate (7.9 mmol) are suspended in 1 ml of ethanol. Then, bromomethyl acetate (0.94 g, 5.65 mmol) is added to the medium and the reaction medium is heated at 65°C for 2 hours. The reaction mixture is poured into 20 ml of ice-cooled water and the reaction product is extracted with dichloromethane (3 times 15 ml). The organic phases are dried and the solvent is evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue is passed over silica gel in dichloromethane. A colorless oil is obtained consisting of a mixture of 2 compounds: the product of mono- and di-substitution. The mixture of these 2 compounds is used without further purification in the following step.

2.2 Etyt-( 3t5^ i- t- butyl- 4- hydmksyfenyl)-( 4- nitmfenylkamam 2.2 Ethyl-( 3t5^ i- t- butyl- 4- hydmoxyphenyl)-( 4- nitrimphenylcamam

1,13 g (4,2 mmol) av mellomprodukt 11,1 og 0,69 g (4,23 mmol) 4-nitrofenylisocyanat oppløses i 9 ml diklormetan. Reaksjonsblandingen blir om rørt i 2,5 timer ved omgivelsestemperatur. Oppløsningsmidlet blir avdampet under redusert trykk og residuet blir ført over silikagel i diklormetan. På denne måten blir 0,66 g ren (3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroksyfenyl)-(4-nitrofenylkarbamoyl)aminoetylacetat isolert i form av en fargeløs olje. (Utbytte over 2 trinn: 31 %). 1.13 g (4.2 mmol) of intermediate 11.1 and 0.69 g (4.23 mmol) of 4-nitrophenyl isocyanate are dissolved in 9 ml of dichloromethane. The reaction mixture is stirred for 2.5 hours at ambient temperature. The solvent is evaporated under reduced pressure and the residue is passed over silica gel in dichloromethane. In this way, 0.66 g of pure (3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)-(4-nitrophenylcarbamoyl)aminoethyl acetate is isolated in the form of a colorless oil. (Yield over 2 steps: 31%).

NMR <1>H (CDCl3) 100 MHz, 8): 1,30 (t, 3H, CH3), 1,46 (s, 18H, 2tBu), 4,23 (q. 2H, CH2-CH3), 4,38 (s, 2H, CH2-CO), 5,50 (s, 1H, OH), 6,75 (bred s, 1H, NH), 7,28 (s, 2H, arom. H), 7,40-7,50-8,10-8,20 (4s, 4H, arom. H). NMR <1>H (CDCl3) 100 MHz, 8): 1.30 (t, 3H, CH3), 1.46 (s, 18H, 2tBu), 4.23 (q. 2H, CH2-CH3), 4 .38 (s, 2H, CH2-CO), 5.50 (s, 1H, OH), 6.75 (broad s, 1H, NH), 7.28 (s, 2H, arom. H), 7, 40-7.50-8.10-8.20 (4s, 4H, arom. H).

2.3 ( 3, 5<lht- butyl- 4- hydroksyfenyl)- 1-( 4- nitrofenyl)- 2t 5- imidazolidindion: 0,66 g (1,4 mmol) av mellomprodukt 11,2 blir oppløst i 10 ml etanol ved 50°C og det hele blir oppvarmet ved denne temperatur i 2 timer. Den dannede fellingen blir filtrert fra og vasket med kald etanol. Den oppnådde forbindelsen blir anvendt direkte i det følgende trinn uten ytterligere rensning. 2.3 ( 3, 5<lht- butyl- 4- hydroxyphenyl)- 1-( 4- nitrophenyl)- 2t 5- imidazolidinedione: 0.66 g (1.4 mmol) of intermediate 11.2 is dissolved in 10 ml of ethanol at 50°C and the whole is heated at this temperature for 2 hours. The formed precipitate is filtered off and washed with cold ethanol. The compound obtained is used directly in the following step without further purification.

NMR <1>H (CDCI3, 100 MHz, 8): 1,47 (s, 18H, 2tBu), 4,51 (s, 2H, N-CH2-CO), 5,27 (s, 1H, OH), 7,33 (s, 2H, arom. H), 7,77-7,86-8,32-8,41 (4s, 4H, arom. H). NMR <1>H (CDCl3, 100 MHz, 8): 1.47 (s, 18H, 2tBu), 4.51 (s, 2H, N-CH2-CO), 5.27 (s, 1H, OH) , 7.33 (s, 2H, arom. H), 7.77-7.86-8.32-8.41 (4s, 4H, arom. H).

2.4 ( 3, 5- di- t- butyl- 4- hydroksyfenyl)- 1-( 4- aminofenyl)- 2, 5- imidazolidindion: Den anvendte eksperimentelle protokoll er lik den beskrevet for mellomprodukt 1,2. 3-(3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroksyfenyl)-1-(4-nitrofenyl)-2,5-imidazolidindion erstatter 1-(4-nitrofenyl)-1H-imidazol. Den forventede forbindelsen blir oppnådd i form av et hvitt presipitat i et utbytte på 87 %. Det blir anvendt uten ytterligere rensning i det følgende trinn. 2.4 (3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)-1-(4-aminophenyl)-2,5-imidazolidinedione: The experimental protocol used is similar to that described for intermediate 1,2. 3-(3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)-1-(4-nitrophenyl)-2,5-imidazolidinedione replaces 1-(4-nitrophenyl)-1H-imidazole. The expected compound is obtained in the form of a white precipitate in a yield of 87%. It is used without further purification in the following step.

NMR <1>H (CDCI3, 100 MHz, 8): 1,47 (s, 18H, 2tBu), 4,45 (s, 2H, N-CH2-CO), 5,18 (s, 1H, OH), 6,70-6,80-7,16-7,23 (4s, 4H, arom. H), 7,39 (s, 2H, arom. H). NMR <1>H (CDCl3, 100 MHz, 8): 1.47 (s, 18H, 2tBu), 4.45 (s, 2H, N-CH2-CO), 5.18 (s, 1H, OH) , 6.70-6.80-7.16-7.23 (4s, 4H, arom. H), 7.39 (s, 2H, arom. H).

2.5 3-( 3, 5<li- t- butyl~ 4- hydroksyfenyf)- 1-[ 4-{ imino( 2- tiew 2, 5- imidazolidindion- hydroklorid ( 2) : Den anvendte eksperimentelle protokoll er lik den beskrevet for mellomprodukt 2,4. 3-{3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroksyfenyl)-1-(4-aminofenyl)-2,5-imidazolidindion erstatter 3-(4-aminobenzyl)-tiazolidin. Den frie basen blir omdannet til saltet ved behandling med en 1N løsning av saltsyre-eter. Hydrokloridet blir oppnådd i et utbytte på 53 %. Smeltepunkt: 258-265X. NMR <1>H (DMSO, 400 MHz, 8): 1,40 (s, 18H, 2 tBu), 4,65 (s, 2H, CH2). 7,08 (s, 1H, OH), 7,40 (m, 3H, arom. H), 7,61 (s, 4H, arom. H), 8,21 (m, 2H, arom. H), 9,20-9,95 (bred 2s's, 2H, NH2), 11,75 (s, 1H, HCI). 2.5 3-( 3, 5<li- t-butyl~ 4- hydroxyphenyf)- 1-[ 4-{ imino( 2- tiew 2, 5- imidazolidinedione- hydrochloride ( 2) : The experimental protocol used is similar to that described for intermediate 2,4 3-{3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)-1-(4-aminophenyl)-2,5-imidazolidinedione replaces 3-(4-aminobenzyl)-thiazolidine. The free base is converted to the salt by treatment with a 1N solution of hydrochloric acid-ether. The hydrochloride is obtained in a yield of 53%. Melting point: 258-265X. NMR <1>H (DMSO, 400 MHz, δ): 1.40 (s, 18H, 2 tBu), 4.65 (s, 2H, CH2). 7.08 (s, 1H, OH), 7.40 (m, 3H, arom. H), 7.61 (s, 4H, arom. H), 8.21 (m, 2H, arom. H), 9.20-9.95 (broad 2s's, 2H, NH2), 11.75 (s, 1H, HCl).

IR: voh: 3637-3437 cm"<1>; vc=o (imidazolidindion): 1712 cm"<1>; vc=o (amidin): 1598 cm"1. IR: voh: 3637-3437 cm"<1>; vc=o (imidazolidinedione): 1712 cm"<1>; vc=o (amidine): 1598 cm"1.

Eksempel 3: 2-(3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroksyfenyl)-3-[4-{imino(2-tienyl)-metylamino}fenyll-4-tiazolidinon-hydroklorid (3): Example 3: 2-(3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)-3-[4-{imino(2-thienyl)-methylamino}phenyl-4-thiazolidinone hydrochloride (3):

3,1 2-( 3, 5- di- t- butyl- 4- hydroksyfenyl)- 3-( 4- nitrofenyl)- 4- tiazolidinon: 3,1 2-( 3, 5- di- t-butyl- 4- hydroxyphenyl)- 3-( 4- nitrophenyl)- 4- thiazolidinone:

5 g 3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroksybenzaldehyd (21 mmol) og 2,95 g para-nitroanilin (21 mmol) oppløses i 50 ml vannfri toluen. 0,5 ml iseddik blir tilsatt og det hele blir bragt til tilbakeløp i 24 timer. Deretter blir 1,96 g merkaptoeddiksyre 5 g of 3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxybenzaldehyde (21 mmol) and 2.95 g of para-nitroaniline (21 mmol) are dissolved in 50 ml of anhydrous toluene. 0.5 ml of glacial acetic acid is added and the whole is refluxed for 24 hours. Then 1.96 g of mercaptoacetic acid is obtained

(21 mmol) satt til mediet og tilbakeløp blir fortsatt i ytterligere 24 timer. Etter at S reaksjonsblandingen har kommet tilbake til omgivelsestemperatur blir den vasket med vann (3 ganger 30 ml). Etter dekantering blir den organiske fasen tørket over natriumsulfat og oppløsningsmidlet blir avdampet under redusert trykk. Residuet blir renset på silikagel i en etylacetat/heptan-blanding (1/4) og (21 mmol) added to the medium and reflux is continued for a further 24 hours. After the S reaction mixture has returned to ambient temperature, it is washed with water (3 times 30 ml). After decantation, the organic phase is dried over sodium sulfate and the solvent is evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue is purified on silica gel in an ethyl acetate/heptane mixture (1/4) and

1,33 g ren 2-(3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroksyfenyl)-3-(4-nitrofenyl)-4-tiazolidinon blir LO oppnådd i form av en fargeløs olje (15 %). 1.33 g of pure 2-(3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)-3-(4-nitrophenyl)-4-thiazolidinone is LO obtained in the form of a colorless oil (15%).

NMR <1>H (CDCI3, 100 MHz, 8): 1,36 (s, 18H, 2tBu), 3,91 (s, 2H, CH-S), 5,28 (s, 1H, CH-S), 6,20 (s, 1H, OH), 7,03 (s, 2H, arom. H), 7,38-7,48-8,11-8,20 (4 s, 4H, arom. H). NMR <1>H (CDCl3, 100 MHz, 8): 1.36 (s, 18H, 2tBu), 3.91 (s, 2H, CH-S), 5.28 (s, 1H, CH-S) , 6.20 (s, 1H, OH), 7.03 (s, 2H, arom. H), 7.38-7.48-8.11-8.20 (4 s, 4H, arom. H) .

i 5 3,2 2-(3,5-d^bufy/-4-hydrofcsyfe^ i 5 3,2 2-(3,5-d^buphy/-4-hydrofcyphe^

1,3 g 2-(3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroksyfenyl)-3-(4-nitrofenyl)-4-tiazolidinon (3 mmol) og 3,4 g (15 mmol) dihydratisert tinnklorid oppløses i 25 ml etylacetat. Reaksjonen blir holdt i 2 timer ved 70°C. Etter at blandingen har kommet 1.3 g of 2-(3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)-3-(4-nitrophenyl)-4-thiazolidinone (3 mmol) and 3.4 g (15 mmol) of dihydrated stannous chloride are dissolved in 25 ml ethyl acetate. The reaction is held for 2 hours at 70°C. After the mixture has arrived

tilbake til omgivelsestemperatur blir den hellet i en mettet løsning av returned to ambient temperature, it is poured into a saturated solution of

>0 natriumhydrogenkarbonat. Det forventede produktet blir deretter ekstrahert fra den organiske fasen og blir deretter vasket 3 ganger med 10 ml vann. 2-(3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroksyfenyl)-3-(4-aminofenyl)-4-tiazolidinonet blir renset på silikagel i en etylacetat/heptan-blanding (1/1) og blir oppnådd i form av en beige >0 sodium bicarbonate. The expected product is then extracted from the organic phase and is then washed 3 times with 10 ml of water. The 2-(3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)-3-(4-aminophenyl)-4-thiazolidinone is purified on silica gel in an ethyl acetate/heptane mixture (1/1) and is obtained in the form of a beige

olje i et utbytte på 69 % (0,82 g). oil in a yield of 69% (0.82 g).

>5 NMR <1>H (CDCI3, 100 MHz, 8): 1,37 (s, 18H, 2tBu), 3,64 (bred s, 2H, NH2). 3,89 >5 NMR <1>H (CDCl3, 100 MHz, 8): 1.37 (s, 18H, 2tBu), 3.64 (broad s, 2H, NH2). 3.89

(s, 2H, CH2-S), 5,22 (s, 1H, CH-S), 5,91 (s, 1H, OH), 6,51-6,59-6,78-6,86 (4 s, 4H, arom. H), 7,04 (s, 2H, arom. H). (s, 2H, CH2-S), 5.22 (s, 1H, CH-S), 5.91 (s, 1H, OH), 6.51-6.59-6.78-6.86 ( 4 s, 4H, arom. H), 7.04 (s, 2H, arom. H).

3,3 2-( 3, 5- di- t- butyl- 4- hydmksyfenyl)- 3-[ 4-{ imino( 2- tienyl)- m I0 tiazolidinon- hydroklorid ( 3) : Den anvendte eksperimentelle protokoll er lik den beskrevet for mellomprodukt 2,4. 2-(3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroksyfenyl)-3-(4-aminofenyl)-4-tiazolidinon erstatter 3-(4-aminobenzyl)-tiazolidin. Den forventede forbindelsen 3,3 2-(3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)-3-[4-{imino(2-thienyl)-mI0 thiazolidinone hydrochloride (3): The experimental protocol used is similar to the described for intermediate 2,4. 2-(3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)-3-(4-aminophenyl)-4-thiazolidinone replaces 3-(4-aminobenzyl)-thiazolidine. The expected connection

blir oppnådd i saltform (hydroklorid) ved behandling av den frie basen med en 15 1N løsning av saltsyre-eter i et utbytte på 43 %. Smeltepunkt: 58-61 °C. is obtained in salt form (hydrochloride) by treating the free base with a 15 1N solution of hydrochloric acid-ether in a yield of 43%. Melting point: 58-61 °C.

NMR <1>H (DMSO, 400 MHz, 8): 1,32 (s, 18H, 2tBu), 3,93 (m, 2H, CH-S), 6,57 (s, 1H, CH-S), 7,08 (s, 2H, arom. H), 7,41 (m, 5H, arom. H), 8,15 (m, 2H, arom. H), 9,10-9,90 (bred 2s's, 2H, NH2), 11,45 (bred s, 1H, HCI). NMR <1>H (DMSO, 400 MHz, 8): 1.32 (s, 18H, 2tBu), 3.93 (m, 2H, CH-S), 6.57 (s, 1H, CH-S) , 7.08 (s, 2H, arom. H), 7.41 (m, 5H, arom. H), 8.15 (m, 2H, arom. H), 9.10-9.90 (broad 2s's , 2H, NH 2 ), 11.45 (broad s, 1H, HCl).

IR: voh: 3624-3423 cm"<1>; vc=o (tiazolidinon): 1679-1658 cm"<1>; vc=n (amidin): 1568 cm"1.IR: voh: 3624-3423 cm"<1>; vc=o (thiazolidinone): 1679-1658 cm"<1>; vc=n (amidine): 1568 cm"1.

Eksempel 4: 5-[{3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroksyfenyl)metylen]-1 -metyl-3-[4-{imino(2-tienyl)metylamino}fenyl]-214-imidazolidindion-fumarat (4): Example 4: 5-[{3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)methylene]-1-methyl-3-[4-{imino(2-thienyl)methylamino}phenyl]-214-imidazolidinedione fumarate (4):

4.1 1- metyl- 3-( 4- nitmfenyl)- 2, 4- imidazolidindion: 4.1 1- methyl- 3-(4-nitrophenyl)-2, 4- imidazolidinedione:

0,47 g av etylesteren av sarkosin, HCI (3 mmol) blir oppløst i 5 ml diklormetan og 0,42 ml (3 mmol) trietylamin blir tilsatt. 0,5 g 4-nitrofenylisocyanat (3 mmol) oppløst i 5 ml diklormetan blir tilsatt dråpevis i den foregående blanding og reaksjonsblandingen blir holdt i 30 minutter ved omgivelsestemperatur. Den organiske løsningen blir deretter vasket med vann (3 ganger 10 ml), deretter tørket, og oppløsningsmidlet blir avdampet under redusert trykk. 0.47 g of the ethyl ester of sarcosine, HCl (3 mmol) is dissolved in 5 ml of dichloromethane and 0.42 ml (3 mmol) of triethylamine is added. 0.5 g of 4-nitrophenyl isocyanate (3 mmol) dissolved in 5 ml of dichloromethane is added dropwise to the preceding mixture and the reaction mixture is kept for 30 minutes at ambient temperature. The organic solution is then washed with water (3 times 10 ml), then dried, and the solvent is evaporated under reduced pressure.

Residuet blir tatt opp i 10 ml etanol og reaksjonsmediet blir oppvarmet under tilbakeløp i 2 timer. Etter at reaksjonsmediet har kommet tilbake til omgivelsestemperatur blir den dannede fellingen filtrert. På denne måten blir 1-metyl-3-(4-nitrofenyl)-2,4-imidazolidindion oppnådd i et utbytte på 72% (0,5 g) og anvendes uten ytterligere rensning i det følgende trinn. The residue is taken up in 10 ml of ethanol and the reaction medium is heated under reflux for 2 hours. After the reaction medium has returned to ambient temperature, the precipitate formed is filtered. In this way, 1-methyl-3-(4-nitrophenyl)-2,4-imidazolidinedione is obtained in a yield of 72% (0.5 g) and is used without further purification in the following step.

NMR <1>H (CDCI3, 100 MHz, 8): 3,11 (s, 3H, CH3), 4,09 (s, 2H, CH2), 7,70-7,79-8,27-8,37 (4 s, 4H, arom. H). NMR <1>H (CDCl3, 100 MHz, 8): 3.11 (s, 3H, CH3), 4.09 (s, 2H, CH2), 7.70-7.79-8.27-8, 37 (4 p, 4H, arom. H).

4.2 5-[( 3, 5<ii- t~ butyl- 4- hydmksyfenyl) metylen]- 1- metyl- 3-^ 4.2 5-[( 3, 5<ii- t~ butyl- 4- hydmxyphenyl) methylene]- 1- methyl- 3-^

imidazolidindion: imidazolidinedione:

Mellomprodukt 13,1 (0,5 g, 2,13 mmol), 3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroksybenzaldehyd (0,5 g, 2,13 mmol) og B-alanin (0,123 g, 1,4 mmol) oppløses i eddiksyre (10 ml). Reaksjonsblandingen blir holdt under tilbakeløp i 24 timer. Etter at reaksjonsmediet har kommet tilbake til omgivelsestemperatur blir 40 ml vann satt til mediet og det hele blir omrørt i 1 time. Den dannede fellingen blir filtrert og vasket med vann. Filtratet blir konsentrert under vakuum og inndampningsresiduet blir renset på silikagel (elueringsmiddel: heptan/etylacetat: 4/1). De rene fraksjoner blir oppsamlet og konsentrert til tørrhet for å oppnå det forventede produktet i et utbytte på 32% (0,3 g). Intermediate 13.1 (0.5 g, 2.13 mmol), 3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxybenzaldehyde (0.5 g, 2.13 mmol) and B-alanine (0.123 g, 1, 4 mmol) is dissolved in acetic acid (10 ml). The reaction mixture is kept under reflux for 24 hours. After the reaction medium has returned to ambient temperature, 40 ml of water is added to the medium and the whole is stirred for 1 hour. The precipitate formed is filtered and washed with water. The filtrate is concentrated under vacuum and the evaporation residue is purified on silica gel (eluent: heptane/ethyl acetate: 4/1). The pure fractions are collected and concentrated to dryness to obtain the expected product in a yield of 32% (0.3 g).

NMR <1>H (CDCI3, 100 MHz, 8): 1,49 (s, 18H, 2tBu), 3,35 (s, 3H, CH3), 5,59 (s, 1H, OH), 6,40 (s, 1H, CH=C), 7,75-7,84-8,31-8,40 (4 s, 4H, arom. H), 7,92 (s, 2H, arom. H). NMR <1>H (CDCl3, 100 MHz, 8): 1.49 (s, 18H, 2tBu), 3.35 (s, 3H, CH3), 5.59 (s, 1H, OH), 6.40 (s, 1H, CH=C), 7.75-7.84-8.31-8.40 (4s, 4H, arom. H), 7.92 (s, 2H, arom. H).

4.3 5-[( 3, 5- dh' t- butyi- 4- hydroksyfenyf) metylen]- 1- metyl- 3-( 4- am 2, 4- imidazolidindion: Den anvendte eksperimentelle protokoll er lik den beskrevet for mellomprodukt 12,2. 5-[(3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroksyfenyl)metylen]-1 -metyl-3-(4-nitrofenyl)-2,4-imidazolidindion erstatter 2-(3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroksyfenyl)-3-(4-nitrofenyl)-4-tiazolidinon. Den forventede forbindelsen blir oppnådd i et utbytte på 45%. 4.3 5-[( 3, 5- dh' t- butyl- 4- hydroxyphenyl) methylene]- 1- methyl- 3-( 4- am 2, 4- imidazolidinedione: The experimental protocol used is similar to that described for intermediate 12, 2. 5-[(3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)methylene]-1-methyl-3-(4-nitrophenyl)-2,4-imidazolidinedione replaces 2-(3,5-di- t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)-3-(4-nitrophenyl)-4-thiazolidinone The expected compound is obtained in a yield of 45%.

NMR <1>H (CDCI3, 100 MHz. 5): 1,47 (s, 18H, 2tBu), 3,30 (s, 3H, CH3), 5,51 (s, 1H, OH), 6,28 (s, 1H, CH=C), 6,69-6,78-7,12-7,21 (4 s, 4H, arom. H), 7,91 (s, 2H, arom. H). NMR <1>H (CDCl3, 100 MHz. 5): 1.47 (s, 18H, 2tBu), 3.30 (s, 3H, CH3), 5.51 (s, 1H, OH), 6.28 (s, 1H, CH=C), 6.69-6.78-7.12-7.21 (4s, 4H, arom. H), 7.91 (s, 2H, arom. H).

4.4 5-[( 3, 5- di- t- butyl- 4- hydmksyfenyl) metylen]- 1- metyl- 3-[ 4-{ imino( 2-tienyl) metylamino} fenyl]- 2, 4- imidazolidindion ( 13) fumarat: Den anvendte eksperimentelle protokoll er lik den beskrevet for mellomprodukt 2,4. 5-[{3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroksyfenyl)metylen]-1 -metyl-3-(4-aminofenyl)-2,4-imidazolidindion erstatter 3-(4-aminobenzyl)-tiazolidin. Den forventede forbindelsen blir oppnådd i saltform (fumarat) ved behandling av den frie basen med en ekvivalent av fumarsyre i etanol mens den er varm, i et utbytte på 35%. Smeltepunkt: 54,5-57,5"C. 4.4. ) fumarate: The experimental protocol used is similar to that described for intermediate 2,4. 5-[{3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)methylene]-1-methyl-3-(4-aminophenyl)-2,4-imidazolidinedione replaces 3-(4-aminobenzyl)-thiazolidine. The expected compound is obtained in salt form (fumarate) by treating the free base with one equivalent of fumaric acid in ethanol while hot, in a 35% yield. Melting point: 54.5-57.5"C.

NMR <1>H (DMSO, 400 MHz, 8): 1,40 (s, 18H, 2tBu), 3,22 (s, 3H, CH3), 6,59 (s, 1H, CH=C), 6,61 (s, fumarsyre), 6,97-6,99-7,30-7,32 (4 s, 4H, arom. H), 7,11 (t, 1H, tiofen), 7,64 (d, 1H, tiofen), 7,79 (m, 1H, tiofen), 7,96 (s, 2H, arom. H). NMR <1>H (DMSO, 400 MHz, 8): 1.40 (s, 18H, 2tBu), 3.22 (s, 3H, CH3), 6.59 (s, 1H, CH=C), 6 .61 (s, fumaric acid), 6.97-6.99-7.30-7.32 (4 s, 4H, arom. H), 7.11 (t, 1H, thiophene), 7.64 (d , 1H, thiophene), 7.79 (m, 1H, thiophene), 7.96 (s, 2H, arom. H).

IR: voh: 3618-3433 cm"<1>; vc=o (imidazolidindion): 1711 cm<*1>; vc=n (amidin): 1585 cm"1. IR: voh: 3618-3433 cm"<1>; vc=o (imidazolidinedione): 1711 cm<*1>; vc=n (amidine): 1585 cm"1.

Eksempel 5 2-(S)-4-(S)-N-[4-hydroksy-3,5-bis-(1,1 -dimetyletyl)-fenyH-{4-[(imino(2-tienyl)metyl)amino"fenoksy}-prolinamidhydroklorid (5): 5,1 Metylester av 2-( S)- 4-( S)- 1-[( 1, 1- dimetyletoksy) karbonyl]- 4-( 4-nitrofenoksy)- prolin: En løsning av 4,37 g (30,7 mmol) 4-nitrofenol i 30 ml vannfri N-metyl-2-pyrrolidinon blir langsomt satt til en suspensjon avkjølt til 0°C, av 1,23 g (30,7 mmol) NaH på 60 % i suspensjon i 30 ml vannfri N-metyl-2-pyrrolidinon, under Example 5 2-(S)-4-(S)-N-[4-hydroxy-3,5-bis-(1,1-dimethylethyl)-phenylH-{4-[(imino(2-thienyl)methyl) amino"phenoxy}-prolinamide hydrochloride (5): 5,1 Methyl ester of 2-(S)-4-(S)-1-[(1,1-dimethylethoxy)carbonyl]-4-(4-nitrophenoxy)-proline: A solution of 4.37 g (30.7 mmol) of 4-nitrophenol in 30 ml of anhydrous N-methyl-2-pyrrolidinone is slowly added to a suspension cooled to 0°C, of 1.23 g (30.7 mmol) NaH of 60% in suspension in 30 ml of anhydrous N-methyl-2-pyrrolidinone, under

en inert atmosfære. Etter agitering i én time ved 0°C blir prolin-derivatet (6 g, 15 mmol) tilsatt i én porsjon. Reaksjons-blandingen blir omrørt ved 20°C i 15 timer fulgt av oppvarmning ved 80°C i 2 timer for å gjøre reaksjonen fullstendig. Etter at reaksjonsblandingen har kommet tilbake til 20°C blir 200 ml etylacetat og 100 ml 1N soda satt til mediet. Etter dekantering blir den organiske fasen vasket an inert atmosphere. After stirring for one hour at 0°C, the proline derivative (6 g, 15 mmol) is added in one portion. The reaction mixture is stirred at 20°C for 15 hours followed by heating at 80°C for 2 hours to complete the reaction. After the reaction mixture has returned to 20°C, 200 ml of ethyl acetate and 100 ml of 1N soda are added to the medium. After decanting, the organic phase is washed

suksessivt med fortynnede løsninger av 1N soda inntil fullstendig ekstraksjon av det uomsatte fenol-derivat, 2 x 100 ml vann og 100 ml saltvann. Den organiske løsningen blir tørket over natriumsulfat, filtrert og konsentrert til tørrhet under redusert trykk, hvilket gir en lysegul olje som krystalliserer spontant i luft. Krystallene blir oppsamlet og vasket med 3 x 50 ml etyleter. Etter tørking blir fargeløse krystaller oppnådd i et utbytte på 63%. Smeltepunkt: 155-157X. NMR <1>H (DMSO, 400 MHz, 8): 1,34-1,40 (2s, 9H, tBu); 2,45 (m, 2H, CH2); 3,60 (m, 2H, CH2-N); 3,58-3,63 (2s, 3H, 0-CH3); 4,40 (m, 1H, CH-C02); 5,22 (m, 1H, HC-O); 7,63 (m, 4H, Ph). successively with dilute solutions of 1N soda ash until complete extraction of the unreacted phenol derivative, 2 x 100 ml water and 100 ml saline. The organic solution is dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated to dryness under reduced pressure to give a pale yellow oil which crystallizes spontaneously in air. The crystals are collected and washed with 3 x 50 ml of ethyl ether. After drying, colorless crystals are obtained in a yield of 63%. Melting point: 155-157X. NMR <1>H (DMSO, 400 MHz, 8): 1.34-1.40 (2s, 9H, tBu); 2.45 (m, 2H, CH2); 3.60 (m, 2H, CH2-N); 3.58-3.63 (2s, 3H, O-CH3); 4.40 (m, 1H, CH-CO 2 ); 5.22 (m, 1H, HC-O); 7.63 (m, 4H, Ph).

5.2 2-( S)- 4-( S)- 1-[( 1, 1<timetyletoksy) kamonyl]- 4-( 4- nn 5.2 2-( S )- 4-( S )- 1-[( 1, 1<thymethylethoxy) camonyl]- 4-( 4- nn

730 mg (omtrent 16 mmol) pottaske fortynnet i 5 ml vann blir ved 20°C satt til en 100 ml kolbe inneholdende 2,87 g (7,84 mmol) av forbindelse 14,1 i 40 ml etanol. Etter agitering i 15 timer blir reaksjonsblandingen fortynnet med 100 ml etylacetat, surgjort ved 0°C med en 12N løsning av HCI og dekantert. Den organiske fasen blir vasket med 50 ml vann fulgt av 50 ml saltvann. Etter tørking over natriumsulfat blir den organiske løsningen filtrert og konsentrert til tørrhet under vakuum. 2,67 g av et hvitt pulver blir oppnådd, som blir anvendt direkte i det følgende trinn uten ytterligere rensning. 730 mg (about 16 mmol) of pot ash diluted in 5 ml of water is added at 20°C to a 100 ml flask containing 2.87 g (7.84 mmol) of compound 14.1 in 40 ml of ethanol. After stirring for 15 hours, the reaction mixture is diluted with 100 ml of ethyl acetate, acidified at 0°C with a 12N solution of HCl and decanted. The organic phase is washed with 50 ml of water followed by 50 ml of brine. After drying over sodium sulfate, the organic solution is filtered and concentrated to dryness under vacuum. 2.67 g of a white powder is obtained, which is used directly in the following step without further purification.

NMR <1>H (CDCI3,100 MHz, 8): 1,50 (s, 9H, tBu); 2,60 (m, 2H, CH2); 3,80 (m, 2H, CH2-N); 4,60 (m, 1H, CH-C02); 5,07 (m, 1H, HC-O); 7,58 (m, 4H, Ph); 8,95 (bred s, 1H, C02H). NMR <1>H (CDCl 3 , 100 MHz, δ): 1.50 (s, 9H, tBu); 2.60 (m, 2H, CH2); 3.80 (m, 2H, CH2-N); 4.60 (m, 1H, CH-CO 2 ); 5.07 (m, 1H, HC-O); 7.58 (m, 4H, Ph); 8.95 (broad s, 1H, CO 2 H).

5.3 2-( S)- 4-( S)- 1-[( 1, l- dimetyletoksyikarbonylJ- N-^- hydmksy- a. S- bis- fl, 1-dimetyletyl) fenyl]- 4-( 4- nitrofenoksy)- prolinamid: 1,28 g (6,20 mmol) dicykloheksylkarbodiimid blir ved 0°C satt til en oppløsning av 1,99 g (5,64 mmol) av mellomprodukt 14,2,1,25 g (5,64 mmol) av mellomprodukt 10,2 og 845 mg (6,20 mmol) hydroksybenzotriazol i 25 ml DMF. Etter agitering i 24 timer ved 20°C blir reaksjonsblandingen filtrert og fellingen blir vasket med etylacetat. Filtratet blir fortynnet med 100 ml etylacetat og vasket suksessivt med 2 x 40 ml 1N soda, 2 x 40 ml vann og 40 ml saltvann. Etter tørking over natriumsulfat blir den organiske løsningen filtrert og konsentrert til tørrhet under vakuum, hvilket gir en brun olje som blir renset på en silika-kolonne (elueringsmiddel heptan/etylacetat: 1/1). De rene fraksjoner blir oppsamlet og etter konsentrasjon under vakuum blir 1,35 g (43%) av et beige pulver oppnådd. Smeltepunkt: 117-120°C. 5.3 2-( S)- 4-( S)- 1-[( 1, l- dimethylethoxycarbonylJ- N-^- hydmoxy- a. S- bis- fl, 1-dimethylethyl) phenyl]- 4-( 4- nitrophenoxy )- prolinamide: 1.28 g (6.20 mmol) of dicyclohexylcarbodiimide is added at 0°C to a solution of 1.99 g (5.64 mmol) of intermediate 14.2,1.25 g (5.64 mmol ) of intermediate 10.2 and 845 mg (6.20 mmol) of hydroxybenzotriazole in 25 ml of DMF. After stirring for 24 hours at 20°C, the reaction mixture is filtered and the precipitate is washed with ethyl acetate. The filtrate is diluted with 100 ml of ethyl acetate and washed successively with 2 x 40 ml of 1N soda, 2 x 40 ml of water and 40 ml of saline. After drying over sodium sulfate, the organic solution is filtered and concentrated to dryness under vacuum, which gives a brown oil which is purified on a silica column (eluent heptane/ethyl acetate: 1/1). The pure fractions are collected and after concentration under vacuum 1.35 g (43%) of a beige powder is obtained. Melting point: 117-120°C.

NMR <1>H (CDCI3, 100 MHz, 6): 1,20-1,70 (m, 27 timeR, 3 x tBu); 2,68 (m, 2H, CH2); 3,80 (m, 2H, CH2-N); 4,58 (m, 1H, CH-C02); 5,10 (m, 2H, OH, HC-O); 7,25-7,28 (2s, 2H, Ph-OH); 7,51 (m, 4H, Ph-N02); 8,00 (bred s, 1H, NHCO). NMR <1>H (CDCl 3 , 100 MHz, 6): 1.20-1.70 (m, 27 hR, 3 x tBu); 2.68 (m, 2H, CH2); 3.80 (m, 2H, CH2-N); 4.58 (m, 1H, CH-CO 2 ); 5.10 (m, 2H, OH, HC-O); 7.25-7.28 (2s, 2H, Ph-OH); 7.51 (m, 4H, Ph-NO 2 ); 8.00 (broad s, 1H, NHCO).

5.4 2-( S)- 4-( S)- 1-[( 1, 1- dimetyletoksy) karbonyl]- N-[ 4- hy ( 1, 1- dimetyletyl) fenyl]~ 4-( 4- aminofenoksy)- prolinamid: 1,35 g (2,4 mmol) av mellomprodukt 14,3 i 30 ml etanol blir oppløst i en autoklav utstyrt med en magnetisk rører i nærvær av 1/2 spatelspiss av Pd/C på 10%. Reaksjonsblandingen blir omrørt under 1,5 bar hydrogen i 3 timer. Etter filtrering på celite blir filtratet konsentrert under vakuum. Residuet blir tatt opp i en 1/1 etyleter/heptan-blanding og etter krystallisering blir det filtrert og skyllet ved anvendelse av heptan. Et beige pulver blir oppnådd i et utbytte på 60%. Smeltepunkt: 112-113°C. 5.4 2-( S)- 4-( S)- 1-[( 1, 1- dimethylethoxy) carbonyl]- N-[ 4- hy ( 1, 1- dimethylethyl) phenyl]~ 4-( 4- aminophenoxy)- prolinamide: 1.35 g (2.4 mmol) of intermediate 14.3 in 30 ml of ethanol is dissolved in an autoclave equipped with a magnetic stirrer in the presence of 1/2 spatula tip of Pd/C at 10%. The reaction mixture is stirred under 1.5 bar of hydrogen for 3 hours. After filtration on celite, the filtrate is concentrated under vacuum. The residue is taken up in a 1/1 ethyl ether/heptane mixture and after crystallization it is filtered and rinsed using heptane. A beige powder is obtained in a yield of 60%. Melting point: 112-113°C.

NMR <1>H (CDCI3, 100 MHz, 5): 1,20-1,70 (m, 27 timeR, 3 x tBu); 2,55 (m, 2H, CH2); 3,50 (bred s, 2H, NH2); 3,75 (m, 2H, CH2-N); 4,48 (m, 1H, CH-C02); 4,80 (m, 1H, HC-O); 5,10 (s, 1H, OH); 6,65 (m, 4H, Ph-NH2); 7,28 (m, 2H, Ph-OH); 8,00 (bred s, 1H, NHCO). NMR <1>H (CDCl 3 , 100 MHz, δ): 1.20-1.70 (m, 27 hR, 3 x tBu); 2.55 (m, 2H, CH2); 3.50 (broad s, 2H, NH2); 3.75 (m, 2H, CH2-N); 4.48 (m, 1H, CH-CO 2 ); 4.80 (m, 1H, HC-O); 5.10 (s, 1H, OH); 6.65 (m, 4H, Ph-NH 2 ); 7.28 (m, 2H, Ph-OH); 8.00 (broad s, 1H, NHCO).

5.5 2-( S)- 4-( S)- N-[ 4- hydroksy- 3, 5- bis-( 1, 1- dimetyletyl) fenyl]- 4-{ 4-[( imino( 2-tienyl) metyl) amino] fenoksy}- pmlinamidhydmklorid ( 5) : En blanding av 694 mg (1,32 mmol) av mellomprodukt 14,4 blir oppvarmet ved 50°C i 48 timer i nærvær av 376 mg (1,32 mmol) S-metyl-2-tiofentiokarboksimid-hydrojodid oppløst i 15 ml isopropanol. Reaksjonsblandingen blir deretter konsentrert til tørrhet under vakuum og inndampningsresiduet blir suspendert i 50 ml etylacetat. Etter tilsetning av 50 ml av en mettet løsning av Na2C03 blir den organiske fasen dekantert og suksessivt vasket med 25 ml av en mettet løsning av Na2C03, 50 ml vann og 50 ml saltvann. Etter tørking over natriumsulfat blir den organiske løsningen filtrert og konsentrert til tørrhet under vakuum, hvilket gir et gult pulver som blir renset på en silika-kolonne (elueringsmiddel: etylacetat). De rene fraksjoner blir oppsamlet og etter konsentrasjon under vakuum, blir 686 mg (82 %) av et beige pulver oppnådd som umiddelbart blir oppløst i 5 ml av en 4M løsning av HCI i 1,4-dioksan. Etter agitering i 15 timer ved 20°C blir 20 ml tørr etyleter satt til reaksjonsblandingen. Fellingen som fremkommer blir deretter filtrert fra, skyllet med 2 x 25 ml tørr etyleter og tørket i en ovn, hvilket gir 270 mg av et beige pulver. Smeltepunkt: 233,5-235°C. 5.5 2-( S )- 4-( S )- N-[ 4- hydroxy- 3, 5- bis-( 1, 1- dimethylethyl) phenyl]- 4-{ 4-[( imino( 2-thienyl) methyl ) amino]phenoxy}-pmlinamide hydrogen chloride ( 5 ) : A mixture of 694 mg (1.32 mmol) of intermediate 14.4 is heated at 50°C for 48 hours in the presence of 376 mg (1.32 mmol) of S-methyl -2-thiophenethiocarboximide hydroiodide dissolved in 15 ml of isopropanol. The reaction mixture is then concentrated to dryness under vacuum and the evaporation residue is suspended in 50 ml of ethyl acetate. After addition of 50 ml of a saturated solution of Na 2 CO 3 , the organic phase is decanted and successively washed with 25 ml of a saturated solution of Na 2 CO 3 , 50 ml of water and 50 ml of brine. After drying over sodium sulfate, the organic solution is filtered and concentrated to dryness under vacuum, giving a yellow powder which is purified on a silica column (eluent: ethyl acetate). The pure fractions are collected and after concentration under vacuum, 686 mg (82%) of a beige powder is obtained which is immediately dissolved in 5 ml of a 4M solution of HCl in 1,4-dioxane. After stirring for 15 hours at 20°C, 20 ml of dry ethyl ether is added to the reaction mixture. The resulting precipitate is then filtered off, rinsed with 2 x 25 ml of dry ethyl ether and dried in an oven, yielding 270 mg of a beige powder. Melting point: 233.5-235°C.

NMR <1>H (DMSO, 400 MHz, 8): 1,37 (s, 18H, 2 x tBu); 2,61 (m, 2H, CH2); 3,60 (rn, 2H, CH2-N); 4,56 (m, 1H, CH-CO2); 5,25 (m, 1H, HC-O); 6,92 (s, 1H, OH); NMR <1>H (DMSO, 400 MHz, δ): 1.37 (s, 18H, 2 x tBu); 2.61 (m, 2H, CH2); 3.60 (rn, 2H, CH2-N); 4.56 (m, 1H, CH-CO 2 ); 5.25 (m, 1H, HC-O); 6.92 (s, 1H, OH);

7,21 (m, 4H, Ph-N); 7,38 (m, 1H, tiofen); 7,45 (s, 2H, Ph-OH); 8,18 (m, 2H, tiofen); 8,78 (bred s, 1H, NH<+>); 9,09 (bred s, 1H, NH<+>); 9,80 (bred s, 1H, NH<+>); 10,68 (c. 1H, CONH); 11,42 (bred s, 1H, NH<+>). 7.21 (m, 4H, Ph-N); 7.38 (m, 1H, thiophene); 7.45 (s, 2H, Ph-OH); 8.18 (m, 2H, thiophene); 8.78 (broad s, 1H, NH<+>); 9.09 (broad s, 1H, NH<+>); 9.80 (broad s, 1H, NH<+>); 10.68 (c. 1H, CONH); 11.42 (broad s, 1H, NH<+>).

IR: voh: 3624-3420 cm"<1>; vc=o (amid): 1653 cm"<1>; vc=n (amidin): 1610 cm"<1>. IR: voh: 3624-3420 cm"<1>; vc=o (amide): 1653 cm"<1>; vc=n (amidine): 1610 cm"<1>.

Eksempel 6 N-[4-hydroksy-3,5-bis-(1,1 -dimetyletyl)fenyl]-2-(R S)-{4-[(imino(2-tienyl)metyl)amino]fenyl}-4-(R)-tiazolidin-karboksamid-fumarat(6): Example 6 N-[4-hydroxy-3,5-bis-(1,1-dimethylethyl)phenyl]-2-(RS)-{4-[(imino(2-thienyl)methyl)amino]phenyl}-4 -(R)-thiazolidine-carboxamide-fumarate(6):

6.1 2-( R. S)-( 4- nitrofenyl)- 4-( R)- tiazolidin~ karboksylsyre: 6.1 2-(R.S)-(4-nitrophenyl)-4-(R)-thiazolidine~ carboxylic acid:

3 g (17,08 mmol) L-cystein-hydroklorid og 2,18 g (22,2 mmol) natriumacetat oppløses i 75 ml vann. Løsningen blir omrørt kraftig under porsjonsvis tilsetning av 3,10 g (20,5 mmol) 4-nitrobenzaldehyd oppløst i 80 ml 95% etanol. Et hvitt presipitat fremkommer raskt i denne blekgule løsning og dannes rikelig. Agitering blir fortsatt i én time, og reaksjonsblandingen blir deretter avkjølt til 0°C og filtrert. Fellingen blir suksessivt skyllet med 200 ml vann, 100 ml kald etanol og 100 ml etyleter. Etter tørking blir et hvitt pulver oppnådd i et utbytte på 87%. Smeltepunkt: 120-121 °C. 3 g (17.08 mmol) of L-cysteine hydrochloride and 2.18 g (22.2 mmol) of sodium acetate are dissolved in 75 ml of water. The solution is stirred vigorously during the portionwise addition of 3.10 g (20.5 mmol) of 4-nitrobenzaldehyde dissolved in 80 ml of 95% ethanol. A white precipitate quickly appears in this pale yellow solution and forms abundantly. Agitation is continued for one hour and the reaction mixture is then cooled to 0°C and filtered. The precipitate is successively rinsed with 200 ml of water, 100 ml of cold ethanol and 100 ml of ethyl ether. After drying, a white powder is obtained in a yield of 87%. Melting point: 120-121 °C.

NMR <1>H (Aceton D6, 100 MHz, 8): 3,50 (m, 2H, CH2-S); 4,25 (m, 1H, CH-CO); 4,75 (hump, 2H, C02H + NH); 5,86 (s, 1H, N-CH-S); 8,20 (m, 4H, Ph). NMR <1>H (Acetone D6, 100 MHz, 8): 3.50 (m, 2H, CH2-S); 4.25 (m, 1H, CH-CO); 4.75 (hump, 2H, CO 2 H + NH); 5.86 (s, 1H, N-CH-S); 8.20 (m, 4H, Ph).

6.2 3- 1( 1, 1- dimetyletoksy) karbonyl]- 2-( R, S)-( 4- nitrofenyl)- 4-( R)- tiazolidin karboksylsyre: Den anvendte eksperimentelle protokoll er lik den beskrevet for mellomprodukt 5,1. 2-(R,S)-(4-nitrofenyl)-4-(R)-tiazolidin karboksylsyre erstatter 4-(t-butoksy-karbonylamino)-benzeneddiksyre. Et blekgult pulver blir oppnådd i et utbytte på 59%. Smeltepunkt: 145-146°C. 6.2 3- 1( 1, 1- dimethylethoxy) carbonyl]- 2-( R, S)-( 4- nitrophenyl)- 4-( R)- thiazolidine carboxylic acid: The experimental protocol used is similar to that described for intermediate 5,1 . 2-(R,S)-(4-nitrophenyl)-4-(R)-thiazolidine carboxylic acid replaces 4-(t-butoxy-carbonylamino)-benzeneacetic acid. A pale yellow powder is obtained in a yield of 59%. Melting point: 145-146°C.

NMR <1>H (CDCI3, 100 MHz. 8): 1,35 (m, 9H, tBu); 3,40 (m, 2H, CH2-S); 4,95 (m, 1H, CH-CO); 6,10 (m, 1H, N-CH-S); 8,00 (m, 4H, Ph); 10,00 (bred s, 1H, C02H). NMR <1>H (CDCl3, 100 MHz. 8): 1.35 (m, 9H, tBu); 3.40 (m, 2H, CH2-S); 4.95 (m, 1H, CH-CO); 6.10 (m, 1H, N-CH-S); 8.00 (m, 4H, Ph); 10.00 (broad s, 1H, C02H).

6.3 3- 1( 1, 1- dimetyletoksy) karbonyl]- N-[ 4- hydroksy- 3, 5- bis-( 1, 1- dimetyletyl) fenyl]- 2-( R, S)-( 4- nitmfenyl)- 4-( R)^ 6.3 3- 1( 1, 1- dimethylethoxy) carbonyl]- N-[ 4- hydroxy- 3, 5- bis-( 1, 1- dimethylethyl) phenyl]- 2-( R, S)-( 4-nitrophenyl) - 4-(R)^

Den anvendte eksperimentelle protokoll er lik den beskrevet for mellomprodukt 14,3. 3-[(1,1-dimetyletoksy)karbonyl]-2-(R,SH4-nitrofenyl)-4-(R)-tiazolidin karboksylsyre erstatter 2-(S)-4-(S)-1-[(1,1-dimetyletoksy)karbonyl]-4-(4-nitrofenoksy)-prolin. Et hvitt pulver blir oppnådd i et utbytte på 41%. Smeltepunkt: 226-227°C. The experimental protocol used is similar to that described for intermediate 14.3. 3-[(1,1-dimethylethoxy)carbonyl]-2-(R,SH4-nitrophenyl)-4-(R)-thiazolidine carboxylic acid replaces 2-(S)-4-(S)-1-[(1, 1-dimethylethoxy)carbonyl]-4-(4-nitrophenoxy)-proline. A white powder is obtained in a yield of 41%. Melting point: 226-227°C.

NMR <1>H (CDCI3,100 MHz, 8): 1,45 (m, 27H, 3 x tBu); 3,52 (m, 2H, CH2-S); 5.00 (m, 1H, CH-CO); 5,15 (s, 1H, OH); 6,10 (bred s, 1H, N-CH-S); 7,30 (s, 2H, Ph-OH); 7,92 (m, 4H, Ph-N02); 8,60 (bred s, 1H, CONH). NMR <1>H (CDCl 3 , 100 MHz, δ): 1.45 (m, 27H, 3 x tBu); 3.52 (m, 2H, CH2-S); 5.00 (m, 1H, CH-CO); 5.15 (s, 1H, OH); 6.10 (broad s, 1H, N-CH-S); 7.30 (s, 2H, Ph-OH); 7.92 (m, 4H, Ph-NO 2 ); 8.60 (broad s, 1H, CONH).

6.4 3-[( 1, 1- dimetytetoksy) karbonyl]- N-[ 4- hydroksy- 3, 5- bis-( 1, 1~ 6.4 3-[( 1, 1- dimethylethoxy) carbonyl]- N-[ 4- hydroxy- 3, 5- bis-( 1, 1~

dimetyletyl) fenyl]- 2-( R, S)-( 4- aminofenyl)- 4-( R)- ti^^ dimethylethyl) phenyl]- 2-( R, S)-( 4- aminophenyl)- 4-( R)- ti^^

Den anvendte eksperimentelle protokoll er lik den beskrevet for mellomprodukt 12,2. 3-[(1,1 -dimetyletoksy)karbonyl]-N-[4-hydroksy-3,5-bis-( 1,1-dimetyletyl)fenyl]-2-(R, S)-(4-nitrofenyl)-4-(R)-tiazolidin-karboksamid erstatter 2-(3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroksyfenyl)-3-(4-nitrofenyl)-4-tiazolidinon. Det forventede produktet blir oppnådd i form av et blekgult pulver i et utbytte på 21 %. Smeltepunkt: 196-198X. The experimental protocol used is similar to that described for intermediate 12.2. 3-[(1,1-dimethylethoxy)carbonyl]-N-[4-hydroxy-3,5-bis-(1,1-dimethylethyl)phenyl]-2-(R,S)-(4-nitrophenyl)- 4-(R)-thiazolidine carboxamide replaces 2-(3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)-3-(4-nitrophenyl)-4-thiazolidinone. The expected product is obtained in the form of a pale yellow powder in a yield of 21%. Melting point: 196-198X.

NMR <1>H {CDCI3, 100 MHz, 8): 1,40 (m, 27H, 3 x tBu); 3,50 (m, 4H, CH2-S + NH2); 5,00 (m, 1H, CH-CO); 5,10 (s, 1H, OH); 6,01 (bred s, 1H, N-CH-S); 6,98 (m, 4H, Ph-NH2); 7,25 (s, 2H, Ph-OH); 8,50 (bred s, 1H, CONH). NMR <1>H {CDCl3, 100 MHz, δ): 1.40 (m, 27H, 3 x tBu); 3.50 (m, 4H, CH 2 -S + NH 2 ); 5.00 (m, 1H, CH-CO); 5.10 (s, 1H, OH); 6.01 (broad s, 1H, N-CH-S); 6.98 (m, 4H, Ph-NH 2 ); 7.25 (s, 2H, Ph-OH); 8.50 (broad s, 1H, CONH).

6.5 N-[ 4- hydroksy- 3, 5- bis-( 1, 1- dimetyletyl) fenyl]- 2-( R, S)-{ 4-[( imino( 2-tienyl) metyl) amino] fenyl}- 4-( R)- tiazolidin- kamate^ 6.5 N-[ 4- hydroxy- 3, 5- bis-( 1, 1- dimethylethyl) phenyl]- 2-( R, S)-{ 4-[( imino( 2-thienyl) methyl) amino] phenyl}- 4-(R)-thiazolidine- kamate^

Den anvendte eksperimentelle protokoll er lik den beskrevet for mellomprodukt 14,5. Mellomprodukt 16,4 erstatter 2-(S)-4-(S)-1-[(1,1-dimetyletoksyJkarbonyll-N-^-hydroksy-S.S^bis-tl.l-dimetytetyOfenyl]^^-aminofenoksy)-prolinamid. Forbindelse 16,5 oppnådd i form av den frie basen blir deretter omdannet til saltet i nærvær av fumarsyre under tilbakeløp i etanol i 30 minutter. Et gult pulver blir oppnådd i et totalt utbytte på 30%. Smeltepunkt: 201-204X. The experimental protocol used is similar to that described for intermediate 14.5. Intermediate 16.4 replaces 2-(S)-4-(S)-1-[(1,1-dimethylethoxyJcarbonyl-N-^-hydroxy-S,S^bis-tl.l-dimethylethylOphenyl]^^-aminophenoxy)-prolinamide . Compound 16.5 obtained in the form of the free base is then converted to the salt in the presence of fumaric acid under reflux in ethanol for 30 minutes. A yellow powder is obtained in a total yield of 30%. Melting point: 201-204X.

NMR <1>H (DMSO, 400 MHz, 8): 1,37 (s, 18H, 2 x tBu); 3,17 (m, 2H, CH2-S); 3,29 (bred s, 1H, NH tiazolidin); 3,91 (m, _H, CH-CO); 4,31 (m, _H, CH-CO); 5,59 (s, _H, N-CH-S); 5,67 (s, JH, N-CH-S); 6,61 (s, 2H, fum,); 6,74 (m, 2H, NH2 amidin); 7,11 (m, 1H, tiofen); 7,19 (m, 4H, Ph-N); 7,42 (s, 2H, Ph-OH); 7,62 (m, 1H, tiofen); 7,73 (bred s, 1H, tiofen); 9,69 (s, _H, CONH); 9,95 (s, _H, CONH). IR: voh: 3625-3421 cm<*1>; vc=o (amid): 1652 cm"<1>; vc=n (amidin): 1604 cm"<1>. NMR <1>H (DMSO, 400 MHz, δ): 1.37 (s, 18H, 2 x tBu); 3.17 (m, 2H, CH2-S); 3.29 (broad s, 1H, NH thiazolidine); 3.91 (m, -H, CH-CO); 4.31 (m, -H, CH-CO); 5.59 (s, _H, N-CH-S); 5.67 (s, JH, N-CH-S); 6.61 (s, 2H, fum); 6.74 (m, 2H, NH 2 amidine); 7.11 (m, 1H, thiophene); 7.19 (m, 4H, Ph-N); 7.42 (s, 2H, Ph-OH); 7.62 (m, 1H, thiophene); 7.73 (broad s, 1H, thiophene); 9.69 (s, _H, CONH); 9.95 (s, _H, CONH). IR: voh: 3625-3421 cm<*1>; vc=o (amide): 1652 cm"<1>; vc=n (amidine): 1604 cm"<1>.

Eksempel 7: N-[3,5-bis(1,1-dimetyletyl)-4-hydroksyfenyl]-2-{4-[(imino(2-tienyl)metyl)amino]fenyl}-4-tiazolkarboksamid-hydrojodid (7): Example 7: N-[3,5-bis(1,1-dimethylethyl)-4-hydroxyphenyl]-2-{4-[(imino(2-thienyl)methyl)amino]phenyl}-4-thiazolecarboxamide hydroiodide ( 7):

7.1 4- nitrobenzen- karbotioamid: 7.1 4-nitrobenzene-carbothioamide:

6,06 g (15 mmol) Lawesson reagens blir satt til en oppløsning av 4,15 g (25 mmol) 4-nitrobenzamid i 100 ml 1,4-dioksan. Reaksjonsblandingen blir oppvarmet under tilbakeløp i to timer. Etter at løsningen har kommet tilbake til omgivelsestemperatur blir den hellet i 150 ml vann og ekstrahert med 5 ganger 100 ml etylacetat. Den organiske løsningen blir tørket over magnesiumsulfat, 6.06 g (15 mmol) of Lawesson's reagent is added to a solution of 4.15 g (25 mmol) of 4-nitrobenzamide in 100 ml of 1,4-dioxane. The reaction mixture is heated under reflux for two hours. After the solution has returned to ambient temperature, it is poured into 150 ml of water and extracted with 5 times 100 ml of ethyl acetate. The organic solution is dried over magnesium sulfate,

filtrert og konsentrert under vakuum, hvilket gir en gul olje som blir renset på en i silikagel-kolonne (elueringsmiddel: heptan/etylacetat 1/1). De rene fraksjoner blir oppsamlet og konsentrert under vakuum. 3,26 g av et gult pulver blir filtered and concentrated under vacuum, giving a yellow oil which is purified on a silica gel column (eluent: heptane/ethyl acetate 1/1). The pure fractions are collected and concentrated under vacuum. 3.26 g of a yellow powder is obtained

oppnådd i et utbytte på 72%. Smeltepunkt: 165-167°C. achieved in a yield of 72%. Melting point: 165-167°C.

7.2 Etyl- 2-( 4- nitrofenyl)- 4- tiazolkarboksylat 7.2 Ethyl-2-(4-nitrophenyl)-4- thiazole carboxylate

3,26 g (17,9 mmol) av mellomprodukt 17,1 og 2,26 ml (18 mmol) 3.26 g (17.9 mmol) of intermediate 17.1 and 2.26 ml (18 mmol)

l etylbrompyruvat blir innført suksessivt i en kolbe inneholdende 100 ml DMF. l of ethyl bromopyruvate is introduced successively into a flask containing 100 ml of DMF.

Etter agitering av reaksjonsblandingen ved 23°C i 1 time blir løsningen konsentrert under vakuum. Inndampningsresiduet blir oppløst i 150 ml diklormetan og vasket suksessivt med 100 ml vann og 100 ml saltvann. Etter After stirring the reaction mixture at 23°C for 1 hour, the solution is concentrated under vacuum. The evaporation residue is dissolved in 150 ml of dichloromethane and washed successively with 100 ml of water and 100 ml of brine. After

tørking over magnesiumsulfat og filtrering blir den organiske løsningen konsentrert under vakuum. Det oppnådde pulveret blir deretter omrørt i nærvær av 100 ml av en (3/1) blanding av toluen og etanol, filtrert og skyllet med 25 ml av samme blanding av oppløsningsmidler. 3,2 g (60%) av et beige pulver blir oppnådd. Smeltepunkt: 156-158T. drying over magnesium sulfate and filtering, the organic solution is concentrated under vacuum. The powder obtained is then stirred in the presence of 100 ml of a (3/1) mixture of toluene and ethanol, filtered and rinsed with 25 ml of the same mixture of solvents. 3.2 g (60%) of a beige powder is obtained. Melting point: 156-158T.

7.3 2-( 4- nitrofenyl)- 4- tiazolkarbok$ yl$ yn3\ 7.3 2-( 4- nitrophenyl)- 4- thiazolecarbox$ yl$ yn3\

En løsning av 0,82 g (14,5 mmol) KOH i 5 ml vann blir satt dråpevis ved 23°C til en oppløsning av mellomprodukt 17,2 (2,15 g, 7,25 mmol) i 100 ml aceton. Etter agitering natten over blir den dannede fellingen filtrert fra og skyllet med 10 ml aceton. Dette presipitat blir tatt opp i en blanding av 100 ml etylacetat og 100 ml av en 1M løsning av HCI. Etter dekantering blir den vandige fasen igjen ekstrahert med 25 ml etylacetat. De organiske fasene blir oppsamlet og vasket suksessivt med 25 ml vann og 50 ml saltvann. Den organiske løsningen blir tørket over natriumsulfat, filtrert og konsentrert under vakuum, hvilket gir et gult pulver i et utbytte på 93%. Smeltepunkt: 250-252<e>C. A solution of 0.82 g (14.5 mmol) of KOH in 5 mL of water is added dropwise at 23°C to a solution of intermediate 17.2 (2.15 g, 7.25 mmol) in 100 mL of acetone. After overnight agitation, the precipitate formed is filtered off and rinsed with 10 ml of acetone. This precipitate is taken up in a mixture of 100 ml of ethyl acetate and 100 ml of a 1M solution of HCl. After decantation, the aqueous phase is again extracted with 25 ml of ethyl acetate. The organic phases are collected and washed successively with 25 ml of water and 50 ml of saline. The organic solution is dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under vacuum, giving a yellow powder in a yield of 93%. Melting point: 250-252<e>C.

7.4 N-[ 3, 5- bis( 1, 1- dimetyletyl)- 4- hydmksyfenyl]~ 2-( 4- nitrofenyl)- 4-tiazolkarboksamid: Den anvendte eksperimentelle protokoll er lik den beskrevet for mellomprodukt 14,3. Mellomprodukt 17,3 erstatter mellomprodukt 14,2. Den forventede forbindelsen blir oppnådd i form av et gult pulver i et utbytte på 51%. Smeltepunkt: 262-264°C. NMR <1>H (aceton d6,100 MHz, 8): 1,60 (s, 18H, 2 7.4 N-[3,5-bis(1,1-dimethylethyl)-4-hydroxyphenyl]~2-(4-nitrophenyl)-4-thiazolecarboxamide: The experimental protocol used is similar to that described for intermediate 14.3. Intermediate 17.3 replaces intermediate 14.2. The expected compound is obtained in the form of a yellow powder in a yield of 51%. Melting point: 262-264°C. NMR <1>H (acetone d6.100 MHz, 8): 1.60 (s, 18H, 2

tBu), 6,12 (s, 1H, OH), 8,21 (m, 2H, arom. H), 8,50 (s, 4H, arom. H), 8,60 (s, 1H, tiazol), 9,93 (bred s, 1H, CO-NH). tBu), 6.12 (s, 1H, OH), 8.21 (m, 2H, arom. H), 8.50 (s, 4H, arom. H), 8.60 (s, 1H, thiazole) , 9.93 (broad s, 1H, CO-NH).

7,5 N-[ 3, 5- bis( 1, 1- dimetyletyl)- 4- hydroksyfenyl]- 2-( 4- aminofenyl)- 4-tiazolkarboksamid: i 3,59 g (16 mmol) SnCfc. 2H20 blir innført i en oppløsning av mellomprodukt 17,4 (1,50 g, 3,18 mmol) i 50 ml av en etylacetat/etanol/aceton-blanding (2/1/2). Reaksjonsblandingen blir oppvarmet under tilbakeløp i 5 timer og til slutt etter avkjøling blir konsentrering til halvt volum utført under vakuum. 7.5 N-[3,5-bis(1,1-dimethylethyl)-4-hydroxyphenyl]-2-(4-aminophenyl)-4-thiazolecarboxamide: in 3.59 g (16 mmol) SnCfc. 2H 2 O is introduced into a solution of intermediate 17.4 (1.50 g, 3.18 mmol) in 50 ml of an ethyl acetate/ethanol/acetone mixture (2/1/2). The reaction mixture is heated under reflux for 5 hours and finally, after cooling, concentration to half volume is carried out under vacuum.

Inndampningsresiduet blir deretter hellet i 50 ml kaldt vann, fellingen som The evaporation residue is then poured into 50 ml of cold water, the precipitate which

i dannes blir fortynnet med 100 ml etylacetat og 25 ml av en mettet løsning av NaHC03. Den uklare blanding blir filtrert på celite og filtratet blir dekantert. Den organiske fasen blir vasket suksessivt med 50 ml vann og 50 ml saltvann. Etter tørking over magnesiumsulfat og filtrering blir den organiske løsningen in is diluted with 100 ml of ethyl acetate and 25 ml of a saturated solution of NaHCO 3 . The cloudy mixture is filtered on celite and the filtrate is decanted. The organic phase is washed successively with 50 ml of water and 50 ml of saline. After drying over magnesium sulfate and filtering, the organic solution becomes

konsentrert under vakuum, hvilket gir et klart gult pulver som blir renset ved vasking med en Et20/heptan-blanding (90/10). Den forventede forbindelsen blir oppnådd i form av et blekgult pulver i et utbytte på 55%. Smeltepunkt: 267-268°C. NMR <1>H (CDCI3,100 MHz, S): 1,49 (s, 18H, 2 tBu), 4,00 (bred s, 2H, NH2), 5,11 (s, 1H, OH), 6,72 (m, 2H, arom. H), 7,60 (s, 2H, arom. H), 7,81 (m, 2H, arom. H), 8,05 (s, 1H, tiazol), 9,10 (bred s, 1H, CO-NH). concentrated under vacuum to give a clear yellow powder which is purified by washing with an Et 2 O/heptane mixture (90/10). The expected compound is obtained in the form of a pale yellow powder in a yield of 55%. Melting point: 267-268°C. NMR <1>H (CDCl3,100 MHz, S): 1.49 (s, 18H, 2 tBu), 4.00 (broad s, 2H, NH2), 5.11 (s, 1H, OH), 6 .72 (m, 2H, arom. H), 7.60 (s, 2H, arom. H), 7.81 (m, 2H, arom. H), 8.05 (s, 1H, thiazole), 9 ,10 (broad s, 1H, CO-NH).

i 7,6 N-[ 3, 5- bis( 1, 1- dimetyletø- 4- hydmksyfényl]^ i 7.6 N-[3,5-bis(1,1-dimethyletho-4- hydroxyphenyl]^

f/eny/)mefy/>am/noJfeny/}-4-f/azo/kaAfeoksam/d-hydrojodid ( 17) : f/eny/)mefy/>am/noJfeny/}-4-f/azo/caAfeoxam/d-hydroiodide ( 17) :

Den anvendte eksperimentelle protokoll er lik den beskrevet for mellomprodukt 1,3. Mellomprodukt 17,5 erstatter mellomprodukt 1,2. Et gult pulver blir oppnådd i et utbytte på 27%. Smeltepunkt: 270-272X. NMR <1>H (DMSO d6, 400 MHz, 5): 1,40 (s, 18H, 2 tBu), 6,89 (s, 1H, OH), 7,41 (m, 1H, arom. H), 7,63 (m, 4H, arom. H), 8,11 (m, 1H, arom. H), 8,20 (m, 1H, arom. H), 8,36 (m, 2H, arom. H), 8,48 (s, 1H, arom. H), 9,19 (bred s, 1H, NH+), 9,90 (bred s, 1H, NH+), 10,02 (s, 1H, CO-NH), 11,50 (s, 1H, NH<+>). The experimental protocol used is similar to that described for intermediate 1,3. Intermediate 17.5 replaces intermediate 1.2. A yellow powder is obtained in a yield of 27%. Melting point: 270-272X. NMR <1>H (DMSO d6, 400 MHz, 5): 1.40 (s, 18H, 2 tBu), 6.89 (s, 1H, OH), 7.41 (m, 1H, arom. H) , 7.63 (m, 4H, arom. H), 8.11 (m, 1H, arom. H), 8.20 (m, 1H, arom. H), 8.36 (m, 2H, arom. H), 8.48 (s, 1H, arom. H), 9.19 (broad s, 1H, NH+), 9.90 (broad s, 1H, NH+), 10.02 (s, 1H, CO- NH), 11.50 (s, 1H, NH<+>).

IR: vc=o (amid); 1660 cm"<1>; vc=n (amidin): 1646 cm"<1>. IR: vc=o (amide); 1660 cm"<1>; vc=n (amidine): 1646 cm"<1>.

Eksempel 8 N-[3,5-bis(1,1-dimetyletyl)-4-hydroksyfenyl]-4-(S)-{4-[(imino(2-tienyl)metyl)aminolfenoksy}-pyrrolidin-2-(R)-karboksamid-dihydroklorid (8): 8,1 1-( 1, 1- dimetyletyi) og 2- metyl4-( S)-( 4- nitrofenoksy)- 1, 2-( R)-pyrrotidindikarboksylat Example 8 N-[3,5-bis(1,1-dimethylethyl)-4-hydroxyphenyl]-4-(S)-{4-[(imino(2-thienyl)methyl)aminolphenoxy}-pyrrolidine-2-( R)-carboxamide dihydrochloride (8): 8,1 1-(1,1-dimethylethyl) and 2-methyl4-(S)-(4-nitrophenoxy)-1,2-(R)-pyrrotidine dicarboxylate

4,38 g (31,6 mmol) 4-nitrofenol oppløst i 40 ml vannfri N-metyl-2-pyrrolidinon blir satt dråpevis til en suspensjon av 1,26 g (31,5 mmol) NaH på 60% i 60 ml vannfri N-metyl-2-pyrrolidinon i en trehalset kolbe avkjølt til 0°C under en inert atmosfære. Reaksjonen blir fulgt av en betydelig frigjøring av hydrogen. Etter agitering i én time ved 0°C blir 6 g (15 mmol) 1-(1,1-dimetyletyl)- og 2-metyl-4-(R)-{[(4-metyrfenyl)surfonyl]oksy}-1l2-(R)-pyrrolidindikarboksylat tilsatt i én porsjon, agitering blir fortsatt i ytterligere 15 timer ved 23°C og reaksjonen blir fullført ved 5 timers tilbakeløp. Etter at reaksjonsblandingen har kommet tilbake til 23°C blir den fortynnet med 150 ml etylacetat og 100 ml av en 1M løsning av soda. Etter dekantering blir den vandige fasen igjen ekstrahert to ganger med 50 ml etylacetat. De organiske fasene blir oppsamlet og vasket suksessivt med 1N soda (inntil overskudd av 4-nitrofenol i den organiske fasen forsvinner), med vann inntil nøytralitet blir oppnådd og til slutt med 100 ml saltvann. Etter tørking over magnesiumsulfat og filtrering blir den organiske løsningen konsentrert under vakuum, hvilket gir et oljeaktig, brunt residuum som blir renset på en silikakolonne (elueringsmiddel: heptan/etylacetat: 8/2). De rene fraksjoner blir oppsamlet og konsentrert under vakuum, hvilket gir en blekgul olje i et utbytte på 83%. NMR <1>H (CDCI3, 100 MHz, 8): 1,41 (s, 9H, tBu), 2,40 (m, 2H, CH2), 3,80 (s, 5H, CH3 + CH2), 4,50 (m, 1H, CH-N), 5,03 (m, 1H, CH-O), 6,95 (m, 2H, arom. H), 8,22 (m, 2H, arom. H). 4.38 g (31.6 mmol) of 4-nitrophenol dissolved in 40 ml of anhydrous N-methyl-2-pyrrolidinone is added dropwise to a suspension of 1.26 g (31.5 mmol) of NaH at 60% in 60 ml of anhydrous N-methyl-2-pyrrolidinone in a three-necked flask cooled to 0°C under an inert atmosphere. The reaction is followed by a significant release of hydrogen. After stirring for one hour at 0°C, 6 g (15 mmol) of 1-(1,1-dimethylethyl)- and 2-methyl-4-(R)-{[(4-methylphenyl)surphonyl]oxy}-1l2 -(R)-pyrrolidine dicarboxylate added in one portion, agitation is continued for another 15 hours at 23°C and the reaction is completed at 5 hours reflux. After the reaction mixture has returned to 23°C, it is diluted with 150 ml of ethyl acetate and 100 ml of a 1M solution of soda ash. After decantation, the aqueous phase is again extracted twice with 50 ml of ethyl acetate. The organic phases are collected and washed successively with 1N soda (until the excess of 4-nitrophenol in the organic phase disappears), with water until neutrality is achieved and finally with 100 ml of saline. After drying over magnesium sulfate and filtration, the organic solution is concentrated under vacuum, which gives an oily, brown residue which is purified on a silica column (eluent: heptane/ethyl acetate: 8/2). The pure fractions are collected and concentrated under vacuum, which gives a pale yellow oil in a yield of 83%. NMR <1>H (CDCl3, 100 MHz, 8): 1.41 (s, 9H, tBu), 2.40 (m, 2H, CH2), 3.80 (s, 5H, CH3 + CH2), 4 .50 (m, 1H, CH-N), 5.03 (m, 1H, CH-O), 6.95 (m, 2H, arom. H), 8.22 (m, 2H, arom. H) .

8,2 1, 1<iimetyletyl- 2~( R)- karboksy- 4-( S)-( 4- nitmfenoksy)' 1-pyrwlidinkarboksylat: 8,2 1,1<iimethylethyl-2~(R)-carboxy-4-(S)-(4-nitrophenoxy)' 1-pyrrylidinecarboxylate:

En løsning av 2,14 g (38 mmol) KOH i 15 ml vann blir satt dråpevis ved 0°C til en oppløsning av 7 g (19 mmol) av mellomprodukt 18,1 i 100 ml metanol. Reaksjonsblandingen blir omrørt ved 23°C i 15 timer og til slutt konsentrert til halvparten under vakuum. Etter fortynning med 50 ml etylacetat og 50 ml 1N soda blir blandingen dekantert. Den organiske fasen blir fjernet og den vandige fasen blir surgjort kald med 1M HCI, og produktet blir deretter ekstrahert med 100 ml etylacetat. Den organiske løsningen blir deretter vasket med 50 ml vann og 50 ml saltvann. Etter tørking over magnesiumsulfat og filtrering blir løsningen konsentrert under vakuum. En blekgul olje blir oppnådd i et utbytte på 66%. NMR <1>H (CDCI3, 100 MHz, 8): 1,45 (s, 9H, tBu), 2,52 (m, 2H, CH2), 3,80 (m, 2H, CH2), 4,48 (m, 1H, CH-N), 5,03 (m, 1H, CH-O), 5,92 (bred s, C02H), 6,92 (m, 2H, arom. H), 8,20 (m, 2H, arom. H). 8.3 1, 1- dimetyletyl 2-( R)-{[[ 3, 5- bis( 1, 1- dimetyletyl)- 4-hydroksyfenyl] amino] karbonyl}- 4-( S)-( 4- nitmfe^ karboksylat: Den anvendte eksperimentelle protokoll er lik den beskrevet for mellomprodukt 14,3. Mellomprodukt 18,2 erstatter mellomprodukt 14,2. Et beige pulver blir oppnådd i et utbytte på 43%. Smeltepunkt: 140-142'C. NMR <1>H (CDCI3, 100 MHz, 8): 1,45 (s, 18H, 2 tBu), 1,50 (s, 9H, tBu), 2,30 (m, 1H, 1/2 CH2), 2,95 (m, 1H, 1/2 CH2), 3,75 (m, 2H, CH2), 4,65 (m, 1H, CH-N), 5,10 (m, 2H, CH-O + OH), 6,98 (m, 2H, arom. H), 7,31 (s, 2H, arom. H), 8,22 (m, 2H, arom. H), 9,10 (bred s, 1H, CO-NH). A solution of 2.14 g (38 mmol) of KOH in 15 ml of water is added dropwise at 0°C to a solution of 7 g (19 mmol) of intermediate 18.1 in 100 ml of methanol. The reaction mixture is stirred at 23°C for 15 hours and finally concentrated to half under vacuum. After dilution with 50 ml of ethyl acetate and 50 ml of 1N soda, the mixture is decanted. The organic phase is removed and the aqueous phase is acidified cold with 1 M HCl, and the product is then extracted with 100 ml of ethyl acetate. The organic solution is then washed with 50 ml of water and 50 ml of brine. After drying over magnesium sulfate and filtration, the solution is concentrated under vacuum. A pale yellow oil is obtained in a yield of 66%. NMR <1>H (CDCl3, 100 MHz, 8): 1.45 (s, 9H, tBu), 2.52 (m, 2H, CH2), 3.80 (m, 2H, CH2), 4.48 (m, 1H, CH-N), 5.03 (m, 1H, CH-O), 5.92 (broad s, CO2H), 6.92 (m, 2H, arom. H), 8.20 ( m, 2H, arom. H). 8.3 1, 1- dimethylethyl 2-( R )-{[[ 3, 5- bis( 1, 1- dimethylethyl)- 4-hydroxyphenyl] amino] carbonyl}- 4-( S )-( 4- dimethyl carboxylate: The experimental protocol used is similar to that described for intermediate 14.3. Intermediate 18.2 replaces intermediate 14.2. A beige powder is obtained in a yield of 43%. Melting point: 140-142'C. NMR <1>H ( CDCI3, 100 MHz, 8): 1.45 (s, 18H, 2 tBu), 1.50 (s, 9H, tBu), 2.30 (m, 1H, 1/2 CH2), 2.95 (m , 1H, 1/2 CH2), 3.75 (m, 2H, CH2), 4.65 (m, 1H, CH-N), 5.10 (m, 2H, CH-O + OH), 6, 98 (m, 2H, arom. H), 7.31 (s, 2H, arom. H), 8.22 (m, 2H, arom. H), 9.10 (broad s, 1H, CO-NH) .

8.4 1, 1- dimetyletyl 2-( R)-{[[ 3, 5- bis( 1, 1- dimetyletyl)- 4-hydmksyfenyl] amino] karbonyl}- 4-( S)-( 4- aminofenoksy)- pyrmti^^ karboksylat 8.4 1, 1- dimethylethyl 2-( R)-{[[ 3, 5- bis( 1, 1- dimethylethyl)- 4-hydroxyphenyl] amino] carbonyl}- 4-( S)-( 4- aminophenoxy)- pyrmthi ^^ carboxylate

Den anvendte eksperimentelle protokoll er lik den beskrevet for mellomprodukt 14,4. Mellomprodukt 18,3 erstatter mellomprodukt 14,3. Etter rensning på en silikakolonne (elueringsmiddel: heptan/etylacetat: 1/1) og konsentrasjon av de rene fraksjoner blir den forventede forbindelsen oppnådd i form av et beige pulver i et utbytte på 70%. Smeltepunkt: 104-106°C. NMR <1>H (CDCI3, 100 MHz, 8): 1,45 (s, 18H, 2 tBu), 1,50 (s, 9H, tBu), 1,60 (s, 2H, NH2), 2,10 (m, 1H, 1/2 CH2), 2,80 (m, 1H, 1/2 CH2), 3,60 (m, 2H, CH2), 4,60 (m, 1H, CH-N), 4,85 (m, 1H, CH-O), 5,04 (s, 1H, OH), 6,70 (m, 4H, arom. H), 7,34 (s, 2H, arom. H), 9,10 (bred s, 1H, CO-NH). The experimental protocol used is similar to that described for intermediate 14.4. Intermediate 18.3 replaces intermediate 14.3. After purification on a silica column (eluent: heptane/ethyl acetate: 1/1) and concentration of the pure fractions, the expected compound is obtained in the form of a beige powder in a yield of 70%. Melting point: 104-106°C. NMR <1>H (CDCl3, 100 MHz, 8): 1.45 (s, 18H, 2 tBu), 1.50 (s, 9H, tBu), 1.60 (s, 2H, NH2), 2, 10 (m, 1H, 1/2 CH2), 2.80 (m, 1H, 1/2 CH2), 3.60 (m, 2H, CH2), 4.60 (m, 1H, CH-N), 4.85 (m, 1H, CH-O), 5.04 (s, 1H, OH), 6.70 (m, 4H, arom. H), 7.34 (s, 2H, arom. H), 9,10 (broad s, 1H, CO-NH).

8.5 N-[ 3, 5- bis( 1, 1<timetyletyl)- 4- hydroksyfenyl]- 4-( S)-{ 4-[( imino( 2-tienyl) metyl) amino} fenoksy}- pyrmlidin- 2-( R)- karboksamid- dih^ 8.5 N-[ 3, 5- bis( 1, 1<thymethylethyl)- 4- hydroxyphenyl]- 4-( S)-{ 4-[( imino( 2-thienyl) methyl) amino} phenoxy}- pyrmlidin- 2- (R)-carboxamide-dih^

(8): Den anvendte eksperimentelle protokoll er lik den beskrevet for mellomprodukt 2,4. Mellomprodukt 18,4 erstatter 3-(4-aminobenzyl)-tiazolidin. Den frie basen, oppnådd i form av et lysegult pulver, blir umiddelbart avbeskyttet i nærvær av 10 ekvivalenter av en 4M løsning av vannfri HCI i 1,4-dioksan. Etter agitering i 15 timer blir den dannede fellingen filtrert, og krystallene blir vasket med aceton fulgt av etyleter. Det forventede produktet blir oppnådd i form av et blekgult pulver i et utbytte på 53%. Smeltepunkt: 245-247°C. NMR <1>H (DMSO d6, 400 MHz, 8): 1,36 (s, 18H, 2 tBu), 2,29 (m, 1H, 1/2 CH2), 2,71 (m, 1H, 1/2 CH2), 3,42 (m, 1H, 1/2 CH2), 3,77 (m, 1H, 1/2 CH2), 4,57 (m, 1H, CH-N), 5,26 (m, 1H, CH-O), 6,93 (s, 1H, OH), 7,17 (m, 2H, arom. H), 7,37 (m, 1H, arom. H), 7,42 (m, 2H, arom. H), 7,48 (s, 2H, arom. H), 8,17 (8): The experimental protocol used is similar to that described for intermediate 2.4. Intermediate 18.4 replaces 3-(4-aminobenzyl)-thiazolidine. The free base, obtained as a pale yellow powder, is immediately deprotected in the presence of 10 equivalents of a 4M solution of anhydrous HCl in 1,4-dioxane. After stirring for 15 hours, the precipitate formed is filtered and the crystals are washed with acetone followed by ethyl ether. The expected product is obtained in the form of a pale yellow powder in a yield of 53%. Melting point: 245-247°C. NMR <1>H (DMSO d6, 400 MHz, 8): 1.36 (s, 18H, 2 tBu), 2.29 (m, 1H, 1/2 CH2), 2.71 (m, 1H, 1 /2 CH2), 3.42 (m, 1H, 1/2 CH2), 3.77 (m, 1H, 1/2 CH2), 4.57 (m, 1H, CH-N), 5.26 ( m, 1H, CH-O), 6.93 (s, 1H, OH), 7.17 (m, 2H, arom. H), 7.37 (m, 1H, arom. H), 7.42 ( m, 2H, arom. H), 7.48 (s, 2H, arom. H), 8.17

(rn, 2H, arom. H), 8,81 (bred s, 1H, NH<+>), 9,03(bred s, 1H, NH+), 9,78 (bred s, 1H, NH+), 10,70 (s, 1H, CO-NH), 10,84 (bred s, 1H, NH+), 11,50 (bred s, 1H, NH<+>). IR: vc=o (amid): 1681 cm"<1>; vqsn (amidin): 1652 cm"<1>. (rn, 2H, arom. H), 8.81 (broad s, 1H, NH<+>), 9.03(broad s, 1H, NH+), 9.78 (broad s, 1H, NH+), 10 .70 (s, 1H, CO-NH), 10.84 (broad s, 1H, NH+), 11.50 (broad s, 1H, NH<+>). IR: vc=o (amide): 1681 cm"<1>; vqsn (amidine): 1652 cm"<1>.

Eksempel 9: Metyl-1 -[(3,4-dihydro-6-hydroksy-2,5,7,8-tetrametyl-2-H-[1 ]-benzopyran-2-yl)karbonyl]-4-(S)-{4-[(imino(2-tienyl)metyl)amino]-fenoksy}-pyrrolidin-2-(S)- karboksylat-hydroklorid (9): 9.1 1-(1, 1- dimetyletyl) og 2- metyl 4-( S)-( 4- nitrofenoksy)- 1, 2-( S)~ Example 9: Methyl-1-[(3,4-dihydro-6-hydroxy-2,5,7,8-tetramethyl-2-H-[1]-benzopyran-2-yl)carbonyl]-4-(S )-{4-[(imino(2-thienyl)methyl)amino]-phenoxy}-pyrrolidine-2-(S)-carboxylate hydrochloride (9): 9.1 1-(1, 1- dimethylethyl) and 2- methyl 4-( S )-( 4- Nitrophenoxy )- 1, 2-( S )~

pyrrolidindikarboksylat pyrrolidine dicarboxylate

Den anvendte eksperimentelle protokoll er lik den beskrevet for The experimental protocol used is similar to that described for

i mellomprodukt 18,1, idet 1-(1,1-dimetyletyl)- og 2-metyl-4-(S)-{I(4-metylfenyl)sulfonyl]oksy}-1,2-(R)-pyrrolidindikarboksylat-derivat anvendes istedenfor 1-(1,1-dimetyletyl)- og 2-metyl-4-(R)-{[(4-metylfenyl)sulfonyl]oksy}-1,2-{R)-pyrrolidindikarboksylat-derivat. Det forventede produktet blir oppnådd i form av et hvitt pulver i et utbytte på 63%. Smeltepunkt: 155-157°C. NMR <1>H (DMSO d6, 400 MHz, 5): 1,37 (2 s, 9H, tBu), 2,22 (m, 1H, 1/2 CH2), 2,62 (m, 1H, 1/2 CH2), 3,45 (m, 1H, 1/2 CH2), 3,62 (2 s, 3H, OCH3), 3,78 (m, 1H, 1/2 CH2), 4,42 (m, 1H, CH-N), 5,20 (m, 1H, CH-O), 7,07 (m, 2H, arom. H), 8,20 (m, 2H, arom. H). in intermediate 18.1, wherein 1-(1,1-dimethylethyl)- and 2-methyl-4-(S)-{I(4-methylphenyl)sulfonyl]oxy}-1,2-(R)-pyrrolidine dicarboxylate- derivative is used instead of 1-(1,1-dimethylethyl)- and 2-methyl-4-(R)-{[(4-methylphenyl)sulfonyl]oxy}-1,2-{R)-pyrrolidine dicarboxylate derivative. The expected product is obtained in the form of a white powder in a yield of 63%. Melting point: 155-157°C. NMR <1>H (DMSO d6, 400 MHz, 5): 1.37 (2 s, 9H, tBu), 2.22 (m, 1H, 1/2 CH2), 2.62 (m, 1H, 1 /2 CH2), 3.45 (m, 1H, 1/2 CH2), 3.62 (2 s, 3H, OCH3), 3.78 (m, 1H, 1/2 CH2), 4.42 (m , 1H, CH-N), 5.20 (m, 1H, CH-O), 7.07 (m, 2H, arom. H), 8.20 (m, 2H, arom. H).

9.2 Metyl- 4-( S)-( 4- nitmfenoksy)- pym3lidin- 2-( S)- karboksylat 9.2 Methyl- 4-( S )-( 4- Nitmphenoxy)- pym3lidin- 2-( S )- carboxylate

10 ml (94 mmol) trifluoreddiksyre fortynnet med 10 ml diklormetan blir ved 0°C satt til en oppløsning av 3,45 g (9,4 mmol) av mellomprodukt 19,1 i 15 ml diklormetan. Reaksjonsblandingen blir deretter omrørt i 2 timer ved 23°C og blir til slutt konsentrert under vakuum. Inndampningsresiduet blir fortynnet med 100 ml diklormetan og den organiske løsningen blir vasket suksessivt 3 ganger med 20 ml av en mettet løsning av Na2C03, to ganger med 20 ml vann og til slutt med 20 ml saltvann. Etter tørking over magnesiumsulfat og filtrering blir den organiske løsningen konsentrert under vakuum, hvilket gir en blekgul olje i et utbytte på 78%. 10 ml (94 mmol) of trifluoroacetic acid diluted with 10 ml of dichloromethane is added at 0°C to a solution of 3.45 g (9.4 mmol) of intermediate 19.1 in 15 ml of dichloromethane. The reaction mixture is then stirred for 2 hours at 23°C and is finally concentrated under vacuum. The evaporation residue is diluted with 100 ml of dichloromethane and the organic solution is washed successively 3 times with 20 ml of a saturated solution of Na 2 CO 3 , twice with 20 ml of water and finally with 20 ml of brine. After drying over magnesium sulfate and filtration, the organic solution is concentrated under vacuum, which gives a pale yellow oil in a yield of 78%.

9.3 Metyl- 1-[( 3A- dihydro- Q- hydroksy- 2, 5J, 8- tetrametyl- 2^^ 9.3 Methyl- 1-[( 3A- dihydro- Q- hydroxy- 2, 5J, 8- tetramethyl- 2^^

2- yl) karbonyl]- 4-( S)-( 4- nitmfenoksy)- pyrmlidifr^ 2-yl)carbonyl]-4-(S)-(4-nitrophenoxy)pyrmlidifr^

1,3 g (8,06 mmol) 1,1'-karbonyldiimidazol blir satt til en oppløsning av 1,83 g (7,33 mmol) Trolox i 20 ml tørr THF. Etter agitering i én time ved 23°C blir en oppløsning av 1,95 g (7,33 mmol) av mellomprodukt 19,2 fortynnet i 10 ml tørr THF tilsatt dråpevis. Reaksjonsblandingen blir omrørt ved 23°C i 15 1.3 g (8.06 mmol) of 1,1'-carbonyldiimidazole is added to a solution of 1.83 g (7.33 mmol) of Trolox in 20 ml of dry THF. After stirring for one hour at 23°C, a solution of 1.95 g (7.33 mmol) of intermediate 19.2 diluted in 10 ml of dry THF is added dropwise. The reaction mixture is stirred at 23°C for 15

timer og til slutt konsentrert til tørrhet under vakuum. Residuet blir fortynnet med 100 ml etylacetat og den organiske løsningen blir vasket to ganger med 50 ml vann og 50 ml saltvann. Etter tørking over magnesiumsulfat og filtrering blir den organiske løsningen konsentrert under vakuum. Inndampningsresiduet blir renset på en silikagel-kolonne (elueringsmiddel: heptan/etylacetat: 6/4). De rene fraksjoner blir oppsamlet og inndampet under vakuum, hvilket gir et gult pulver i et utbytte på 61%. Smeltepunkt: 103-105°C. NMR <1>H (CDCI3, 400 MHz, 5): 1,55-2,50 (m, 16H, Trolox), 2,63 (m, 2H, CH2), 3,60-3,71 (2 s, 3H, OCH3). 3,85 (m, 2H, CH2), 4,70-4,88 (2 m, 1H, CH-N), 5,02 (m, 1H, CH-O), 6,82 (m, 2H, arom. H), 8,20 (m, 2H, arom. H). hours and finally concentrated to dryness under vacuum. The residue is diluted with 100 ml of ethyl acetate and the organic solution is washed twice with 50 ml of water and 50 ml of brine. After drying over magnesium sulfate and filtration, the organic solution is concentrated under vacuum. The evaporation residue is purified on a silica gel column (eluent: heptane/ethyl acetate: 6/4). The pure fractions are collected and evaporated under vacuum, which gives a yellow powder in a yield of 61%. Melting point: 103-105°C. NMR <1>H (CDCl3, 400 MHz, 5): 1.55-2.50 (m, 16H, Trolox), 2.63 (m, 2H, CH2), 3.60-3.71 (2 s , 3H, OCH3). 3.85 (m, 2H, CH2), 4.70-4.88 (2m, 1H, CH-N), 5.02 (m, 1H, CH-O), 6.82 (m, 2H, arom. H), 8.20 (m, 2H, arom. H).

9.4 Metyi- 1-[( 3, 4- dihydro- 6- hydroksy- 2, 5, 7, 8- tetrametyl- 2- H-[ 1]- benzopyran-2- yl) karbonylJ- 4-( S)-( 4- aminofénoksy)- pyrrolidin- 2-( S)- ka^ 9.4 Methyl- 1-[( 3, 4- dihydro- 6- hydroxy- 2, 5, 7, 8- tetramethyl- 2- H-[ 1]- benzopyran-2- yl) carbonylJ- 4-( S)-( 4-aminophenoxy)-pyrrolidine-2-(S)-ka^

Den anvendte protokollen er lik den beskrevet for mellomprodukt 14,4. Mellomprodukt 19,3 erstatter mellomprodukt 14,3. Det forventede produktet blir oppnådd i form av et hvitt pulver i et utbytte på 95%. Smeltepunkt: 110-112°C. The protocol used is similar to that described for intermediate 14.4. Intermediate 19.3 replaces intermediate 14.3. The expected product is obtained in the form of a white powder in a yield of 95%. Melting point: 110-112°C.

9.5 Metyl- 1-[( 3, 4- dihydro- 6- hydmksy- 2, 5J, 8- tetmmety^ 9.5 Methyl- 1-[(3, 4- dihydro- 6- hydmoxy- 2, 5J, 8- tetmmety^

2' yl) karbonytJ- 4-( S)-{ 4-[( imino( 24ienyl) metyl)- am 2-( S)- karboksylat- hydroklorid (19): Den anvendte protokollen er lik den beskrevet for mellomprodukt 2,4. Mellomprodukt 19,4 erstatter mellomprodukt 2,3. Kondenserings- reaksjonen blir utført i bare 2-propanol. Etter saltdannelse blir det forventede produktet oppnådd i form av et blekgult pulver i et utbytte på 75%. Smertepunkt: 203-206°C. NMR <1>H (DMSO d6, 400 MHz, 8): 1,55-2,50 (m, 16H, Trolox), 2,45 (m, 2H, CH2), 3,45-3,60 (2 s, 3H, OCH3), 3,70 (m, 2H, CH2), 4,51 (m, 1H, CH-N), 5,02 (m, 1H, CH-O), 7,00 (m, 2H, arom. H), 7,39 (m, 3H, arom. H), 8,16 (m, 2H, arom. H), 8,80 (bred s, 1H, NH+), 9,75 (bred s, 1H, NH+), 11,36 (bred s, 1H, 2'yl)carbonylJ-4-(S)-{4-[(imino(24ienyl)methyl)-am 2-(S)-carboxylate hydrochloride (19): The protocol used is similar to that described for intermediate 2,4 . Intermediate 19.4 replaces intermediate 2.3. The condensation reaction is carried out in 2-propanol only. After salt formation, the expected product is obtained in the form of a pale yellow powder in a yield of 75%. Pain point: 203-206°C. NMR <1>H (DMSO d6, 400 MHz, 8): 1.55-2.50 (m, 16H, Trolox), 2.45 (m, 2H, CH2), 3.45-3.60 (2 s, 3H, OCH3), 3.70 (m, 2H, CH2), 4.51 (m, 1H, CH-N), 5.02 (m, 1H, CH-O), 7.00 (m, 2H, arom. H), 7.39 (m, 3H, arom. H), 8.16 (m, 2H, arom. H), 8.80 (broad s, 1H, NH+), 9.75 (broad s, 1H, NH+), 11.36 (broad s, 1H,

NH<+>). NH<+>).

IR: vc=o (amid): 1650 cm"<1>; vr>N (amidin): 1611 cm"<1>. IR: vc=o (amide): 1650 cm"<1>; vr>N (amidine): 1611 cm"<1>.

Eksempel 10: 1 -[(3,4-dihydro-6-hydroksy-2,5,7,8-tetrametyl-2H-[1]-benzopyran-2-yl)karbonyl]-3-(S)-{4-((imino(2-tienyl)metyl)amino]fenoksy}-pyrrolidin-hydroklorid (10): 10,1 1, 1- dimetyletyl- 3-( R)-{[( 4- metylfenyl) sulfonyl] oksy}- 1-pyrrolidinkarboksylat Example 10: 1-[(3,4-dihydro-6-hydroxy-2,5,7,8-tetramethyl-2H-[1]-benzopyran-2-yl)carbonyl]-3-(S)-{4 -((imino(2-thienyl)methyl)amino]phenoxy}-pyrrolidine hydrochloride (10): 10,1 1,1- dimethylethyl- 3-( R )-{[( 4- methylphenyl)sulfonyl]oxy}- 1-pyrrolidine carboxylate

21,6 g (114 mmol) p-toluensulfonylklorid blir satt til en oppløsning av 10 g (57 mmol) (R)-N-Boc-3-pyrrolidinol (fremstilt på standard måte ved å starte fra kommersiell (R)-3-pyrrolidinol) og 13,7 ml (171 mmol) pyridin i 150 ml 21.6 g (114 mmol) of p-toluenesulfonyl chloride are added to a solution of 10 g (57 mmol) of (R)-N-Boc-3-pyrrolidinol (prepared in the standard manner starting from commercial (R)-3- pyrrolidinol) and 13.7 ml (171 mmol) pyridine in 150 ml

diklormetan. Etter agitering i 24 timer ved 23°C blir reaksjonsblandingen vasket i med 3 ganger 50 ml av en 1M løsning av HCI. Etter dekantering blir den organiske fasen vasket med 50 ml vann fulgt av 50 ml saltvann og til slutt tørket over magnesiumsulfat, filtrert og konsentrert under vakuum. Inndampningsresiduet blir renset raskt på en silikakolonne (elueringsmiddel: dichloromethane. After stirring for 24 hours at 23°C, the reaction mixture is washed with 3 times 50 ml of a 1M solution of HCl. After decantation, the organic phase is washed with 50 ml of water followed by 50 ml of saline and finally dried over magnesium sulphate, filtered and concentrated under vacuum. The evaporation residue is purified quickly on a silica column (eluent:

heptan/etylacetat: 8/2), hvilket gir en blekgul olje i et utbytte på 67%. heptane/ethyl acetate: 8/2), which gives a pale yellow oil in a yield of 67%.

10,2 1, 1- dimetyletyl 3-( S)-( 4- nitrofenoksy)- 1- pyrrolidin- karboksylat 10.2 1, 1- dimethylethyl 3-( S )-( 4- nitrophenoxy)- 1- pyrrolidine carboxylate

Den anvendte eksperimentelle protokoll er lik den beskrevet for mellomprodukt 18,1. Mellomprodukt 20,1 erstatter 1-(1,1-dimetyletyl)- og 2-metyl-4-(R)-{[(4-metyrfenyl)sulfonyl]oksyy-1,2-(R)-pyrrolidindikarboksylat-derivatet. Det forventede produktet blir oppnådd i form av et lysegult pulver i et i utbytte på 77%. Smeltepunkt: 112-114°C. NMR <1>H (CDCI3, 100 MHz, 8): 1,45 The experimental protocol used is similar to that described for intermediate 18.1. Intermediate 20.1 replaces the 1-(1,1-dimethylethyl)- and 2-methyl-4-(R)-{[(4-methylphenyl)sulfonyl]oxy-1,2-(R)-pyrrolidine dicarboxylate derivative. The expected product is obtained in the form of a light yellow powder in a yield of 77%. Melting point: 112-114°C. NMR <1>H (CDCl3 , 100 MHz, δ): 1.45

(s, 9H, tBu), 2,20 (m, 2H, CH2), 3,60 (m, 4H, CH2-CH2), 5,00 (m, 1H, CH-O), 6,94 (m, 2H, arom. H), 8,20 (m, 2H, arom. H). (s, 9H, tBu), 2.20 (m, 2H, CH2), 3.60 (m, 4H, CH2-CH2), 5.00 (m, 1H, CH-O), 6.94 (m , 2H, arom. H), 8.20 (m, 2H, arom. H).

10.3 3-( S)-( 4- nitrofenoksy) pyrrolidin: 10.3 3-( S )-( 4- Nitrophenoxy) pyrrolidine:

Den anvendte eksperimentelle protokoll er lik den beskrevet for The experimental protocol used is similar to that described for

i mellomprodukt 19,2. Mellomprodukt 20,2 erstatter mellomprodukt 19,1. En brun olje blir oppnådd i et kvantitativt utbytte. in intermediate 19.2. Intermediate 20.2 replaces intermediate 19.1. A brown oil is obtained in a quantitative yield.

10.4 l- KW- dihydro- G- hydroksy- ZS, 7, 8- tetrametyl- 2H-[ 1J- benzopyran- 2-yl) karbonyl]- 3-( S)-( 4- nitrofenoksy) pynx>lidin\ 10.4 l- KW- dihydro- G- hydroxy- ZS, 7, 8- tetramethyl- 2H-[ 1J- benzopyran-2-yl) carbonyl]- 3-( S)-( 4- nitrophenoxy) pyx>lidin\

Den anvendte eksperimentelle protokoll er lik den beskrevet for mellomprodukt 19,3. Mellomprodukt 20,3 erstatter mellomprodukt 19,2. Det forventede produktet blir oppnådd etter kromatografi på en silika-kolonne (elueringsmiddel: heptan/etylacetat: 7/3). De rene fraksjoner gir, etter inndampning, et beige pulver i et utbytte på 23%. Smertepunkt: 176-178°C. The experimental protocol used is similar to that described for intermediate 19.3. Intermediate 20.3 replaces intermediate 19.2. The expected product is obtained after chromatography on a silica column (eluent: heptane/ethyl acetate: 7/3). The pure fractions give, after evaporation, a beige powder in a yield of 23%. Pain point: 176-178°C.

NMR <1>H (CDCI3, 400 MHz, 8): 1,52-2,60 (m, 16H, Trolox), 2,62 (m, 2H, CH2), i 3,50-4,40 (m, 4H, CH2-CH2), 4,80 (m, 1H, CH-O), 6,89 (m, 2H, arom. H), 8,20 NMR <1>H (CDCl3, 400 MHz, 8): 1.52-2.60 (m, 16H, Trolox), 2.62 (m, 2H, CH2), i 3.50-4.40 (m , 4H, CH2-CH2), 4.80 (m, 1H, CH-O), 6.89 (m, 2H, arom. H), 8.20

(m, 2H, arom. H). (m, 2H, arom. H).

10.5 1-[( 3, 4- dihydm- 6- hydroksy- 2, 5, 7, 8- tetrametyl- 2H-[ 1]- benzopyran- 2-yl) karbonyl]- 3-( S)-( 4- aminofenoksy) pyrrolidin: 10.5 1-[( 3, 4- dihydrogen- 6- hydroxy- 2, 5, 7, 8- tetramethyl- 2H-[ 1]- benzopyran- 2-yl) carbonyl]- 3-( S)-( 4- aminophenoxy ) pyrrolidine:

Den anvendte eksperimentelle protokoll er lik den beskrevet for mellomprodukt 14,4. Mellomprodukt 20,4 erstatter mellomprodukt 14,3. Et hvitt pulver blir oppnådd i et utbytte på 78%. Smeltepunkt: 98-100°C. 10,6 1-[( 3, 4- dihydm- 6- hydmksy- 2, 5J, 8- tetrametyl- 2H-[ 1]- benzopym yl) kamony\]- 3-( S)-{ 4-[( immo( 24teny\) me hydmklorid (10): Den anvendte protokollen er lik den beskrevet for mellomprodukt 2,4. Mellomprodukt 20,5 erstatter mellomprodukt 2,3. Kondenserings-reaksjonen blir utført i bare 2-propanol. Etter saltdannelse blir det forventede produktet oppnådd i form av et blekgult pulver i et utbytte på 85%. Smeltepunkt: 195-197°C. NMR <1>H (pyridin d5, 400 MHz, 8): 1,52-2,48 (m, 16H, Trolox), 2,60-3,05 (m, 2H, CH2), 3,58-4,42 (m, 4H, CH2-CH2), 4,59-4,90 (m, 1H, CH-O), 6,65 (m, IH, arom. H), 6,89 (m, 2H, arom. H), 7,01 (m, 1H, arom. H), 7,15 (m, 1H, arom. H), 7,30 (m, 1H, NH+), 7,41 (m, 1H, NH+), 7,74 (m, 2H, arom. H), 8,95 (m, 1H, The experimental protocol used is similar to that described for intermediate 14.4. Intermediate 20.4 replaces intermediate 14.3. A white powder is obtained in a yield of 78%. Melting point: 98-100°C. 10,6 1-[( 3, 4- dihydm- 6- hydmoxy- 2, 5J, 8- tetramethyl- 2H-[ 1]- benzopyrmyl) camony\]- 3-( S)-{ 4-[( immo ( 24teny\) me hydm chloride (10): The protocol used is similar to that described for intermediate 2.4. Intermediate 20.5 replaces intermediate 2.3. The condensation reaction is carried out in only 2-propanol. After salt formation, the expected product becomes obtained as a pale yellow powder in 85% yield. Melting point: 195-197°C. NMR <1>H (pyridine d5, 400 MHz, 8): 1.52-2.48 (m, 16H, Trolox ), 2.60-3.05 (m, 2H, CH2), 3.58-4.42 (m, 4H, CH2-CH2), 4.59-4.90 (m, 1H, CH-O) , 6.65 (m, 1H, arom. H), 6.89 (m, 2H, arom. H), 7.01 (m, 1H, arom. H), 7.15 (m, 1H, arom. H), 7.30 (m, 1H, NH+), 7.41 (m, 1H, NH+), 7.74 (m, 2H, arom. H), 8.95 (m, 1H,

NH<+>). NH<+>).

IR: vc=o (amid): 1650 cm"<1>; vc=n (amidin): 1610 cm"<1>IR: vc=o (amide): 1650 cm"<1>; vc=n (amidine): 1610 cm"<1>

Eksempel 11 3-{[(3,4-dihydro-6-hydroksy-2,5,7,8-tetrametyl-2H-[1 ]-benzopyran-2-yl)-karbonyl]amino}-1-{4-[(imino(2-tienyl)metyl)amino] fenyl}pyrrolidin (11); Example 11 3-{[(3,4-dihydro-6-hydroxy-2,5,7,8-tetramethyl-2H-[1]-benzopyran-2-yl)-carbonyl]amino}-1-{4- [(imino(2-thienyl)methyl)amino]phenyl}pyrrolidine (11);

II, 1 3-{[( 1, 1- dimetyletoksy) kamonyl] amino}- 1-( 4- nitrofenyl) py II, 1 3-{[( 1, 1- dimethylethoxy) camonyl] amino}- 1-( 4- nitrophenyl) py

Den anvendte eksperimentelle protokoll er lik den beskrevet for mellomprodukt 1,1. 3-(tert-butoksykarbonylamino)pyrroltdin erstatter imidazol. NMR <1>H (CDCI3,100 MHz, 8): 1,45 (s, 9H, tBu), 2,20 (m, 2H, CH2), 3,50 (m, 4H, 2 x CH2-N), 4,35 (m, 1H, CH-N), 4,75 (m, 1H, NH), 6,45 (m, 2H, arom. H), 8,10 (m,2H, arom. H). The experimental protocol used is similar to that described for intermediate 1.1. 3-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)pyrroltidine replaces imidazole. NMR <1>H (CDCl3,100 MHz, 8): 1.45 (s, 9H, tBu), 2.20 (m, 2H, CH2), 3.50 (m, 4H, 2 x CH2-N) , 4.35 (m, 1H, CH-N), 4.75 (m, 1H, NH), 6.45 (m, 2H, arom. H), 8.10 (m, 2H, arom. H) .

11.2 3- amino~ 1-( 4- nitrofenyl) pyrrolidin: 11.2 3-amino~ 1-(4-nitrophenyl)pyrrolidine:

Den anvendte eksperimentelle protokoll er lik den beskrevet for mellomprodukt 19,2. Mellomprodukt 21,1 erstatter mellomprodukt 19,1. NMR <1>H (CDCI3,100 MHz, 8): 1,50 (bred s, 2H, NH2), 2,10 (m, 2H, CH2), 3,10 (m, 1H, CH), 3,50 (m, 4H, 2 x CH2), 6,40 (m, 2H, arom. H), 8,10 (m, 2H, arom. H). 11.3 3-{[( 3, 4- dihydro- 6- hydroksy- 2, 5, 7, 8- tetrametyl- 2H-[ 1]- benzopyran- 2-yl) kanbonyl] amino}- 1-( 4- nitrofenyl) pyrrolidin: Den anvendte eksperimentelle protokoll er lik den beskrevet for mellomprodukt 19,3, mellomprodukt 21,2 erstatter mellomprodukt 19,2. Et gult, fast stoff blir oppnådd som blir anvendt direkte i de følgende stgae uten The experimental protocol used is similar to that described for intermediate 19.2. Intermediate 21.1 replaces intermediate 19.1. NMR <1>H (CDCl3,100 MHz, 8): 1.50 (broad s, 2H, NH2), 2.10 (m, 2H, CH2), 3.10 (m, 1H, CH), 3, 50 (m, 4H, 2 x CH 2 ), 6.40 (m, 2H, arom. H), 8.10 (m, 2H, arom. H). 11.3 3-{[( 3, 4- dihydro- 6- hydroxy- 2, 5, 7, 8- tetramethyl- 2H-[ 1]- benzopyran- 2-yl) carbonyl] amino}- 1-( 4- nitrophenyl) pyrrolidine: The experimental protocol used is similar to that described for intermediate 19.3, intermediate 21.2 replacing intermediate 19.2. A yellow solid is obtained which is used directly in the following steps without

ytterligere rensning. further purification.

! NMR <1>H {CDCI3, 100 MHz, 6): 1,50-2,20 (rn, 18H, Trolox + CH2), 3,45 (m, 4H, 2 ! NMR <1>H {CDCl3, 100 MHz, 6): 1.50-2.20 (rn, 18H, Trolox + CH2), 3.45 (m, 4H, 2

x CH2), 4,40 (m, 1H, CH), 4,50 (bred s, 1H, NH), 8,15 (m, 2H, arom. H), 8,35 (m, 2H, arom. H). x CH2), 4.40 (m, 1H, CH), 4.50 (broad s, 1H, NH), 8.15 (m, 2H, arom. H), 8.35 (m, 2H, arom. H).

11.4 3-{[( 3, 4- dihydro- 6- hydroksy- 2, 5, 7, 8- tetrametyl- 2H-[ 1]- benzopyran- 2-yl) kanbonyl] amino}- 1-( 4- aminofenyl) pynx>lidin: i Den anvendte eksperimentelle protokoll er lik den beskrevet for mellomprodukt 14,4. Mellomprodukt 21,3 erstatter mellomprodukt 14,3. NMR <1>H (CDCI3,100 MHz, 8): 1,50-2,50 (m, 18H, Trolox + CH2), 3,15 (m, 4H, 2 x CH2), 4,50 (m, 2H, CH + NH), 6,40 (m, 4H, arom. H). 11.4 3-{[( 3, 4- dihydro- 6- hydroxy- 2, 5, 7, 8- tetramethyl- 2H-[ 1]- benzopyran- 2-yl) carbonyl] amino}- 1-( 4- aminophenyl) pynx>lidin: i The experimental protocol used is similar to that described for intermediate 14.4. Intermediate 21.3 replaces intermediate 14.3. NMR <1>H (CDCl3,100 MHz, 8): 1.50-2.50 (m, 18H, Trolox + CH2), 3.15 (m, 4H, 2 x CH2), 4.50 (m, 2H, CH + NH), 6.40 (m, 4H, arom. H).

11.5 3-{[( 3, 4- dihydro- 6- hydroksy- 2, 5, 7, 8- tetrametyl- 2H-[ 1]- benzopyran- 2- 11.5 3-{[( 3, 4- dihydro- 6- hydroxy- 2, 5, 7, 8- tetramethyl- 2H-[ 1]- benzopyran- 2-

< yl) kafoonyl] amino}- 1-{ 4-[( imino( 2- tienyl) m (11 ): Den anvendte eksperimentelle protokoll er lik den beskrevet for mellomprodukt 2,4. Mellomprodukt 21,4 erstatter mellomprodukt 2,3. Det forventede produktet blir oppnådd i form av et gult pulver (fri base) i et utbytte <yl)cafoonyl]amino}-1-{4-[(imino(2-thienyl)m (11): The experimental protocol used is similar to that described for intermediate 2,4. Intermediate 21,4 replaces intermediate 2,3. The expected product is obtained as a yellow powder (free base) in a yield

på 81%. Smeltepunkt: 135-138X. NMR <1>H (DMSO d6, 400 MHz, 8): 1,39-2,50 of 81%. Melting point: 135-138X. NMR <1>H (DMSO d6, 400 MHz, 8): 1.39-2.50

i (m, 18H, Trolox + CH2), 2,85-3,43 (m, 4H, 2 x CH2), 4,37 (m, 1H, CH), 6,23 i (m, 18H, Trolox + CH2), 2.85-3.43 (m, 4H, 2 x CH2), 4.37 (m, 1H, CH), 6.23

(bred s, 2H, NH2), 6,46 (m, 2H, arom. H), 6,73 (m, 2H, arom. H), 7,07 (m, 1H, arom. H), 7,17 (d. 1/2H, 1/2 CONH. J = 7,6 Hz), 7,34 (d. 1/2H, 1/2 CONH. J = 7,6 Hz), 7,56 (m, 1H, arom. H), 7,68 (m, 1H, arom. H). (broad s, 2H, NH2), 6.46 (m, 2H, arom. H), 6.73 (m, 2H, arom. H), 7.07 (m, 1H, arom. H), 7, 17 (d. 1/2H, 1/2 CONH. J = 7.6 Hz), 7.34 (d. 1/2H, 1/2 CONH. J = 7.6 Hz), 7.56 (m, 1H, arom. H), 7.68 (m, 1H, arom. H).

IR: voo (amid): 1657 cm"<1>; vc=n (amidin): 1626 cm"<1>. IR: voo (amide): 1657 cm"<1>; vc=n (amidine): 1626 cm"<1>.

Eksempel 12 4-[3.5-bis-( 1.1 -dimetvletvft-4-hvdroksvfenvn- N-{4-[(imino(2-tienyl)metyl)amino]benzoyl}-N-metyl-1H-imidazol-2-metanamin-hydroklorid (12): 12,1 {[ 3, 5- bis-( 1, 1- dimetyletyl)- 4- hydroksyfenyl] karbonyl} metyl N- metyi- N- [( fenylmetoksy) karbonylj glycinat: Dette mellomproduktet blir oppnådd på standard måte ved å starte fra Cbz-Sarkosin og 1-[3,5-bis(1,1-dimetyletyl)-4-hydroksyfenyl]-2-brom-etanon i nærvær av cesiumkarbonat i DMF. NMR <1>H (CDCI3,100 MHz, 8): 1,46 (s, 18H, 2 tBu), 3,00 (s, 3H, N-CH3), 4,20 (m, 2H, 0-CH2-Ph), 5,10-5,40 (m, 4H, CHg-N(CH3) + C0-CH2-0-C0), 5,80 (s, 1H, OH), 7,30 (m, 5H, arom. H), 7,70 (s, 2H, arom. H). Example 12 4-[3.5-bis-(1.1-dimethylmethyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)-N-{4-[(imino(2-thienyl)methyl)amino]benzoyl}-N-methyl-1H-imidazole-2-methanamine- hydrochloride (12): 12.1 {[ 3, 5- bis-( 1, 1- dimethylethyl)- 4- hydroxyphenyl] carbonyl} methyl N- methyl- N- [(phenylmethoxy)carbonylj glycinate: This intermediate is obtained in the standard way starting from Cbz-Sarkosine and 1-[3,5-bis(1,1-dimethylethyl)-4-hydroxyphenyl]-2-bromo-ethanone in the presence of cesium carbonate in DMF. NMR <1>H (CDCl 3 , 100 MHz, 8 ): 1.46 (s, 18H, 2 tBu), 3.00 (s, 3H, N-CH 3 ), 4.20 (m, 2H, 0-CH 2 -Ph), 5.10-5.40 (m, 4H, CHg-N(CH3) + C0-CH2-0-C0), 5.80 (s, 1H, OH), 7.30 (m, 5H , arom. H), 7.70 (s, 2H, arom. H).

12.2 4-/3, 5- bis-( 1, 1- dimetyletyl)- 4- hydmksyfenyl]- N- metyl- N-[( fenylmetoksy)-karbonyl]- 1H- imidazol- 2- metanamin: Dette mellomproduktet blir oppnådd ved å starte fra mellomprodukt 22,1, ved anvendelse av samme eksperimentelle protokoll som den beskrevet i 12.2 4-/3, 5- bis-(1, 1- dimethylethyl)- 4- hydroxyphenyl]- N- methyl- N-[(phenylmethoxy)-carbonyl]- 1H- imidazole- 2- methanamine: This intermediate is obtained by starting from intermediate 22.1, using the same experimental protocol as that described in

Tetrahedron Lett,. 1993. 34.1901. Et blekgrønt pulver blir oppnådd i et utbytte på 81%. Smeltepunkt: 200-207°C. NMR <1>H (CDCI3, 400 MHz, 5): 1,40 (s, 18H, 2 tBu), 3,00 (s, 3H, N-CH3), 4,50 (m, 2H, 0-CH2-Ph), 5,10 (s, 2H, CH2-N-COO), 5,20 (s, 1H, OH), 7,00 (s, 1H, imidazol), 7,20-7,50 (m, 7H, arom. H), 9,90 (s, 1H, NH). Tetrahedron Light,. 1993. 34.1901. A pale green powder is obtained in a yield of 81%. Melting point: 200-207°C. NMR <1>H (CDCl3, 400 MHz, 5): 1.40 (s, 18H, 2 tBu), 3.00 (s, 3H, N-CH3), 4.50 (m, 2H, 0-CH2 -Ph), 5.10 (s, 2H, CH2-N-COO), 5.20 (s, 1H, OH), 7.00 (s, 1H, imidazole), 7.20-7.50 (m , 7H, arom. H), 9.90 (s, 1H, NH).

12.3 4-[ 3, 5- bis-( 1, 1- dimetyletyl)- 4- hydroksyfenyl]- N- metyl- N-[( fenylmetoksy)-karbonyt]- 1-{[ 2-( trimet<y>lsil<y>l) etoks<y>] met<y>l}- 1H- imidazol- 2- m 12.3 4-[ 3, 5- bis-( 1, 1- dimethylethyl)- 4- hydroxyphenyl]- N- methyl- N-[(phenylmethoxy)-carbonyl]- 1-{[ 2-( trimethylsyl y>l) ethox<y>] met<y>l}- 1H- imidazole- 2- m

7,1 g (51,2 mmol) kaliumkarbonat blir satt porsjonsvis til en blanding av 9,96 ml (56,3 mmol) 2-(trimetylsilyl)etoksymetylklorid og 23 g (51,2 ml) av mellomprodukt 22,2 i 200 ml DMF. Når tilsetningen er ferdig blir reaksjonsblandingen omrørt i 3 timer ved 50°C. Oppløsningsmidlet blir deretter fjernet under vakuum og residuet blir fortynnet med 200 ml etylacetat. Den organiske løsningen blir vasket to ganger med 100 ml saltvann, tørket over magnesiumsulfat, filtrert og konsentrert under vakuum. Inndampningsresiduet blir renset på en silikagel-kolonne (elueringsmiddel heptan/etylacetat: 1/1). De rene fraksjoner blir inndampet, hvilket gir en grønn olje i et utbytte på 53%. NMR <1>H (CDCI3, 400 MHz, 8): 0,0 (s, 9H, Si(CH3)3). 0,9 (m, 2H, CH2-Si), 1,50 (s, 18H, 2 tBu), 3,00 (s, 3H, N-CH3), 3,30-3,50 (m, 2H, O-CH^-CH^Si), 4,70 (s, 2H, CHz-N-COO). 5,10 (s, 2H, 0-CH2-Ph), 5,20 (s, 2H, imidazol-Chb-OSEM), 5,30 (s, 1H, OH), 7,20 (s, 1H, imidazol), 7,35 (m, 5H, arom. H), 7,60 (s, 2H, arom. H). 7.1 g (51.2 mmol) of potassium carbonate is added portionwise to a mixture of 9.96 ml (56.3 mmol) of 2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxymethyl chloride and 23 g (51.2 ml) of intermediate 22.2 in 200 ml DMF. When the addition is complete, the reaction mixture is stirred for 3 hours at 50°C. The solvent is then removed under vacuum and the residue is diluted with 200 ml of ethyl acetate. The organic solution is washed twice with 100 ml of brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under vacuum. The evaporation residue is purified on a silica gel column (eluent heptane/ethyl acetate: 1/1). The pure fractions are evaporated, which gives a green oil in a yield of 53%. NMR <1>H (CDCl 3 , 400 MHz, δ): 0.0 (s, 9H, Si(CH 3 ) 3 ). 0.9 (m, 2H, CH2-Si), 1.50 (s, 18H, 2 tBu), 3.00 (s, 3H, N-CH3), 3.30-3.50 (m, 2H, O-CH^-CH^Si), 4.70 (s, 2H, CHz-N-COO). 5.10 (s, 2H, 0-CH2-Ph), 5.20 (s, 2H, imidazole-Chb-OSEM), 5.30 (s, 1H, OH), 7.20 (s, 1H, imidazole ), 7.35 (m, 5H, arom. H), 7.60 (s, 2H, arom. H).

12.4 4-/3, 5- bis-( 1, 1- dimetytetyl)- 4- hydroksyfenyl]- N- metyl- 1-{[ 2-( trimetytsilyl) etoksy]- metyl}- 1 H- imidazol- 2- metanamin: 12.4. :

Den anvendte eksperimentelle protokoll er lik den beskrevet for mellomprodukt 14,4. Mellomprodukt 22,3 erstatter mellomprodukt 14,3. En brun olje blir oppnådd i et utbytte på 98%. NMR <1>H (CDCI3,100 MHz, 8): 0,0 (s, 9H, Si(CH3)3), 0,9 (m, 2H, CH2-Si), 1,50 (s, 18H, 2 tBu), 2,50 (s, 3H, N-CH3), 3,50 (m, 2H, O-CH^-CH^Si), 4,00 (s, 2H, N-CHg-imidazol), 5,20 (s, 1H, OH), 5,40 (s, 2H, imidazol-Ccfb-OSEM), 7,10 (s, 1H, imidazol), 7,50 (s, 2H, arom. H). 12.5 4-[ 3, 5- bis-( 1, 1- dimetyletyl)- 4- hydroksyfenyl]- N- m 1-{[ 2-( trimetylsilyl) etoksy] metyl}- 1H- imidazo En løsning av 2,67 g (14,4 mmol) 4-nitrobenzosyreklorid i 50 ml tørr THF blir satt dråpevis til en oppløsning av 5,34 g (11,9 mmol) av mellomprodukt 22,4 og 2 ml (14,4 mmol) trietylamin i 50 ml diklormetan. Etter agitering i 2 timer ved 23°C blir blandingen fortynnet med 100 ml diklormetan og den organiske løsningen blir vasket med to ganger 100 ml saltvann. Etter tørking over magnesiumsulfat blir den organiske fasen filtrert og konsentrert under vakuum, hvilket gir en gul olje som blir anvendt som den er i det følgende trinn. NMR <1>H (CDCI3, 400 MHz, 5): 0,0 (s, 9H, Si(CH3)3), 0,9 (m, 2H, CH2-Si), 1,50 (s, 18H, 2 tBu), 3,15 (s, 3H, N-CH3), 3,50 (m, 2H, O-CHs-CHs-Si). 4,80 (s, 2H, N-CH2-imidazol), 5,20 (s, 2H, imidazol-CHo-OSEM). 5,30 (s, 1H, OH), 6,90 (m, 2H, arom. H), 7,15 (s, 1H, imidazol), 7,60 (s, 2H, arom. H), 8,10 (m, 2H, arom. H). 12.6 4-/3, 5- bis-( 1, 1- dimetyletyl)- 4- hydroksyfenyl]- N~ metyl- N-( 4- nitrobenzoyl)-1H- imidazol- 2- metanamin: Mellomprodukt 22,5 (7,42 g, 12,5 mmol) blir oppløst i 62,4 ml (62,4 mmol) av en 1M løsning av tetrabutylammonium-fluorid i nærvær av 1,12 g (18,7 mmol) etylendiamin. Reaksjonsblandingen blir oppvarmet under tilbakeløp i 5 timer og til slutt hellet direkte i 200 ml saltvann og fortynnet med 200 ml etylacetat. Den organiske fasen blir dekantert, vasket med 100 ml saltvann og til slutt tørket over magnesiumsulfat, filtrert og konsentrert under vakuum. Inndampningsresiduet blir renset på en silika-kolonne (elueringsmiddel: diklormetan + 5% av etanol). Det forventede produktet blir oppnådd i form av et rødt skum i et utbytte på 37%. NMR <1>H (CDCI3l 400 MHz, 8): 1,50 (s, 18H, 2 tBu), 3,00 (s, 3H, N-CH3), 4,70 (s, 2H, N-CHg-imidazol), 5,20 (s, 1H, OH), 7,10 (s, 1H, imidazol), 7,40-7,60 (m, 4H, arom. H), 8,30 (m, 2H, arom. H), 10,10 (bred s, 1H, NH). 12.7 4-[ 3, 5~ bis-( 1, 1- dimetyletyl)- 4- hydroksyfenyl]- N- metyl- N-( 4-aminobenzoyl)- 1H- imidazol- 2~ metanamin: Den anvendte eksperimentelle protokoll er lik den beskrevet for mellomprodukt 14,4. Mellomprodukt 22,6 erstatter mellomprodukt 14,3. Et oransje, fast stoff blir oppnådd i et utbytte på 52%. Smeltepunkt: 129-131 °C. NMR <1>H (CDCI3, 400 MHz, 8): 1,50 (s, 18H, 2 tBu), 3,10 (s, 3H, N-CH3), 3,90 (s, 2H, N-CHg-imidazol), 4,70 (s, 2H, NH2), 5,20 (s, 1H, OH), 6,60 (m, 2H, The experimental protocol used is similar to that described for intermediate 14.4. Intermediate 22.3 replaces intermediate 14.3. A brown oil is obtained in a yield of 98%. NMR <1>H (CDCl3, 100 MHz, 8): 0.0 (s, 9H, Si(CH3)3), 0.9 (m, 2H, CH2-Si), 1.50 (s, 18H, 2 tBu), 2.50 (s, 3H, N-CH3), 3.50 (m, 2H, O-CH^-CH^Si), 4.00 (s, 2H, N-CHg-imidazole), 5.20 (s, 1H, OH), 5.40 (s, 2H, imidazole-Ccfb-OSEM), 7.10 (s, 1H, imidazole), 7.50 (s, 2H, arom. H). 12.5 4-[ 3, 5- bis-( 1, 1- dimethylethyl)- 4- hydroxyphenyl]- N- m 1-{[ 2-( trimethylsilyl) ethoxy] methyl}- 1H- imidazo A solution of 2.67 g (14.4 mmol) of 4-nitrobenzoic acid chloride in 50 ml of dry THF is added dropwise to a solution of 5.34 g (11.9 mmol) of intermediate 22.4 and 2 ml (14.4 mmol) of triethylamine in 50 ml of dichloromethane . After stirring for 2 hours at 23°C, the mixture is diluted with 100 ml of dichloromethane and the organic solution is washed with twice 100 ml of brine. After drying over magnesium sulfate, the organic phase is filtered and concentrated under vacuum to give a yellow oil which is used as is in the following step. NMR <1>H (CDCl3, 400 MHz, 5): 0.0 (s, 9H, Si(CH3)3), 0.9 (m, 2H, CH2-Si), 1.50 (s, 18H, 2 tBu), 3.15 (s, 3H, N-CH3), 3.50 (m, 2H, O-CHs-CHs-Si). 4.80 (s, 2H, N-CH2-imidazole), 5.20 (s, 2H, imidazole-CHO-OSEM). 5.30 (s, 1H, OH), 6.90 (m, 2H, arom. H), 7.15 (s, 1H, imidazole), 7.60 (s, 2H, arom. H), 8, 10 (m, 2H, arom. H). 12.6 4-/3, 5- bis-(1, 1- dimethylethyl)- 4- hydroxyphenyl]- N~ methyl- N-( 4- nitrobenzoyl)-1H- imidazole- 2- methanamine: Intermediate 22.5 (7, 42 g, 12.5 mmol) is dissolved in 62.4 ml (62.4 mmol) of a 1 M solution of tetrabutylammonium fluoride in the presence of 1.12 g (18.7 mmol) of ethylenediamine. The reaction mixture is heated under reflux for 5 hours and finally poured directly into 200 ml of brine and diluted with 200 ml of ethyl acetate. The organic phase is decanted, washed with 100 ml of brine and finally dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under vacuum. The evaporation residue is purified on a silica column (eluent: dichloromethane + 5% of ethanol). The expected product is obtained in the form of a red foam in a yield of 37%. NMR <1>H (CDCl3l 400 MHz, 8): 1.50 (s, 18H, 2 tBu), 3.00 (s, 3H, N-CH3), 4.70 (s, 2H, N-CHg- imidazole), 5.20 (s, 1H, OH), 7.10 (s, 1H, imidazole), 7.40-7.60 (m, 4H, arom. H), 8.30 (m, 2H, arom. H), 10.10 (broad s, 1H, NH). 12.7 4-[ 3, 5~ bis-( 1, 1- dimethylethyl)- 4- hydroxyphenyl]- N- methyl- N-( 4-aminobenzoyl)- 1H- imidazole- 2~ methanamine: The experimental protocol used is similar to the described for intermediate 14.4. Intermediate 22.6 replaces intermediate 14.3. An orange solid is obtained in a yield of 52%. Melting point: 129-131 °C. NMR <1>H (CDCl3, 400 MHz, 8): 1.50 (s, 18H, 2 tBu), 3.10 (s, 3H, N-CH3), 3.90 (s, 2H, N-CHg -imidazole), 4.70 (s, 2H, NH2), 5.20 (s, 1H, OH), 6.60 (m, 2H,

arom. H), 7,10 <s, 1H, Imidazol), 7,30-7,60 (m, 4H, arom. H), 10,30 {bred s, 1H, aroma. H), 7.10 <s, 1H, Imidazole), 7.30-7.60 (m, 4H, arom. H), 10.30 {broad s, 1H,

NH). NH).

12,8 4-/3, 5- bis-( 1, 1- dimetyletyl)- 4- hydroksyfenylJ- N-{ 4-[( imino( 2-tienyl) met<y>l) amino] benzoyl}- N- metyl- 1H- imidazol- 2- m hydroklorid (22): Den anvendte eksperimentelle protokoll er lik den beskrevet for mellomprodukt 4,3. Mellomprodukt 22,7 erstatter mellomprodukt 4,2. Et lys 12,8 4-/3, 5- bis-(1, 1- dimethylethyl)- 4- hydroxyphenylJ- N-{ 4-[( imino( 2-thienyl) met<y>l) amino] benzoyl}- N- methyl-1H-imidazole-2-m hydrochloride (22): The experimental protocol used is similar to that described for intermediate 4,3. Intermediate product 22.7 replaces intermediate product 4.2. A light

beige fast stoff blir oppnådd i et utbytte på 54%. Smeltepunkt: 250-260X. NMR <1>H (DMSO d6, 400 MHz, 8): 1,50 (s, 18H, 2 tBu), 3,20 (s, 3H, N-CH3), 5,00 (s, 2H, N-CH2-imidazol), 7,30 (s, 1H, OH), 7,35 (m, 1H, tiofen), 7,50 (m, 4H, arom. H), 7,70 (s, 2H,a. H), 8,00 (s, 1H, Imidazol), 8,20 (m, 2H, tiofen), 9,20 (s, 1H, NH+), 10,00 (s, 1H, NH+), 11,8 (s, 1H, NH+), 14,8 (s, 1H, NH+), 15,2 (s, 1H, beige solid is obtained in a yield of 54%. Melting point: 250-260X. NMR <1>H (DMSO d6, 400 MHz, 8): 1.50 (s, 18H, 2 tBu), 3.20 (s, 3H, N-CH3), 5.00 (s, 2H, N- CH2-imidazole), 7.30 (s, 1H, OH), 7.35 (m, 1H, thiophene), 7.50 (m, 4H, arom. H), 7.70 (s, 2H, a. H), 8.00 (s, 1H, Imidazole), 8.20 (m, 2H, thiophene), 9.20 (s, 1H, NH+), 10.00 (s, 1H, NH+), 11.8 (s, 1H, NH+), 14.8 (s, 1H, NH+), 15.2 (s, 1H,

NH<+>). NH<+>).

IR: vc=o (amid): 1635 cm"<1>; vc=n (amidin): 1601 cm'<1>. IR: vc=o (amide): 1635 cm"<1>; vc=n (amidine): 1601 cm'<1>.

Eksempel 13 N-[3,5-bis-(1,1-dimetyletyl)-4-hydroksyfenyl]-1 -{4-[(imino(2-tienyl)metyl)amino]fenyt}-1 H-pyrrol-2-karboksamid-/7ydro;od/cl (13): Example 13 N-[3,5-bis-(1,1-dimethylethyl)-4-hydroxyphenyl]-1-{4-[(imino(2-thienyl)methyl)amino]phenyl}-1H-pyrrole-2 -carboxamide-/7hydro;od/cl (13):

13.1 Etyl- 1-( 4- nitmfenyl)- 1H- pyrrol- 2- karboksylat 13.1 Ethyl-1-(4-nitrophenyl)-1H-pyrrole-2-carboxylate

0,9 g (7,2 mmol) av metylesteren av pyrrol-2-karboksylsyre (fremstilt på standard måte ved forestring av kommersiell pyrrol-2-karboksylsyre) fortynnet med 10 ml tørr DMF blir satt dråpevis ved 0°C under en inert atmosfære, til en suspensjon av 0,3 g (7,4 mmol) NaH på 60% i 15 ml tørr DMF. Etter agitering i én time ved 23°C blir en oppløsning av 1,01 g (7,2 mmol) 4-fluornitrobenzen i 10 ml tørr DM Fis tilsatt dråpevis. Reaksjonsblandingen blir deretter oppvarmet i 3 timer ved 80°C. Etter at reaksjonsmediet har kommet tilbake til 23°C blir det hellet i 100 ml av en is + vann-blanding og til slutt fortynnet med 200 ml etylacetat. Etter dekantering blir den organiske fasen vasket med 3 ganger 100 ml vann fulgt av 100 ml saltvann. Den organiske løsningen blir tørket over magnesiumsulfat, filtrert og konsentrert under vakuum. Inndampningsresiduet blir renset på en silika-kolonne (elueringsmiddel: heptan/etylacetat: 9/1). De rene fraksjoner blir oppsamlet og inndampet under vakuum, hvilket gir et blekgult pulver i et utbytte på 49%. 0.9 g (7.2 mmol) of the methyl ester of pyrrole-2-carboxylic acid (prepared in a standard manner by esterification of commercial pyrrole-2-carboxylic acid) diluted with 10 ml of dry DMF is added dropwise at 0°C under an inert atmosphere , to a suspension of 0.3 g (7.4 mmol) of 60% NaH in 15 mL of dry DMF. After stirring for one hour at 23°C, a solution of 1.01 g (7.2 mmol) of 4-fluoronitrobenzene in 10 ml of dry DM Fis is added dropwise. The reaction mixture is then heated for 3 hours at 80°C. After the reaction medium has returned to 23°C, it is poured into 100 ml of an ice + water mixture and finally diluted with 200 ml of ethyl acetate. After decantation, the organic phase is washed with 3 times 100 ml of water followed by 100 ml of saline. The organic solution is dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under vacuum. The evaporation residue is purified on a silica column (eluent: heptane/ethyl acetate: 9/1). The pure fractions are collected and evaporated under vacuum, which gives a pale yellow powder in a yield of 49%.

13.2 1-( 4- nitrofenyl)~ 1 H- pyrrol- 2- karboksylsyre: 13.2 1-(4-nitrophenyl)~ 1H-pyrrole-2-carboxylic acid:

En løsning av 0,5 g (7,1 mmol) KOH i 5 ml vann blir satt til en kolbe inneholdende en oppløsning av 0,87 g (3,5 mmol) av mellomprodukt 23,1 i 20 ml THF avkjølt til 0°C. Reaksjonsblandingen blir omrørt i 24 timer ved 23°C og tit slutt fortynnet med 100 ml etylacetat. Etter dekantering blir den organiske fasen fjernet og den vandige fasen blir avkjølt ved anvendelse av et isbad før surgjøring med en oppløsning av konsentrert HCI. Den dannede fellingen blir deretter filtrert og vasket to ganger med 20 ml vann. Etter tørking blir det A solution of 0.5 g (7.1 mmol) of KOH in 5 mL of water is added to a flask containing a solution of 0.87 g (3.5 mmol) of intermediate 23.1 in 20 mL of THF cooled to 0° C. The reaction mixture is stirred for 24 hours at 23°C and often diluted with 100 ml of ethyl acetate. After decantation, the organic phase is removed and the aqueous phase is cooled using an ice bath prior to acidification with a solution of concentrated HCl. The precipitate formed is then filtered and washed twice with 20 ml of water. After drying it becomes

forventede produktet oppnådd i et utbytte på 66%. expected product obtained in a yield of 66%.

13.3 N-[ 3, 5- bis~( 1, 1- dimetyletyl)- 4- hydroksyfenyl]- 1-( 4- nitmfen karboksamid: Den anvendte eksperimentelle protokoll er lik den beskrevet for mellomprodukt 14,3. Mellomprodukt 23,2 erstatter mellomprodukt 14,2. Den forventede forbindelsen blir oppnådd i form av et grønnaktig pulver med et urenset utbytte på 25%. Produktet blir anvendt som det er i det følgende trinn. 13.3 N-[ 3, 5- bis~( 1, 1- dimethylethyl)- 4- hydroxyphenyl]- 1-( 4- nitrimphene carboxamide: The experimental protocol used is similar to that described for intermediate 14.3. Intermediate 23.2 replaces intermediate 14.2 The expected compound is obtained in the form of a greenish powder with an impure yield of 25% The product is used as is in the following step.

13.4 N-[ 3, 5- bis-( 1, 1- dimetyletyl)- 4- hydmksyfenyl]- 1-( 4- aminofenyl)- 1H^ 13.4 N-[ 3, 5- bis-( 1, 1- dimethylethyl)- 4- hydroxyphenyl]- 1-( 4- aminophenyl)- 1H^

2- karboksamid 2- Carboxamide

Den anvendte eksperimentelle protokoll er lignende den beskrevet for mellomprodukt 14,4. Mellomprodukt 23,3 erstatter mellomprodukt 14,3. Reaksjonen blir utført i en diklormetan/etanol-blanding (1/1). Et hvitt pulver blir oppnådd i et utbytte på 61%. Smeltepunkt: 218-219°C. The experimental protocol used is similar to that described for intermediate 14.4. Intermediate 23.3 replaces intermediate 14.3. The reaction is carried out in a dichloromethane/ethanol mixture (1/1). A white powder is obtained in a yield of 61%. Melting point: 218-219°C.

13.5 N-[ 3, 5- bis-( 1, 1<iimetyletyl)- 4- hydroksyfenyl]- 1-{ 4-[( imino( 2-tienyl) metyl) amino] fenyl}- IH- pyrml- 2- karboksamid- hydrojodid (23): Den anvendte eksperimentelle protokoll er lignende den beskrevet for mellomprodukt 1,3. Mellomprodukt 23,4 erstatter mellomprodukt 1,2. Et blekgult pulver blir oppnådd i et utbytte på 73%. Smeltepunkt: 271-272X. NMR <1>H (DMSO d6, 400 MHz, 8): 1,35 (s, 18H, 2 tBu), 6,36 (s, 1H, OH), 6,78 (s, 1H, arom. H), 7,01 (s, 1H, arom. H), 7,16 (s, 1H, arom. H), 7,45 (m, 7H, arom. H), 8,10 (m, 1H, arom. H), 8,19 (m, 1H, arom. H), 9,16 (bred s, 1H, NH+), 9,89 13.5 N-[ 3, 5- bis-( 1, 1<iimethylethyl)- 4- hydroxyphenyl]- 1-{ 4-[( imino( 2-thienyl) methyl) amino] phenyl}- IH- pyrml- 2- carboxamide - hydroiodide (23): The experimental protocol used is similar to that described for intermediate 1,3. Intermediate 23.4 replaces intermediate 1.2. A pale yellow powder is obtained in a yield of 73%. Melting point: 271-272X. NMR <1>H (DMSO d6, 400 MHz, 8): 1.35 (s, 18H, 2 tBu), 6.36 (s, 1H, OH), 6.78 (s, 1H, arom. H) , 7.01 (s, 1H, arom. H), 7.16 (s, 1H, arom. H), 7.45 (m, 7H, arom. H), 8.10 (m, 1H, arom. H), 8.19 (m, 1H, arom. H), 9.16 (broad s, 1H, NH+), 9.89

(bred s, 2H, CONH + NH+), 11,39 (bred s, 1H, NH<+>). (broad s, 2H, CONH + NH+), 11.39 (broad s, 1H, NH<+>).

IR: vc=o (amid): 1633 cm'<1>; vc=n (amidin): 1609 cm"<1>.IR: vc=o (amide): 1633 cm'<1>; vc=n (amidine): 1609 cm"<1>.

Eksempel 14: 1 -[3,5-bis(1,1 -dimetyletyl)-4-hydroksyfenyl]-3-{[4-[[imino(2-tienyl)metyl]amino]fenyl]karbonyl}-2-imidazolidinon-hydrojodid(14): 14,1 N-[ 3, 5- bis( 1, 1- dimetyletyl)- 4- hydmksy^ nyl]- N'-( 2- klomtyt) uirnstoft. Example 14: 1-[3,5-bis(1,1-dimethylethyl)-4-hydroxyphenyl]-3-{[4-[[imino(2-thienyl)methyl]amino]phenyl]carbonyl}-2-imidazolidinone -hydroiodide (14): 14.1 N-[3,5-bis(1,1-dimethylethyl)-4-hydroxy^nyl]-N'-(2-chlorotyt)uniron.

0,17 ml (2 mmol) kloretylisocyanat blir satt til en kolbe inneholdende en oppløsning av 0,5 g (2 mmol) av mellomprodukt 10,2 i 5 ml DMF. 0.17 ml (2 mmol) of chloroethyl isocyanate is added to a flask containing a solution of 0.5 g (2 mmol) of intermediate 10.2 in 5 ml of DMF.

Reaksjonsblandingen blir omrørt i 2 timer ved 23°C og til slutt fortynnet med 100 ml etylacetat og 25 ml vann. Etter dekantering blir den organiske løsningen vasket med 25 ml vann, to ganger med 25 ml saltvann og til slutt tørket over magnesiumsulfat. Etter filtrering og inndampning blir residuet tatt opp i isopentan for til slutt å gi det forventede produktet i form av et rosa, fast stoff, i et utbytte på 83%. Smertepunkt: 169-171°C. NMR <1>H (DMSO d6, 400 MHz, 5): 1,30 (s, 18H, 2 tBu), 3,35 (t, 2H, CHg-NH. J = 6,0 Hz), 3,60 (t, 2H, CH2-CI, J = 6,0 Hz), 6,20 (t, 1H, NH-CH2, J = 5,6 Hz), 6,60 (s, 1H, OH), 7,10 (s, 2H, arom. H), 8,30 (s, 1H, NH-Ph). The reaction mixture is stirred for 2 hours at 23°C and finally diluted with 100 ml of ethyl acetate and 25 ml of water. After decantation, the organic solution is washed with 25 ml of water, twice with 25 ml of saline and finally dried over magnesium sulphate. After filtration and evaporation, the residue is taken up in isopentane to finally give the expected product as a pink solid in a yield of 83%. Pain point: 169-171°C. NMR <1>H (DMSO d6, 400 MHz, 5): 1.30 (s, 18H, 2 tBu), 3.35 (t, 2H, CHg-NH. J = 6.0 Hz), 3.60 (t, 2H, CH2-CI, J = 6.0 Hz), 6.20 (t, 1H, NH-CH2, J = 5.6 Hz), 6.60 (s, 1H, OH), 7, 10 (s, 2H, arom. H), 8.30 (s, 1H, NH-Ph).

14.2 1-[ 3, 5- bis( 1, 1- dimetytetyl)- 4- hydroksyfenyl]- 2- imtdazolidinon: 14.2 1-[ 3, 5- bis( 1, 1- dimethylethyl)- 4- hydroxyphenyl]- 2- imtdazolidinone:

En løsning av 0,22 g (1,93 mmol) tBuO~K<+> i 2 ml tørr DMF blir satt til en oppløsning av 0,56 g (1,93 mmol) av mellomprodukt 24,1 i 10 ml tørr DMF. Etter agitering i 3 timer ved 23°C blir reaksjonsblandingen fortynnet med 50 ml vann og 100 ml etylacetat. Den organiske fasen blir dekantert, vasket suksessivt med 50 ml vann og 50 ml saltvann, tørket over magnesiumsulfat, filtrert og til slutt konsentrert under vakuum. Den således oppnådde brune oljen blir tatt opp i isopropyleter, hvilket gir et hvitt pulver i et utbytte på 51%. Smeltepunkt: 205-207X. NMR <1>H (DMSO d6,100 MHz, 6): 1,40 (s, 18H, 2 tBu), 4,60 (m, 2H, CH2), 4,90 (m, 2H, CH2), 4,90 (bred s, 1H, NH), 5,00 (s, 1H, OH), 7,15 (s, 2H, arom. H). 14.3 1-[ 3, 5- bis( 1, 1- dimetyletyl)- 4- hydroksyfenyl]- 3-[( 4- nitmfenyl) karbonyl]- 2-imidazolidinon: 1,28 g (6,9 mmol) 4-nitrobenzosyreklorid blir satt porsjonsvis til en oppløsning av 1,0 g (3,45 mmol) av mellomprodukt 24,2 i en blanding av 20 ml acetonitril og 10 ml THF, fulgt av 0,71 g (5,15 mmol) kalium-karbonat. Etter agitering i 3 timer ved 23°C blir reaksjonsblandingen fortynnet med 100 ml diklormetan og 50 ml saltvann. Den organiske fasen blir etter dekantering vasket med 50 ml saltvann og tørket over magnesiumsulfat. Etter filtrering og konsentrasjon under vakuum blir inndampningsresiduet tatt opp i isopropyleter, hvilket gir et gult, fast stoff i et utbytte på 83% etter tørking. Smeltepunkt > 260X. NMR <1>H (CDCI3l 400 MHz, 8): 1,40 (s, 18H, 2 tBu), 3,95-4,20 (m, 4H, 2 CH2), 5,20 (s, 1H, OH), 7,20 (s, 2H, arom. H), 7,80 (m, 2H, arom. H), 8,25 (m, 2H, arom. H). 14.4 1-[ 3, 5- bis( 1, 1- dimetyletyl)- 4- hydroksyfenyl]- 3-[( 4- aminofenyl) karbonyl]- 2-imidazolidinon: Den anvendte eksperimentelle protokoll er lignende den beskrevet for mellomprodukt 14,4. Mellomprodukt 24,3 erstatter mellomprodukt 14,3. Det forventede produktet blir oppnådd i form av et hvitt pulver i et utbytte på 45%. A solution of 0.22 g (1.93 mmol) of tBuO~K<+> in 2 mL of dry DMF is added to a solution of 0.56 g (1.93 mmol) of intermediate 24.1 in 10 mL of dry DMF . After stirring for 3 hours at 23°C, the reaction mixture is diluted with 50 ml of water and 100 ml of ethyl acetate. The organic phase is decanted, washed successively with 50 ml of water and 50 ml of brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and finally concentrated under vacuum. The brown oil thus obtained is taken up in isopropyl ether, which gives a white powder in a yield of 51%. Melting point: 205-207X. NMR <1>H (DMSO d6,100 MHz, 6): 1.40 (s, 18H, 2 tBu), 4.60 (m, 2H, CH2), 4.90 (m, 2H, CH2), 4 .90 (broad s, 1H, NH), 5.00 (s, 1H, OH), 7.15 (s, 2H, arom. H). 14.3 1-[3,5-bis(1,1-dimethylethyl)-4-hydroxyphenyl]-3-[(4-nitrophenyl)carbonyl]-2-imidazolidinone: 1.28 g (6.9 mmol) 4-nitrobenzoic acid chloride is added portionwise to a solution of 1.0 g (3.45 mmol) of intermediate 24.2 in a mixture of 20 ml of acetonitrile and 10 ml of THF, followed by 0.71 g (5.15 mmol) of potassium carbonate. After stirring for 3 hours at 23°C, the reaction mixture is diluted with 100 ml of dichloromethane and 50 ml of brine. After decantation, the organic phase is washed with 50 ml of salt water and dried over magnesium sulphate. After filtration and concentration under vacuum, the evaporation residue is taken up in isopropyl ether, which gives a yellow solid in a yield of 83% after drying. Melting point > 260X. NMR <1>H (CDCl31 400 MHz, 8): 1.40 (s, 18H, 2 tBu), 3.95-4.20 (m, 4H, 2 CH2 ), 5.20 (s, 1H, OH ), 7.20 (s, 2H, arom. H), 7.80 (m, 2H, arom. H), 8.25 (m, 2H, arom. H). 14.4 1-[3,5-bis(1,1-dimethylethyl)-4-hydroxyphenyl]-3-[(4-aminophenyl)carbonyl]-2-imidazolidinone: The experimental protocol used is similar to that described for intermediate 14.4 . Intermediate 24.3 replaces intermediate 14.3. The expected product is obtained in the form of a white powder in a yield of 45%.

Smeltepunkt > 260°C. NMR <1>H {CDCI3, 400 MHz, 8): 1,40 (s, 18H, 2 tBu), 3,90-4,00 (m, 4H, 2 CH2), 5,15 (s, 1H, OH), 6,60 (m, 2H, arom. H), 7,13 (s, 2H, Melting point > 260°C. NMR <1>H {CDCl3, 400 MHz, 8): 1.40 (s, 18H, 2 tBu), 3.90-4.00 (m, 4H, 2 CH2), 5.15 (s, 1H, OH), 6.60 (m, 2H, arom. H), 7.13 (s, 2H,

arom. H), 7,60 (m, 2H, arom. H). aroma. H), 7.60 (m, 2H, arom. H).

14,5 1-[ 3, 5- bis( 1, 1- dimetyletyl)- 4- hydroksyfenyl]- 3-{[ 4-[[ imino( 2-tienyl) metyi] amino] fenyl] karbonyl}- 2- imidazolidm' on- y\ ydro) o6\ 6 (24): i Den anvendte eksperimentelle protokoll er identisk med den beskrevet for mellomprodukt 1,3. Mellomprodukt 24,4 erstatter mellomproduktl ,2. Det forventede produktet blir oppnådd i form av et lys beige, fast stoff i et utbytte på 79%. Smeltepunkt 220-260°C. NMR <1>H (DMSO d6,400 MHz, 8): 1,30 (s, 18H, 2 tBu), 4,00 (m, 4H, 2 CH2), 6,95 (s, 1H, OH), 7,20 (s, 2H, arom. H), 7,40 (m, 14.5 1-[ 3, 5- bis( 1, 1- dimethylethyl)- 4- hydroxyphenyl]- 3-{[ 4-[[ imino( 2-thienyl) methyl] amino] phenyl] carbonyl}- 2- imidazolidm ' on-y\ ydro) o6\ 6 (24): i The experimental protocol used is identical to that described for intermediate 1,3. Intermediate product 24.4 replaces intermediate product 1.2. The expected product is obtained as a light beige solid in a yield of 79%. Melting point 220-260°C. NMR <1>H (DMSO d6,400 MHz, 8): 1.30 (s, 18H, 2 tBu), 4.00 (m, 4H, 2 CH2), 6.95 (s, 1H, OH), 7.20 (s, 2H, arom. H), 7.40 (m,

1H tiofen), 7,50 (m, 2H, arom. H), 7,70 (m, 2H, arom. H), 8,20 (m, 2H, tiofen), 9,20 (bred s, 1H, NH<+>), 9,90 (bred s, 1H, NH<+>), 11,60 (bred s, 1H, NH<+>). 1H thiophene), 7.50 (m, 2H, arom. H), 7.70 (m, 2H, arom. H), 8.20 (m, 2H, thiophene), 9.20 (broad s, 1H, NH<+>), 9.90 (broad s, 1H, NH<+>), 11.60 (broad s, 1H, NH<+>).

IR: vc=o (urinstoff): 1735 cm 1 ; vc=o (amid): 1649 cm -1; vc=n (amidin): 1595 cm"<1>. IR: vc=o (urea): 1735 cm 1 ; vc=o (amide): 1649 cm -1 ; vc=n (amidine): 1595 cm"<1>.

Eksempel 15: 3-[3,5-bis(1,1-dimetyletyl)-4-hydroksyfenyI]-4,5-dihydro-N-{4-[(imino(2-tienyl)metyl)amino]fenyl}-5-isoksazoleacetamid-hydrojodid (15): Example 15: 3-[3,5-bis(1,1-dimethylethyl)-4-hydroxyphenyl]-4,5-dihydro-N-{4-[(imino(2-thienyl)methyl)amino]phenyl}- 5-isoxazoleacetamide hydroiodide (15):

15.1 3, 5- bis-( 1, 1- dimetyletyl)- N, 4- dihydroksy- benzen karboksim: 15.1 3, 5- bis-(1, 1- dimethylethyl)- N, 4- dihydroxy- benzene carboxyme:

Dette mellomproduktet blir fremstilt i henhold til en eksperimentell protokoll beskrevet i J. Med. Chem,. 1997.40. 50-60, ved å starte fra kommersielt 3,5-di-tert-butyM-hydroksybenzaldehyd. Et rødt skum blir oppnådd i et kvantitativt utbytte. 15.2 3, 5- bis-( 1, 1- dimetyletyl)- N, 4- dihydroksy- benzen-karboksimidoylklorid: Den anvendte eksperimentelle protokoll er lik den beskrevet i Tetrahedron Lett,. 1996. 37 (26), 4455 ved å starte fra mellomprodukt 25,1. Et beige, fast stoff blir oppnådd med et urenset utbytte på 77%. Produktet blir anvendt direkte i det følgende trinn uten ytterligere rensning. 15.3 Metyl- 3-[ 3, 5- bis( 1, 1- dimetyletyl)- 4- hydmksyfenyl]- 4, 5- dihydro- 5-isoksazoleacetat: Omsetning av mellomprodukt 25,2 med metylesteren av 3-butensyre blir utført under samme betingelser som de beskrevet i Tetrahedron Lett. 1996, 37 (26), 4455. Den forventede forbindelsen blir oppnådd i form av en brun olje i et This intermediate is prepared according to an experimental protocol described in J. Med. Chem. 1997.40. 50-60, starting from commercial 3,5-di-tert-butylN-hydroxybenzaldehyde. A red foam is obtained in a quantitative yield. 15.2 3, 5- bis-(1, 1- dimethylethyl)- N, 4- dihydroxy-benzene-carboximidoyl chloride: The experimental protocol used is similar to that described in Tetrahedron Lett,. 1996. 37 (26), 4455 by starting from intermediate 25.1. A beige solid is obtained with a crude yield of 77%. The product is used directly in the following step without further purification. 15.3 Methyl-3-[3,5-bis(1,1-dimethylethyl)-4-hydroxyphenyl]-4,5-dihydro-5-isoxazoleacetate: Reaction of intermediate 25.2 with the methyl ester of 3-butenoic acid is carried out under the same conditions such as those described in Tetrahedron Lett. 1996, 37 (26), 4455. The expected compound is obtained as a brown oil in a

utbytte på 49%. NMR <1>H (CDCI3, 400 MHz, 6): 1,50 (s, 18H, 2 tBu), 2,60 (dd. dividend of 49%. NMR <1>H (CDCl3, 400 MHz, 6): 1.50 (s, 18H, 2 tBu), 2.60 (dd.

! 1H, 1/2 CH2-C=N, J = 16,0 Hz og J = 7,8 Hz), 2,90 (dd. 1H, 1/2 CH2-C=N, J = ! 1H, 1/2 CH2-C=N, J = 16.0 Hz and J = 7.8 Hz), 2.90 (dd. 1H, 1/2 CH2-C=N, J =

16,0 Hz og J = 5,8 Hz), 3,10 (dd, 1H, 1/2 CH2-C=0, J = 16,6 Hz og J = 6,9 Hz), 3,60 (dd. 1H, 1/2 CH2-C=0, J = 16,6 Hz og J = 10,2 Hz), 5,10 (m, 1H, CH), 5,50 (s, 1H, OH), 7,50 (s, 2H, arom. H). 16.0 Hz and J = 5.8 Hz), 3.10 (dd, 1H, 1/2 CH2-C=0, J = 16.6 Hz and J = 6.9 Hz), 3.60 (dd .1H, 1/2 CH2-C=0, J = 16.6 Hz and J = 10.2 Hz), 5.10 (m, 1H, CH), 5.50 (s, 1H, OH), 7 .50 (s, 2H, arom. H).

15.4 3-/3, 5- bis( 1, 1- dimetyletyl)- 4- hydroksyfenyl]- 4, 5- dihydro- 5- 15.4 3-/3, 5- bis( 1, 1- dimethylethyl)- 4- hydroxyphenyl]- 4, 5- dihydro- 5-

\ isoksazoleddiksyre: \ isoxazole acetic acid:

Dette mellomproduktet blir oppnådd ved forsåpning av mellomprodukt 25,3 i henhold til en eksperimentell protokoll beskrevet i J. Med. Chem. 1997, 40. 50-60. Et hvitt, fast stoff blir oppnådd i et utbytte på 74%. Smeltepunkt: 229-231 °C. NMR <1>H (CDCI3, 400 MHz, 6), 2,90 (dd, 1H, 1/2 CH2-C=N, J = 16,3 Hz og J = 6,0 Hz), 3,10 (dd. 1H, 1/2 CH2-C=0, J = 16,6 Hz og J = 6,9 Hz), 3,50 This intermediate is obtained by saponification of intermediate 25.3 according to an experimental protocol described in J. Med. Chem. 1997, 40. 50-60. A white solid is obtained in a yield of 74%. Melting point: 229-231 °C. NMR <1>H (CDCl3, 400 MHz, 6), 2.90 (dd, 1H, 1/2 CH2-C=N, J = 16.3 Hz and J = 6.0 Hz), 3.10 ( dd. 1H, 1/2 CH2-C=0, J = 16.6 Hz and J = 6.9 Hz), 3.50

(dd, 1H, 1/2 CH2-C=0, J = 16,6 Hz og J = 10,2 Hz), 5,05 (m, 1H, CH), 5,50 (s, 1H, OH), 7,45 (s, 2H, arom. H). (dd, 1H, 1/2 CH2-C=0, J = 16.6 Hz and J = 10.2 Hz), 5.05 (m, 1H, CH), 5.50 (s, 1H, OH) , 7.45 (s, 2H, arom. H).

15.5 3-/3, 5- bis( 1, 1- dimetyletyl)- 4- hydmksyfenyl]- 4, 5<lihydro- N-( 4- nitrofenyl)~ 15.5 3-/3, 5- bis(1, 1- dimethylethyl)-4- hydroxyphenyl]- 4, 5<lihydro- N-(4- nitrophenyl)~

5- isoksazolacetamid: 5- isoxazolacetamide:

i Den anvendte eksperimentelle protokoll er lik den beskrevet i Org. Prep. i The experimental protocol used is similar to that described in Org. Prep.

Proced. Int. (1975), 7. 215 ved å starte fra mellomprodukt 25,4 og 4-nitroanilin. Et hvitt, fast stoff blir oppnådd i et utbytte på 45%. Smeltepunkt: 149-151 °C. NMR <1>H (CDCI3, 400 MHz, 8): 1,50 (s, 18H, 2 tBu), 2,70 (rn, 1H, 1/2 CH2-C=N), 2,85 (dd, 1H, 1/2 CH2-C=N, J - 15,1 Hz og J = 7,5 Hz), 3,20 (dd, 1H, 1/2 CH2-C=0, J = 16,7 Hz og J = 7,0 Hz), 3,70 (dd, 1H, 1/2 CH2-C=0, J = 16,7 Hz og J = 10,1 Hz), 5,05 (m, 1H, CH), 5,50 (s, 1H, OH), 7,45 (s, 2H, arom. H), 7,70 (m, 2H, arom. H), 8,20 (m, 2H, arom. H), 8,50 (s, 1H, NH-CO). Procedure Int. (1975), 7. 215 by starting from intermediate 25,4 and 4-nitroaniline. A white solid is obtained in a yield of 45%. Melting point: 149-151 °C. NMR <1>H (CDCl3, 400 MHz, 8): 1.50 (s, 18H, 2 tBu), 2.70 (rn, 1H, 1/2 CH2-C=N), 2.85 (dd, 1H, 1/2 CH2-C=N, J - 15.1 Hz and J = 7.5 Hz), 3.20 (dd, 1H, 1/2 CH2-C=0, J = 16.7 Hz and J = 7.0 Hz), 3.70 (dd, 1H, 1/2 CH2-C=0, J = 16.7 Hz and J = 10.1 Hz), 5.05 (m, 1H, CH) , 5.50 (s, 1H, OH), 7.45 (s, 2H, arom. H), 7.70 (m, 2H, arom. H), 8.20 (m, 2H, arom. H) , 8.50 (s, 1H, NH-CO).

15.6 3-/3, 5- bis( 1, 1- dimetyletyl)- 4- hydroksyfenyt]- 4, 5- dihydro- N-( 4- aminofenyl)-5- isoksazolacetamid: Den anvendte eksperimentelle protokoll er lik den beskrevet for mellomprodukt 17,5. Mellomprodukt 25,5 erstatter mellomprodukt 17,4. En fargeløs olje blir oppnådd i et utbytte på 80%. NMR <1>H (CDCI3,400 MHz, 8): 1,40 (s, 18H, 2 tBu), 2,60 (dd, 1H, 1/2 CH2-C=N, J = 15,0 Hz og J = 5,7 Hz), 2,80 (dd, 1H, 1/2 CH2-C=N, J = 15,0 Hz og J = 6,7 Hz), 3,15 (dd, 1H, 1/2 CH2-C=0, J = 16,7 Hz og J = 7,2 Hz), 3,50 (dd, 1H, 1/2 CH2-C=0, J = 16,7 Hz og J 15.6 3-/3, 5- bis( 1, 1- dimethylethyl)- 4- hydroxyphenyl]- 4, 5- dihydro- N-( 4- aminophenyl)-5- isoxazolacetamide: The experimental protocol used is similar to that described for the intermediate 17.5. Intermediate product 25.5 replaces intermediate product 17.4. A colorless oil is obtained in a yield of 80%. NMR <1>H (CDCl3,400 MHz, 8): 1.40 (s, 18H, 2 tBu), 2.60 (dd, 1H, 1/2 CH2-C=N, J = 15.0 Hz and J = 5.7 Hz), 2.80 (dd, 1H, 1/2 CH2-C=N, J = 15.0 Hz and J = 6.7 Hz), 3.15 (dd, 1H, 1/ 2 CH2-C=0, J = 16.7 Hz and J = 7.2 Hz), 3.50 (dd, 1H, 1/2 CH2-C=0, J = 16.7 Hz and J

= 10,1 Hz), 3,70 (2H, NH2). 5,10 (m, 1H, CH), 5,60 (s, 1H, OH), 6,60 (m, 2H, arom. H), 7,20 (m, 2H, arom. H), 7,50 (s, 2H, arom. H), 8,10 (s, 1H, NH-CO). = 10.1 Hz), 3.70 (2H, NH2). 5.10 (m, 1H, CH), 5.60 (s, 1H, OH), 6.60 (m, 2H, arom. H), 7.20 (m, 2H, arom. H), 7, 50 (s, 2H, arom. H), 8.10 (s, 1H, NH-CO).

15,7 3-/3, 5- bis( 1, 1- dimetyletyl)- 4- hydroksyfenyl]- 4, 5- dihydro- N-{ 4-[( imino( 2-tienyl) metyl) amino] fenyl}- 5- isoksazolacetamid- hydTopd\ d (25): Den anvendte eksperimentelle protokoll er identisk med den beskrevet for mellomprodukt 1,3. Mellomprodukt 25,6 erstatter mellomprodukt 1,2. Det forventede produktet blir oppnådd i form av et blekgult pulver i et utbytte på 72%. Smeltepunkt > 260°C. NMR <1>H (DMSO d6,400 MHz, 8): 1,40 (s, 18H, 2 15.7 3-/3, 5- bis( 1, 1- dimethylethyl)- 4- hydroxyphenyl]- 4, 5- dihydro- N-{ 4-[( imino( 2-thienyl) methyl) amino] phenyl}- 5- isoxazolacetamide hydTopd\ d (25): The experimental protocol used is identical to that described for intermediate 1,3. Intermediate 25.6 replaces intermediate 1.2. The expected product is obtained in the form of a pale yellow powder in a yield of 72%. Melting point > 260°C. NMR <1>H (DMSO d6.400 MHz, 8): 1.40 (s, 18H, 2

tBu), 2,70 (m, 2H, CH2-C=N), 3,20 (dd. 1H, 1/2 CH2-C=0, J = 16,8 Hz og J = tBu), 2.70 (m, 2H, CH2-C=N), 3.20 (dd. 1H, 1/2 CH2-C=0, J = 16.8 Hz and J =

i 6,8 Hz), 3,60 (dd, 1H, 1/2 CH2-C=0, J = 16,8 Hz og J = 10,2 Hz), 5,00 (m, 1H, i 6.8 Hz), 3.60 (dd, 1H, 1/2 CH2-C=0, J = 16.8 Hz and J = 10.2 Hz), 5.00 (m, 1H,

CH), 7,35 (m, 6H, arom. H + OH), 7,80 (m, 2H, arom. H), 8,20 (m, 2H, tiofen), 8,70 (bred s, 1H, NH+), 9,70 (bred s, 1H, NH+), 10,30 (s, 1H, NH-CO), 11,20 (bred s, 1H, NH+). CH), 7.35 (m, 6H, arom. H + OH), 7.80 (m, 2H, arom. H), 8.20 (m, 2H, thiophene), 8.70 (broad s, 1H , NH+), 9.70 (broad s, 1H, NH+), 10.30 (s, 1H, NH-CO), 11.20 (broad s, 1H, NH+).

IR: vc=o (amid): 1650 cm"<1>; vc=n (amidin): 1603 cm"<1>. IR: vc=o (amide): 1650 cm"<1>; vc=n (amidine): 1603 cm"<1>.

Eksempel 16: 4-[3,5-bis(1,1 -dimetyletyl)-4-hydroksyfenyl]-N-{4-[(imino(2-tienyl)metyl)amino]fenyl}-N-metyl-2-tiazolmetanamin-hydroklorid (16): Example 16: 4-[3,5-bis(1,1-dimethylethyl)-4-hydroxyphenyl]-N-{4-[(imino(2-thienyl)methyl)amino]phenyl}-N-methyl-2- thiazolemethanamine hydrochloride (16):

16.1 2-{[( 1, 1- dimetyletoksy) karbonyl] metyl} amino- etantioamid: 16.1 2-{[( 1, 1- dimethylethoxy) carbonyl] methyl} amino- ethanethioamide:

Den anvendte eksperimentelle protokoll er identisk med den beskrevet for mellomprodukt 17,1, N-Boc-sarkosinamid (oppnådd på standard måte ved å starte fra kommersielt sarkosinamid og BocOBoc) blir anvendt som utgangsmateriale istedenfor 4-nitrobenzamid. En hvit pasta blir oppnådd som blir anvendt direkte i det følgende trinn. 16.2 4-[ 3, 5- bis( 1, 1- dimetytetyt)- 4- hydroksyfenyl]- N-[( 1, 1-dimetyletoksy) karbonyl]- N- metyl- 2- tiazolmetanamin: Den anvendte eksperimentelle protokoll er lik den beskrevet i J. Org. Chem. (1995), 60. 5638-5642, ved å starte fra mellomprodukt 26,1 og 1-[3,5-bis(1,1-dimetyletyl)-4-hydroksyfenyl]-2-brom-etanon. En brun olje blir oppnådd. NMR <1>H (CDCI3, 400 MHz, 8): 1,50 (m, 27H, 3 tBu), 3,00 (s, 3H, N-CH3), 4,70 (s, 2H, CH2), 5,30 (s, 1H, OH), 7,25 (s, 1H, tiazol), 7,70 (s, 2H, arom. H). The experimental protocol used is identical to that described for intermediate 17.1, N-Boc-sarcosinamide (obtained in the standard way starting from commercial sarcosinamide and BocOBoc) is used as starting material instead of 4-nitrobenzamide. A white paste is obtained which is used directly in the following step. 16.2 4-[ 3, 5- bis( 1, 1- dimethylethyl)- 4- hydroxyphenyl]- N-[( 1, 1-dimethylethoxy) carbonyl]- N- methyl- 2- thiazolemethanamine: The experimental protocol used is similar to described in J. Org. Chem. (1995), 60. 5638-5642, starting from intermediate 26.1 and 1-[3,5-bis(1,1-dimethylethyl)-4-hydroxyphenyl]-2-bromoethanone. A brown oil is obtained. NMR <1>H (CDCl3, 400 MHz, 8): 1.50 (m, 27H, 3 tBu), 3.00 (s, 3H, N-CH3), 4.70 (s, 2H, CH2), 5.30 (s, 1H, OH), 7.25 (s, 1H, thiazole), 7.70 (s, 2H, arom. H).

16.3 4-/3, 5- bis( 1, 1- dimetyletyl)- 4- hydroksyfenyl]- N- metyl- 2- tiazolmetanamin: 2,3 ml (29 mmol) TFA blir satt dråpevis ved 0°C til en oppløsning av 2,5 g (5,8 mmol) av mellomprodukt 26,2 og 2 ml (1,6 mmol) trietylsilan i 50 ml 16.3 4-/3,5-bis(1,1-dimethylethyl)-4-hydroxyphenyl]-N-methyl-2-thiazolemethanamine: 2.3 ml (29 mmol) of TFA are added dropwise at 0°C to a solution of 2.5 g (5.8 mmol) of intermediate 26.2 and 2 ml (1.6 mmol) of triethylsilane in 50 ml

diklormetan. Etter agitering i én time blir reaksjonsblandingen konsentrert under 5 vakuum og residuet blir fortynnet med 100 ml etylacetat og 50 ml av en mettet løsning av NaHCC-3. Etter agitering og dekantering blir den organiske fasen tørket over magnesiumsulfat, filtrert og konsentrert under vakuum. Residuet blir tatt opp i heptan, hvilket, etter tørking, gir et hvitt, fast stoff i et utbytte på 73%. dichloromethane. After stirring for one hour, the reaction mixture is concentrated under vacuum and the residue is diluted with 100 ml of ethyl acetate and 50 ml of a saturated solution of NaHCC-3. After agitation and decantation, the organic phase is dried over magnesium sulphate, filtered and concentrated under vacuum. The residue is taken up in heptane, which, after drying, gives a white solid in a yield of 73%.

Smeltepunkt: 136°C. NMR <1>H (CDCI3,400 MHz, 5): 1,50 (s, 18H, 2 tBu), 2,60 0 (s, 3H, N-CH3), 4,20 (s, 2H, CH2), 5,30 (s, 1H, OH), 7,20 (s, 1H, tiazol), 7,70 (s, Melting point: 136°C. NMR <1>H (CDCl 3 , 400 MHz, 5): 1.50 (s, 18H, 2 tBu), 2.60 0 (s, 3H, N-CH 3 ), 4.20 (s, 2H, CH 2 ) , 5.30 (s, 1H, OH), 7.20 (s, 1H, thiazole), 7.70 (s,

2H, arom. H). 2H, arom. H).

16.4 4-/3, 5- bis( 1, 1- dimetyletyl)- 4~ hydroksyfenylJ- N- metyl- N-( 4- nitrofenyl)~ 2-tiazolmetanamin: 16.4 4-/3, 5- bis( 1, 1- dimethylethyl)- 4~ hydroxyphenylJ- N- methyl- N-( 4- nitrophenyl)~ 2-thiazolemethanamine:

Den anvendte eksperimentelle protokoll er lik den beskrevet for The experimental protocol used is similar to that described for

S mellomprodukt 1,1. Mellomprodukt 26,3 erstatter imidazol. Et gult, fast stoff blir oppnådd i et utbytte på 23%. Smeltepunkt: 199-201X. NMR <1>H (DMSO d6, 400 MHz, 8): 1,40 (s, 18H, 2 tBu), 3,25 (s, 3H, N-CH3), 5,10 (s, 2H, CH2), 6,95 (m, 2H, arom. H), 7,10 (s, 1H, OH), 7,60 (s, 2H, arom. H), 7,80 (s, 1H, tiazol), 8,05 (m, 2H, arom. H). S intermediate 1,1. Intermediate 26.3 replaces imidazole. A yellow solid is obtained in a yield of 23%. Melting point: 199-201X. NMR <1>H (DMSO d6, 400 MHz, 8): 1.40 (s, 18H, 2 tBu), 3.25 (s, 3H, N-CH3), 5.10 (s, 2H, CH2) , 6.95 (m, 2H, arom. H), 7.10 (s, 1H, OH), 7.60 (s, 2H, arom. H), 7.80 (s, 1H, thiazole), 8 .05 (m, 2H, arom. H).

0 16,5 4-[ 3, 5- bis( 1, 1- dimetyletyl)- 4- hydroksyfenyl]- N- metyi- N-( 4- aminofenyl)- 2-tiazolmetanamin: 0 16.5 4-[3,5-bis(1,1-dimethylethyl)-4-hydroxyphenyl]-N-methyl-N-(4-aminophenyl)-2-thiazolemethanamine:

Den anvendte eksperimentelle protokoll er lik den beskrevet for mellomprodukt 17,5. Mellomprodukt 26,4 erstatter mellomprodukt 17,4. Det forventede produktet blir oppnådd i form av et beige skum i et utbytte på 71 %. 5 NMR <1>H (DMSO d6, 400 MHz, 8): 1,40 (s, 18H, 2 tBu), 2,90 (s, 3H, N-CH3), 4,50 (bred s, 2H, NH2), 4,60 (s, 2H, CH2), 6,50 (m, 2H, arom. H), 6,60 (m, 2H, arom. H), 7,10 (s, 1H, OH), 7,60 (s, 2H, arom. H), 7,70 (s, 1H, tiazol). The experimental protocol used is similar to that described for intermediate 17.5. Intermediate product 26.4 replaces intermediate product 17.4. The expected product is obtained in the form of a beige foam in a yield of 71%. 5 NMR <1>H (DMSO d6, 400 MHz, 8): 1.40 (s, 18H, 2 tBu), 2.90 (s, 3H, N-CH3), 4.50 (broad s, 2H, NH2), 4.60 (s, 2H, CH2), 6.50 (m, 2H, arom. H), 6.60 (m, 2H, arom. H), 7.10 (s, 1H, OH) , 7.60 (s, 2H, arom. H), 7.70 (s, 1H, thiazole).

16,6 4-/3, 5- bis( 1, 1- dimetyletyl)- 4- hydroksyfenyl]- N-{ 4-[( imino( 2-tienyl) metyl) amino] fenyl}- N- metyl' 2- tiazolmetanamin- hydmklorid{ 2S)\ 16,6 4-/3, 5- bis( 1, 1- dimethylethyl)- 4- hydroxyphenyl]- N-{ 4-[( imino( 2-thienyl) methyl) amino] phenyl}- N- methyl' 2- thiazolmethanamine hydm chloride{ 2S)\

0 Den anvendte eksperimentelle protokoll er lik den beskrevet for mellomprodukt 4,3. Mellomprodukt 26,5 erstatter mellomprodukt 4,2. Et hvitt pulver blir oppnådd i et utbytte på 67%. Smeltepunkt: 157-160°C. NMR <1>H (DMSO d6, 400 MHz, 8): 1,50 (s, 18H, 2 tBu), 3,15 (s, 3H, N-CH3), 5,00 (s, 2H, 0 The experimental protocol used is similar to that described for intermediate 4.3. Intermediate 26.5 replaces intermediate 4.2. A white powder is obtained in a yield of 67%. Melting point: 157-160°C. NMR <1>H (DMSO d6, 400 MHz, 8): 1.50 (s, 18H, 2 tBu), 3.15 (s, 3H, N-CH3), 5.00 (s, 2H,

CH2), 6,95 (m, 2H, arom. H), 7,15 (s, 1H, OH), 7,20 (m, 2H, arom. H), 7,40 (m, 5 1H, tiofen), 7,65 (s, 2H, arom. H), 7,75 (s, 1H, tiazol), 8,15 (m, 2H, tiofen), 8,70 CH2), 6.95 (m, 2H, arom. H), 7.15 (s, 1H, OH), 7.20 (m, 2H, arom. H), 7.40 (m, 5 1H, thiophene ), 7.65 (s, 2H, arom. H), 7.75 (s, 1H, thiazole), 8.15 (m, 2H, thiophene), 8.70

(bred s, 1H, NH+), 9,70 (bred s, 1H, NH+), 11,30 (bred s, 1H, NH<+>). IR: vC=o (amid): 1648 cm"<1>; vq=n (amidin): 1611 cm"<1>. (broad s, 1H, NH+), 9.70 (broad s, 1H, NH+), 11.30 (broad s, 1H, NH<+>). IR: vC=o (amide): 1648 cm"<1>; vq=n (amidine): 1611 cm"<1>.

Eksempel 17: 4-[3,5-bis(1,1-dimetyletyl)-4-hydroksyfenyl]-N-{4-[(imino(2-tienyl)metyl)amino]fenyl>-N-metyl-1H-imidazol-2-metanamin-hydroklorid (17): 17.1 4-[ 3, 5- bis( 1, 1- dimetyletyl)- 4- hydmksyfenyl]- N- metyl- N-( 4- nitmfen 1- ^ 2-( trimetylsilyl) etoksyJmetyl}- 1H- imidazol- 2- metanam Example 17: 4-[3,5-bis(1,1-dimethylethyl)-4-hydroxyphenyl]-N-{4-[(imino(2-thienyl)methyl)amino]phenyl>-N-methyl-1H- Imidazole-2-methanamine hydrochloride (17): 17.1 4-[ 3, 5- bis( 1, 1- dimethylethyl)- 4- hydmoxyphenyl]- N- methyl- N-( 4- nitrimphene 1- ^ 2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxyJmethyl}-1H-imidazole-2- methanam

Den anvendte eksperimentelle protokoll er lik den beskrevet for mellomprodukt 1,1. Mellomprodukt 22,4 erstatter imidazol. Et gult, fast stoff blir oppnådd i et utbytte på 53%. Smeltepunkt: 149-151°C. NMR <1>H (CDCI3,400 MHz, 8): 0,0 (s, 9H, Si(CH3)3), 0,9 (t, 2H, CH2-Si. J = 8,4 Hz), 1,50 (s, 18H, 2 tBu), 3,15 (s, 3H, N-CH3), 3,50 (t, 2H, O-CHg-CH^-Si. J = 8,4 Hz), 4,80 (s, 2H, N-CHy-imidazol). 5,20 (s, 2H, imidazol-CHg-OSEM), 5,25 (s, 1H, OH), 6,90 (m, 2H, arom. H), 7,10 (s, 1H, imidazol). 7,60 (s, 2H, arom. H), 8,15 (m, 2H, arom. The experimental protocol used is similar to that described for intermediate 1.1. Intermediate 22.4 replaces imidazole. A yellow solid is obtained in a yield of 53%. Melting point: 149-151°C. NMR <1>H (CDCl3,400 MHz, 8): 0.0 (s, 9H, Si(CH3)3), 0.9 (t, 2H, CH2-Si. J = 8.4 Hz), 1 .50 (s, 18H, 2 tBu), 3.15 (s, 3H, N-CH3), 3.50 (t, 2H, O-CHg-CH^-Si. J = 8.4 Hz), 4 .80 (s, 2H, N-CHy-imidazole). 5.20 (s, 2H, imidazole-CHg-OSEM), 5.25 (s, 1H, OH), 6.90 (m, 2H, arom. H), 7.10 (s, 1H, imidazole). 7.60 (s, 2H, arom. H), 8.15 (m, 2H, arom.

H). H).

17.2 4- t3, 5- bis( 1, 1- dimetyletyl)- 4- hydmksyfenyt]- N- m^ 17.2 4- t3, 5- bis(1, 1- dimethylethyl)- 4- hydmoxyphenyt]- N- m^

imidazol- 2- metanamin: imidazole-2-methanamine:

Den anvendte eksperimentelle protokoll er lik den beskrevet for mellomprodukt 22,6. Mellomprodukt 27,1 erstatter mellomprodukt 22,5. Et gult, fast stoff blir oppnådd i et utbytte på 44%. Smeltepunkt: 209-211°C. NMR <1>H (CDCI3, 400 MHz, 8): 1,40 (s, 18H, 2 tBu), 3,20 (s, 3H, N-CH3), 4,70 (s, 2H, CH2), 6,80-7,10 (m, 3H, arom. H), 7,20-7,60 (m, 3H, arom. H + OH), 8,10 (m, 2H, arom. H), 12,00 (s, 1H, NH). 17.3 4-[ 3, 5- bis( 1, 1- dimetyletyl)- 4- hydmksyfenyl}- N- metyl' N-( 4- aminofenyl)- 1H-imidazol- 2- metanamin: Den anvendte eksperimentelle protokoll er lik den beskrevet for mellomprodukt 14,4. Mellomprodukt 27,2 erstatter mellomprodukt 14,3. Et beige skum blir oppnådd i et utbytte på 67%. NMR <1>H (CDCI3,400 MHz, 8): 1,40 (s, 18H, 2 tBu), 2,80 (s, 3H, N-CH3), 4,20 (s, 2H, CH2), 4,30-4,70 (m, 3H, NH2 + NH imidazol), 5,00 (s, 1H, OH), 6,50 (m, 2H, arom. H), 6,70 (m, 2H, arom. H), 6,80 (s, 1H, imidazol), 7,40 (s, 2H, arom. H). 17,4 4-[ 3, 5- bis( 1, 1- dimetyletyl)- 4- hydmksyfenyl]- N-{ 4-[( imino( 2-tienyl) rmtyl) amino] fenyl}- N- metyl- 1H- imidazol- 2- metanam ( 17) : Den anvendte eksperimentelle protokoll er lik den beskrevet for mellomprodukt 4,3. Mellomprodukt 27,3 erstatter mellomprodukt 4,2. Et gult pulver blir oppnådd i et utbytte på 86%. Smeltepunkt: 195-200°C. NMR <1>H The experimental protocol used is similar to that described for intermediate 22.6. Intermediate 27.1 replaces intermediate 22.5. A yellow solid is obtained in a yield of 44%. Melting point: 209-211°C. NMR <1>H (CDCl3, 400 MHz, 8): 1.40 (s, 18H, 2 tBu), 3.20 (s, 3H, N-CH3), 4.70 (s, 2H, CH2), 6.80-7.10 (m, 3H, arom. H), 7.20-7.60 (m, 3H, arom. H + OH), 8.10 (m, 2H, arom. H), 12 .00 (s, 1H, NH). 17.3 4-[3,5-bis(1,1-dimethylethyl)-4-hydroxyphenyl}-N-methyl'N-(4-aminophenyl)-1H-imidazole-2-methanamine: The experimental protocol used is similar to that described for intermediate 14.4. Intermediate 27.2 replaces intermediate 14.3. A beige foam is obtained in a yield of 67%. NMR <1>H (CDCl3,400 MHz, 8): 1.40 (s, 18H, 2 tBu), 2.80 (s, 3H, N-CH3), 4.20 (s, 2H, CH2), 4.30-4.70 (m, 3H, NH2 + NH imidazole), 5.00 (s, 1H, OH), 6.50 (m, 2H, arom. H), 6.70 (m, 2H, arom. H), 6.80 (s, 1H, imidazole), 7.40 (s, 2H, arom. H). 17.4 4-[ 3, 5- bis( 1, 1- dimethylethyl)- 4- hydroxyphenyl]- N- { 4-[( imino( 2-thienyl) rmtyl) amino] phenyl}- N- methyl- 1H- imidazole-2-methanam (17): The experimental protocol used is similar to that described for intermediate 4,3. Intermediate 27.3 replaces intermediate 4.2. A yellow powder is obtained in a yield of 86%. Melting point: 195-200°C. NMR <1>H

(DMSO d6, 400 MHz, 8): 1,50 (s, 18H, 2 tBu), 3,20 (s, 3H, N-CH3), 5,00 (s, 2H, CH2), 7,00 (m, 2H, arom. H), 7,20 (m, 2H, arom. H), 7,40 (m, 2H, tiofen + OH), 7,60 (s, 2H, arom. H), 7,90 (s, 1H, imidazol), 8,20 (m, 2H, tiofen), 8,70 (bred s, 1H, NH*), 9,70 (bred s, 1H, NH+), 11,40 (bred s, 1H, NH+), 14,60 (bred s, 1H, NH<+>), 15,60 (bred s, 1H, NH<+>). IR: vC=o (amid): 1646 cm"<1>; vC=n (amidin): 1612 cm"<1>.(DMSO d6, 400 MHz, 8): 1.50 (s, 18H, 2 tBu), 3.20 (s, 3H, N-CH3), 5.00 (s, 2H, CH2), 7.00 ( m, 2H, arom. H), 7.20 (m, 2H, arom. H), 7.40 (m, 2H, thiophene + OH), 7.60 (s, 2H, arom. H), 7, 90 (s, 1H, imidazole), 8.20 (m, 2H, thiophene), 8.70 (broad s, 1H, NH*), 9.70 (broad s, 1H, NH+), 11.40 (broad s, 1H, NH+), 14.60 (broad s, 1H, NH<+>), 15.60 (broad s, 1H, NH<+>). IR: vC=o (amide): 1646 cm"<1>; vC=n (amidine): 1612 cm"<1>.

Eksempel 18: 3-[3,5-bis(1,1-dimetyletyl)-4-hydroksyfenyl]-4,5-dihydro-5-{2-{4-[(imino(2-tienyl)metyl)amino]fenoksy}etyl}isoksazol (18): 18,1 3-/3, 5- bis( 1, 1- dimetyletyl)- 4- hydrvksyfenyl]- 4, 5- dihydro- 5-isoksazoletanol: 0,09 g (2,4 mmol) L1AIH4 blir i små porsjoner satt til en oppløsning av 0,69 g (2,1 mmol) av mellomprodukt 25,3 i 15 ml tørr THF, avkjølt til 0°C. Etter agitering i én time ved 23°C blir reaksjonsblandingen avkjølt ved anvendelse av et isbad og overskudd av hydrid blir ødelagt ved tilsetning av vann (5 ml). Produktet blir ekstrahert ved anvendelse av to ganger 25 ml etyleter. Den organiske fasen blir vasket to ganger med 10 ml saltvann, tørket over magnesiumsulfat, filtrert og konsentrert under vakuum. Residuet blir renset på silika (elueringsmiddel: heptan/etylacetat: 1/1). Et hvitt skum blir oppnådd i et utbytte på 58%. NMR <1>H (DMSO d6, 100 MHz, 8): 1,40 (s, 18H, 2 tBu), 1,60-1,80 (m, 2H, CH9-CH7-O), 3,05 (m, 1H, 1/2 CH2 isoksazolin), 3,40 (m, 1H, 1/2 CH2 isoksazolin), 3,50 (m, 2H, CH9-CH7-OI 4,60 (s, 1H, OH), 4,70 (m, 1H, CH isoksazolin), 7,40 (bred s, 3H, arom. H + OH). 18.2 3-/3, 5- bis( 1, 1- dimetyletyl)- 4- hydroksyfenyl]- 4, 5- dihydro- 5-[ 2-( 4-nitrofenoksy) etyl] isoksazol: En blanding sammensatt av 0,37 g (1,58 mmol) av mellomprodukt 28,1, 0,5 ml Aliquat 336, 0,18 g (1,27 mmol) 4-fluornitrobenzen og 0,071 g (1,27 mmol) KOH i 2 ml toluen blir oppvarmet ved 80°C i 2 timer. Etter at reaksjonsblandingen har kommet tilbake til 23°C blir den fordelt mellom 50 ml diklormetan og 20 ml vann. Etter dekantering blir den organiske fasen vasket med 20 ml vann fulgt av 20 ml saltvann. Den organiske løsningen blir deretter tørket over magnesiumsulfat, filtrert og konsentrert under vakuum. Inndampningsresiduet blir renset på en silikakolonne (elueringsmiddel: heptan/etylacetat: gradient 10/0 opptil 0/10). Et hvitt pulver blir oppnådd i et utbytte på 60%. Smeltepunkt: 151-153X. NMR <1>H (CDCI3,400 MHz, 8): 1,50 (s, 18H, 2 tBu), 2,15 (m, 2H, CH9-CH9-O). 3,10 (dd, 1H, 1/2 CH2 isoksazolin, J = 16,3 Hz og J = 6,65 Hz), 3,50 (dd, 1H, 1/2 CH2 isoksazolin, J = 16,3 Hz og J = 10,4 Hz), 4,10^,30 (m, 2H, CH9-CH9-O). 5,00 (m, 1H, CH isoksazolin), 5,50 (s, 1H, OH), 6,90 (m, 2H, arom. H), 7,50 (s, 2H, arom. H), 8,20 (m, 2H, arom. Example 18: 3-[3,5-bis(1,1-dimethylethyl)-4-hydroxyphenyl]-4,5-dihydro-5-{2-{4-[(imino(2-thienyl)methyl)amino] phenoxy}ethyl}isoxazole (18): 18.1 3-/3,5-bis(1,1-dimethylethyl)-4-hydroxyphenyl]-4,5-dihydro-5-isoxazoleethanol: 0.09 g (2, 4 mmol) L1AIH4 is added in small portions to a solution of 0.69 g (2.1 mmol) of intermediate 25.3 in 15 ml of dry THF, cooled to 0°C. After stirring for one hour at 23°C, the reaction mixture is cooled using an ice bath and excess hydride is destroyed by the addition of water (5 mL). The product is extracted using twice 25 ml of ethyl ether. The organic phase is washed twice with 10 ml of brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under vacuum. The residue is purified on silica (eluent: heptane/ethyl acetate: 1/1). A white foam is obtained in a yield of 58%. NMR <1>H (DMSO d6, 100 MHz, 8): 1.40 (s, 18H, 2 tBu), 1.60-1.80 (m, 2H, CH9-CH7-O), 3.05 ( m, 1H, 1/2 CH2 isoxazoline), 3.40 (m, 1H, 1/2 CH2 isoxazoline), 3.50 (m, 2H, CH9-CH7-OI 4.60 (s, 1H, OH), 4.70 (m, 1H, CH isoxazoline), 7.40 (broad s, 3H, arom. H + OH). 18.2 3-/3, 5- bis( 1, 1- dimethylethyl)- 4- hydroxyphenyl]- 4, 5- dihydro- 5-[ 2-( 4-nitrophenoxy) ethyl] isoxazole: A mixture composed of 0.37 g (1.58 mmol) of intermediate 28.1, 0.5 ml Aliquat 336, 0.18 g (1.27 mmol) of 4-fluoronitrobenzene and 0.071 g (1.27 mmol) of KOH in 2 mL of toluene are heated at 80° C. for 2 hours. After the reaction mixture has returned to 23° C., it is partitioned between 50 mL dichloromethane and 20 ml of water. After decantation, the organic phase is washed with 20 ml of water followed by 20 ml of brine. The organic solution is then dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under vacuum. The evaporation residue is purified on a silica column (eluent: heptane/ethyl acetate : gradient 10/0 up to 0/10) . A white powder is obtained in a yield of 60%. Melting point: 151-153X. NMR <1>H (CDCl 3 , 400 MHz, δ): 1.50 (s, 18H, 2 tBu), 2.15 (m, 2H, CH 9 -CH 9 -O). 3.10 (dd, 1H, 1/2 CH2 isoxazoline, J = 16.3 Hz and J = 6.65 Hz), 3.50 (dd, 1H, 1/2 CH2 isoxazoline, J = 16.3 Hz and J = 10.4 Hz), 4.10^.30 (m, 2H, CH9-CH9-O). 5.00 (m, 1H, CH isoxazoline), 5.50 (s, 1H, OH), 6.90 (m, 2H, arom. H), 7.50 (s, 2H, arom. H), 8 ,20 (m, 2H, arom.

H). H).

18.3 3-/3, 5- bis( 1, 1- dimetyletyl)- 4- hydroksyfenyl]- 4, 5- dihydro- 5-[ 2-( 4-aminofenoksy) etyl] isoksazol: Den anvendte eksperimentelle protokoll er lik den beskrevet for mellomprodukt 17,5. Mellomprodukt 28,2 erstatter mellomprodukt 17,4. Et hvitt pulver blir oppnådd i et utbytte på 60%. Smeltepunkt: 129-131°C. NMR <1>H (DMSO d6, 400 MHz, 8): 1,35 (s, 18H, 2 tBu), 2,00 (m, 2H, CH7-CH7-O). 3,15 18.3 3-/3, 5- bis( 1, 1- dimethylethyl)- 4- hydroxyphenyl]- 4, 5- dihydro- 5-[ 2-( 4-aminophenoxy) ethyl] isoxazole: The experimental protocol used is similar to that described for intermediate 17.5. Intermediate 28.2 replaces intermediate 17.4. A white powder is obtained in a yield of 60%. Melting point: 129-131°C. NMR <1>H (DMSO d6 , 400 MHz, 8): 1.35 (s, 18H, 2 tBu), 2.00 (m, 2H, CH7-CH7-O). 3.15

(dd, 1H, 1/2 CH2 isoksazolin, J = 16,7 Hz og J = 7,5 Hz), 3,40 (dd, 1H, 1/2 CH2 isoksazolin, J = 16,7 Hz og J = 10,5 Hz), 3,90 (m, 2H, CH9-CH9-O). 4,60 (s, 2H, NH2), 4,70 (m, 1H, CH isoksazolin), 6,50 (rn, 2H, arom. H), 6,70 (m, 2H, arom. H), 7,40 (s, 3H, arom. H + OH). (dd, 1H, 1/2 CH2 isoxazoline, J = 16.7 Hz and J = 7.5 Hz), 3.40 (dd, 1H, 1/2 CH2 isoxazoline, J = 16.7 Hz and J = 10 .5 Hz), 3.90 (m, 2H, CH9-CH9-O). 4.60 (s, 2H, NH2), 4.70 (m, 1H, CH isoxazoline), 6.50 (rn, 2H, arom. H), 6.70 (m, 2H, arom. H), 7 .40 (s, 3H, arom. H + OH).

18.4 3-/3, 5- bis( 1, 1<limetytetyl)- 4- hydmksyfenyl]- 4, 5- dihydro- 5-{ 2- W 18.4 3-/3, 5- bis( 1, 1<limetylethyl)- 4- hydroxyphenyl]- 4, 5- dihydro- 5-{ 2- W

tienyl) metyl) amino] fenoksy} etyl} isoksazoi (18): thienyl) methyl) amino] phenoxy} ethyl} isoxazoi (18):

Den anvendte eksperimentelle protokoll er lik den beskrevet for mellomprodukt 4,3. Mellomprodukt 28,3 erstatter mellomprodukt 4,2. Et hvitt, fast stoff blir oppnådd i et utbytte på 32%. Smeltepunkt: 240-245X. NMR <1>H (DMSO d6, 400 MHz, 8): 1,40 (s, 18H, 2 tBu), 2,15 (m, 2H, CH9-CH9-O). 3,20 (dd, 1H, 1/2 CH2 isoksazolin, J = 16,65 Hz og J = 7,35 Hz), 3,50 (dd, 1H, 1/2 CH2 isoksazolin, J = 16,65 Hz og J = 10,3 Hz), 4,20 (bred s, 2H, CH9-CH9-O), 4,90 (rn, 1H, CH isoksazolin), 7,20 (m, 2H, arom. H), 7,40 (m, 6H, arom. H + OH), 8,20 (m, 2H, tiofen), 8,80 (bred s, 1H, NH<+>), 9,80 (bred s, 1H, NH<+>), 11,40 (bred s, 1H, NH<+>). IR: vc=o (amid): 1655 cm"<1>; vc=n (amidin): 1618 cm"<1>. The experimental protocol used is similar to that described for intermediate 4.3. Intermediate 28.3 replaces intermediate 4.2. A white solid is obtained in a yield of 32%. Melting point: 240-245X. NMR <1>H (DMSO d6 , 400 MHz, 8): 1.40 (s, 18H, 2 tBu), 2.15 (m, 2H, CH9-CH9-O). 3.20 (dd, 1H, 1/2 CH2 isoxazoline, J = 16.65 Hz and J = 7.35 Hz), 3.50 (dd, 1H, 1/2 CH2 isoxazoline, J = 16.65 Hz and J = 10.3 Hz), 4.20 (broad s, 2H, CH9-CH9-O), 4.90 (rn, 1H, CH isoxazoline), 7.20 (m, 2H, arom. H), 7 .40 (m, 6H, arom. H + OH), 8.20 (m, 2H, thiophene), 8.80 (broad s, 1H, NH<+>), 9.80 (broad s, 1H, NH <+>), 11.40 (broad s, 1H, NH<+>). IR: vc=o (amide): 1655 cm"<1>; vc=n (amidine): 1618 cm"<1>.

Eksempel 19:1-{[3,5-bis(1,1-dimetyletyl)-4-hydroksyfenyl]amino}-karbonyl}-3-{4-[(imino(2-tienyl)metyl)amino]fenoksy}azetidin-hydroklorid (19): Example 19: 1-{[3,5-bis(1,1-dimethylethyl)-4-hydroxyphenyl]amino}carbonyl}-3-{4-[(imino(2-thienyl)methyl)amino]phenoxy}azetidine -hydrochloride (19):

19.1 1-( difenylmetyl)- 3-( 4- nitmfenoksy) azetidin: 19.1 1-(diphenylmethyl)-3-(4-nitrophenoxy)azetidine:

0,5 g (2 mmol) 1-(difenylmetyl)-3-hydroksyazetidin blir under en argonatmosfære satt til en suspensjon av 0,06 g (2,3 mmol) NaH i 20 ml tørr THF. Etter agitering i én time ved 23°C blir en oppløsning av 0,29 g (2,1 mmol) 4-fluornitrobenzen i 5 ml tørr THF satt dråpevis til reaksjonsblandingen. Agitering blir fortsatt i ytterligere 2 timer ved 23°C og det hele blir til slutt hellet i 25 ml vann. Produktet blir ekstrahert to ganger med 25 ml etylacetat, og den organiske fasen blir deretter vasket to ganger med 25 ml saltvann, tørket over magnesiumsulfat, filtrert og konsentrert under vakuum. Produktet blir renset på en silikakolonne (elueringsmiddel: 12% av etylacetat i heptan). De rene fraksjoner blir inndampet, hvilket gir en fargeløs olje i et utbytte på 40%. NMR <1>H (CDCI3, 400 MHz, 8): 3,20 (m, 2H, azetidin), 4,50 (s, 1H, CH-(Ph)2), 4,80 (m, 2H, azetidin), 4,90 (m, 1H, CH-O), 6,80 (m, 2H, arom. H), 7,20-7,50 (m, 10H, arom. H), 8,20 (m, 2H, arom. H). 0.5 g (2 mmol) of 1-(diphenylmethyl)-3-hydroxyazetidine is added under an argon atmosphere to a suspension of 0.06 g (2.3 mmol) of NaH in 20 ml of dry THF. After stirring for one hour at 23°C, a solution of 0.29 g (2.1 mmol) of 4-fluoronitrobenzene in 5 ml of dry THF is added dropwise to the reaction mixture. Agitation is continued for a further 2 hours at 23°C and the whole is finally poured into 25 ml of water. The product is extracted twice with 25 ml of ethyl acetate, and the organic phase is then washed twice with 25 ml of brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under vacuum. The product is purified on a silica column (eluent: 12% of ethyl acetate in heptane). The pure fractions are evaporated, which gives a colorless oil in a yield of 40%. NMR <1>H (CDCl3, 400 MHz, 8): 3.20 (m, 2H, azetidine), 4.50 (s, 1H, CH-(Ph)2), 4.80 (m, 2H, azetidine ), 4.90 (m, 1H, CH-O), 6.80 (m, 2H, arom. H), 7.20-7.50 (m, 10H, arom. H), 8.20 (m , 2H, arom.H).

19.2 1-( difenylmetyl)- 3-( 4- aminofenoksy) azetidin: 19.2 1-(diphenylmethyl)-3-(4-aminophenoxy)azetidine:

Den anvendte eksperimentelle protokoll er lik den beskrevet for mellomprodukt 17,5. Mellomprodukt 29,1 erstatter mellomprodukt 17,4. En fargeløs olje blir oppnådd i et utbytte på 75%. NMR <1>H (CDCI3,400 MHz, 8): 3,10 (m, 2H, azetidin), 3,40 (bred s, 2H, NH2), 4,40 (s, 1H, CH-(Ph)2), 4,70 (m, 2H, azetidin), 4,75 (m, 1H, CH-O), 6,60 (s, 4H, arom. H), 7,10-7,40 (m, 10H, arom. H). 19.3 1-( difenylmetyl)- 3-{ 4-[( 1, 1- dimetyletoksy) karbonyl]-aminofenoksy} azetidin: Beskyttelse av aminet blir utført på standard måte med BocOBoc i nærvær av trietylamin i diklormetan. Et hvitt, fast stoff blir oppnådd i et utbytte på 77%. Smeltepunkt: 149-151°C. NMR <1>H (DMSO d6,400 MHz, 8): 1,40 (s, 9H, tBu), 2,90 (bred s, 2H, azetidin), 3,60 (bred s, 2H, azetidin), 4,50 (s, 1H, CH-(Ph)2), 4,70 (m, 1H, CH-O), 6,70 (m, 2H, arom. H), 7,10-7,60 (m, 12H, \rom. H), 9,10 (s, 1H, NH). The experimental protocol used is similar to that described for intermediate 17.5. Intermediate 29.1 replaces intermediate 17.4. A colorless oil is obtained in a yield of 75%. NMR <1>H (CDCl3,400 MHz, 8): 3.10 (m, 2H, azetidine), 3.40 (broad s, 2H, NH2), 4.40 (s, 1H, CH-(Ph) 2), 4.70 (m, 2H, azetidine), 4.75 (m, 1H, CH-O), 6.60 (s, 4H, arom. H), 7.10-7.40 (m, 10H, arom.H). 19.3 1-(diphenylmethyl)-3-{4-[(1,1-dimethylethoxy)carbonyl]-aminophenoxy}azetidine: Protection of the amine is carried out in the standard way with BocOBoc in the presence of triethylamine in dichloromethane. A white solid is obtained in a yield of 77%. Melting point: 149-151°C. NMR <1>H (DMSO d6,400 MHz, 8): 1.40 (s, 9H, tBu), 2.90 (broad s, 2H, azetidine), 3.60 (broad s, 2H, azetidine), 4.50 (s, 1H, CH-(Ph)2), 4.70 (m, 1H, CH-O), 6.70 (m, 2H, arom. H), 7.10-7.60 ( m, 12H, \rom. H), 9.10 (s, 1H, NH).

19.4 3-{ 4-[( 1, 1- dimetyletoksy) karbonyl] aminofenoksy} azetidin: 19.4 3-{ 4-[( 1, 1- dimethylethoxy) carbonyl] aminophenoxy} azetidine:

Den anvendte eksperimentelle protokoll er lik den beskrevet for mellomprodukt 14,4 bortsett fra hydrogeneringskatalysatoren som blir erstattet med Pd(OH)2- Et hvitt, fast stoff blir oppnådd i et utbytte på 78%. Smeltepunkt 184-186°C. NMR <1>H (DMSO d6,400 MHz, 8): 1,50 (s, 9H, tBu), 3,50 (m, 2H, azetidin), 3,70 (m, 2H, azetidin), 4,90 (m, 1H, CH-O), 6,70 (m, 2H, arom. H), 7,30 (m, 2H, arom. H), 9,10 (s, 1H, NH). 19.5 1 -{[ 3, 5- bis( 1, 1- dimetyletyl)- 4- hydroksyfenyl] amino} karbonyl}- 3-{ 4-[( 1, 1-dimetyletoksy) karbonyl] aminofenoksy} azetidin: En løsning av 0,6 g (2,7 mmol) av mellomprodukt 10,2 i 10 ml diklormetan blir satt dråpevis, over én time, til en oppløsning av 0,27 g (0,9 mmol) trifosgen i 6 ml diklormetan. Etter agitering i 5 minutter ved 23°C blir en oppløsning av 0,72 g (2,7 mmol) av mellomprodukt 29,4 og 0,52 ml (3 mmol) diisopropyletylamin i 6 ml diklormetan tilsatt i én porsjon. Reaksjonsblandingen blir omrørt i 2 timer ved 23°C og til slutt inndampet til tørrhet under vakuum. Residuet blir fortynnet i 50 ml etylacetat og denne organiske løsningen blir vasket to ganger med 25 ml vann fulgt av 25 ml saltvann. Etter tørking over magnesiumsulfat og filtrering blir den organiske løsningen konsentrert under vakuum. Residuet blir renset på en silikakolonne (elueringsmiddel: heptan/etylacetat: 7/3). Et hvitt, fast stoff blir oppnådd i et utbytte på 61%. Smeltepunkt: 224-226X. NMR <1>H (DMSO d6, 400 MHz, 8): 1,35 (s, 18H, 2 tBu), 1,45 (s, 9H, tBu), 3,80 (m, 2H, azetidin), 4,30 (m, 2H, azetidin), 4,90 (m, 1H, CH-O), 6,60 (s, 1H, OH), 6,70 (m, 2H, arom. H), 7,20 (s, 2H, arom. H), 7,35 (m, 2H, arom. H), 8,20 (s, 1H, NH urinstoff), 9,10 (s, 1H, NH). 19.6 1-{[ 3, 5- bis( 1, 1- dimetyletyl)- 4- hydroksyfeny!] amino} karbonyl}- 3-( 4-aminofenoksy) azetidin: Den anvendte eksperimentelle protokoll er lik den beskrevet for mellomprodukt 26,3. Mellomprodukt 29,5 erstatter mellomprodukt 26,2. Et hvitt, fast stoff blir oppnådd i et utbytte på 93%. Smeltepunkt: 225-227X. NMR <1>H (DMSO d6, 400 MHz, 8): 1,30 (s, 18H, 2 tBu), 3,80 (m, 2H, azetidin), 4,30 (m, 2H, azetidin), 4,70 (bred s, 2H, NH2), 4,85 (m, 1H, CH-O), 6,40-6,70 (m, 5H, arom. H + OH), 7,25 (s, 2H, arom. H), 8,20 (s, 1H, NH urinstoff). 19.7 1-{[ 3, 5- bis( 1, 1- dimetyletyl)- 4- hydroksyfenyl] amino} karbonyl}- 3-{ 4- [( imino( 2- tienyl) metyl) amino] fenoksy} azetidin- hydmklorid (19): Den anvendte eksperimentelle protokoll er lik den beskrevet for mellomprodukt 4,3. Mellomprodukt 29,6 erstatter mellomprodukt 4,2. Et hvitt, fast stoff blir oppnådd i et utbytte på 16%. Smeltepunkt: 235-240°C. NMR <1>H (DMSO d6, 400 MHz, 5): 1,30 (s, 18H, 2 tBu), 3,90 (m, 2H, azetidin), 4,40 (m, 2H, azetidin), 5,10 (m, 1H, CH-O), 6,60 (s, 1H, OH), 6,90-7,50 (m, 7H, arom. H), 8,20 (m, 2H, tiofen), 8,30 (s, 1H, NH urinstoff), 8,80 (s, 1H, NH<+>), 9,80 (s, IH, NH<+>), 11,50 (s, 1H, NH<+>). IR: vC=o (urinstoff): 1660 cm<-1>; vC=n (amidin): 1640 cm"<1>. The experimental protocol used is similar to that described for intermediate 14.4 except for the hydrogenation catalyst which is replaced with Pd(OH)2- A white solid is obtained in a yield of 78%. Melting point 184-186°C. NMR <1>H (DMSO d6,400 MHz, 8): 1.50 (s, 9H, tBu), 3.50 (m, 2H, azetidine), 3.70 (m, 2H, azetidine), 4, 90 (m, 1H, CH-O), 6.70 (m, 2H, arom. H), 7.30 (m, 2H, arom. H), 9.10 (s, 1H, NH). 19.5 1-{[ 3, 5- bis( 1, 1- dimethylethyl)- 4- hydroxyphenyl] amino} carbonyl}- 3-{ 4-[( 1, 1-dimethylethoxy) carbonyl] aminophenoxy} azetidine: A solution of 0 .6 g (2.7 mmol) of intermediate 10.2 in 10 ml of dichloromethane is added dropwise, over one hour, to a solution of 0.27 g (0.9 mmol) of triphosgene in 6 ml of dichloromethane. After stirring for 5 minutes at 23°C, a solution of 0.72 g (2.7 mmol) of intermediate 29.4 and 0.52 ml (3 mmol) of diisopropylethylamine in 6 ml of dichloromethane is added in one portion. The reaction mixture is stirred for 2 hours at 23°C and finally evaporated to dryness under vacuum. The residue is diluted in 50 ml of ethyl acetate and this organic solution is washed twice with 25 ml of water followed by 25 ml of brine. After drying over magnesium sulfate and filtration, the organic solution is concentrated under vacuum. The residue is purified on a silica column (eluent: heptane/ethyl acetate: 7/3). A white solid is obtained in a yield of 61%. Melting point: 224-226X. NMR <1>H (DMSO d6, 400 MHz, 8): 1.35 (s, 18H, 2 tBu), 1.45 (s, 9H, tBu), 3.80 (m, 2H, azetidine), 4 .30 (m, 2H, azetidine), 4.90 (m, 1H, CH-O), 6.60 (s, 1H, OH), 6.70 (m, 2H, arom. H), 7.20 (s, 2H, arom. H), 7.35 (m, 2H, arom. H), 8.20 (s, 1H, NH urea), 9.10 (s, 1H, NH). 19.6 1-{[ 3, 5- bis( 1, 1- dimethylethyl)- 4- hydroxyphenyl!] amino} carbonyl}- 3-( 4-aminophenoxy) azetidine: The experimental protocol used is similar to that described for intermediate 26.3 . Intermediate product 29.5 replaces intermediate product 26.2. A white solid is obtained in a yield of 93%. Melting point: 225-227X. NMR <1>H (DMSO d6, 400 MHz, 8): 1.30 (s, 18H, 2 tBu), 3.80 (m, 2H, azetidine), 4.30 (m, 2H, azetidine), 4 .70 (broad s, 2H, NH2), 4.85 (m, 1H, CH-O), 6.40-6.70 (m, 5H, arom. H + OH), 7.25 (s, 2H , arom. H), 8.20 (s, 1H, NH urea). 19.7 1-{[ 3, 5- bis( 1, 1- dimethylethyl)- 4- hydroxyphenyl] amino} carbonyl}- 3-{ 4- [( imino(2-thienyl) methyl) amino] phenoxy} azetidine diamine chloride (19): The experimental protocol used is similar to that described for intermediate 4,3. Intermediate product 29.6 replaces intermediate product 4.2. A white solid is obtained in a yield of 16%. Melting point: 235-240°C. NMR <1>H (DMSO d6, 400 MHz, 5): 1.30 (s, 18H, 2 tBu), 3.90 (m, 2H, azetidine), 4.40 (m, 2H, azetidine), 5 .10 (m, 1H, CH-O), 6.60 (s, 1H, OH), 6.90-7.50 (m, 7H, arom. H), 8.20 (m, 2H, thiophene) , 8.30 (s, 1H, NH urea), 8.80 (s, 1H, NH<+>), 9.80 (s, IH, NH<+>), 11.50 (s, 1H, NH <+>). IR: vC=o (urea): 1660 cm<-1>; vC=n (amidine): 1640 cm"<1>.

Eksempel 20:1 -(2-hydroksy-5-metoksybenzoyl)-3-{4-'(imino(2-tienyl)metyl)amino]fenoksy}azetidin-hydroklorid (20): 20.1 1-( 2- hydroksy- 5- metoksybenzoyl)- 3-{ 4-[( 1, 1- dimetyletoksy) karbonyl]-aminofenoksy} azetidin: Kondensering av 2-hydroksy 5-metoksybenzosyre og mellomprodukt 29,4 blir utført under samme eksperimentelle betingelser som de beskrevet for mellomprodukt 8,1. Et hvitt, fast stoff blir oppnådd i et utbytte på 62%. Smeltepunkt: 152-153°C. NMR <1>H (DMSO d6, 400 MHz, 8): 1,50 (s, 9H, tBu), 3,70 (s, 3H, OCH3), 4,00-4,80 (m, 4H, azetidin), 5,00 (m, 1H, CH-O), 6,70-6,90 (m, 5H, arom. H), 7,30 (m, 2H, arom. H), 9,1 (s, 1H, OH), 10,65 (s, 1H.NH). Example 20: 1 -(2-hydroxy-5-methoxybenzoyl)-3-{4-'(imino(2-thienyl)methyl)amino]phenoxy}azetidine hydrochloride (20): 20.1 1-(2-hydroxy-5 - methoxybenzoyl)- 3-{ 4-[( 1, 1- dimethylethoxy) carbonyl]-aminophenoxy} azetidine: Condensation of 2-hydroxy 5-methoxybenzoic acid and intermediate 29.4 is carried out under the same experimental conditions as those described for intermediate 8, 1. A white solid is obtained in a yield of 62%. Melting point: 152-153°C. NMR <1>H (DMSO d6, 400 MHz, 8): 1.50 (s, 9H, tBu), 3.70 (s, 3H, OCH3), 4.00-4.80 (m, 4H, azetidine ), 5.00 (m, 1H, CH-O), 6.70-6.90 (m, 5H, arom. H), 7.30 (m, 2H, arom. H), 9.1 (s , 1H, OH), 10.65 (s, 1H.NH).

20.2 1-( 2- hydmksy- 5~ metoksybenzoyl)- 3- aminofenoksy- azetidin: 20.2 1-(2-hydroxy-5~ methoxybenzoyl)-3- aminophenoxy-azetidine:

Den anvendte eksperimentelle protokoll er lik den beskrevet for mellomprodukt 26,3. Mellomprodukt 30,1 erstatter mellomprodukt 26,2. En gul olje blir oppnådd i et utbytte på 90%. NMR <1>H (DMSO d6,400 MHz, 8): 3,25 (bred s, 2H, NH2), 3,80 (s, 3H, OCH3), 4,20-4,90 (m, 4H, azetidin), 4,95 (m, 1H, CH-O), 6,60-7,00 (m, 7H, arom. H), 11,35 (bred s, 1H, OH). 20.3 1-( 2- hydmksy- 5- metoksybenzoyl)- 3-{ 4-[( imino( 2- tienyl) metyl)-amino] fenoksy} azetidin- hydrok\ orid (20): Den anvendte eksperimentelle protokoll er lik den beskrevet for mellomprodukt 4,3. Mellomprodukt 30,2 erstatter mellomprodukt 4,2. Et hvitt pulver blir oppnådd i et utbytte på 44%. Smeltepunkt: 165-166X. NMR <1>H (DMSO d6, 400 MHz, 8): 3,70 (s, 3H, OCH3), 4,00^,80 (m, 4H, azetidin), 5,15 (m, 1H, CH-O), 6,80-7,10 (m, 5H. arom. H), 7,40 (m, 3H, arom. H), 8,20 (m, 2H, tiofen), 8,75 (bred s, 1H, NH<+>), 9,80 (bred s, 1H, NH<+>), 10,60 (s, 1H, OH), II, 50 (bred s, 1H, NH+). IR: vC=o (amid): 1655 cm"<1>; vC=n (amidin): 1612 cm"<1>. The experimental protocol used is similar to that described for intermediate 26.3. Intermediate product 30.1 replaces intermediate product 26.2. A yellow oil is obtained in a yield of 90%. NMR <1>H (DMSO d6,400 MHz, 8): 3.25 (broad s, 2H, NH2), 3.80 (s, 3H, OCH3), 4.20-4.90 (m, 4H, azetidine), 4.95 (m, 1H, CH-O), 6.60-7.00 (m, 7H, arom. H), 11.35 (broad s, 1H, OH). 20.3 1-(2-hydroxy-5-methoxybenzoyl)-3-{4-[(imino(2-thienyl)methyl)-amino]phenoxy}azetidine hydrochloride (20): The experimental protocol used is similar to that described for intermediate 4.3. Intermediate 30.2 replaces intermediate 4.2. A white powder is obtained in a yield of 44%. Melting point: 165-166X. NMR <1>H (DMSO d6, 400 MHz, 8): 3.70 (s, 3H, OCH3), 4.00^.80 (m, 4H, azetidine), 5.15 (m, 1H, CH- O), 6.80-7.10 (m, 5H, arom. H), 7.40 (m, 3H, arom. H), 8.20 (m, 2H, thiophene), 8.75 (broad s , 1H, NH<+>), 9.80 (broad s, 1H, NH<+>), 10.60 (s, 1H, OH), II, 50 (broad s, 1H, NH+). IR: vC=o (amide): 1655 cm"<1>; vC=n (amidine): 1612 cm"<1>.

Eksempel 21: 1 -[(3,4-dihydro-6-hydroksy-2,5,7,8-tetrametyl-2H-[1 ]-benzopyran-2-yi)karbonyl]-4-[4-[(imino(2-tienyl)metyl)amino]fenoksy}-piperidin-/]ydrøk/o/7d(21): Example 21: 1-[(3,4-dihydro-6-hydroxy-2,5,7,8-tetramethyl-2H-[1]-benzopyran-2-yl)carbonyl]-4-[4-[(imino (2-thienyl)methyl)amino]phenoxy}-piperidine-/]hydroxide/o/7d(21):

21.1 1, 1- dimetyletyl 4-( 4- nitrofenoksy)- 1- piperidinekarboksylat 21.1 1, 1- Dimethylethyl 4-( 4- nitrophenoxy)- 1- piperidine carboxylate

En løsning av 2,01 g (10 mmol) N-Boc-4-hydroksypiperidin (fremstilt på standard måte ved å starte fra kommersiell 4-hydroksypiperidin) i 10 ml tørr THF blir satt dråpevis til en oppløsning av 1,23 g (11 mmol) tBuO"K<+> i 10 ml tørr THF i en trehalset kolbe, under en inert atmosfære, avkjølt med et isbad. Etter agitering i 30 minutter ved 0°C blir en oppløsning av 1,06 ml (10 mmol) 4-fluornitrobenzen i 10 ml tørr THF tilsatt dråpevis. Reaksjonsblandingen blir omrørt i 5 timer ved 23°C og til slutt hellet i 25 ml av en vann + is-blanding. Produktet blir ekstrahert ved anvendelse av 50 ml etylacetat. Etter dekantering blir den organiske fasen vasket to ganger med 25 ml vann og 25 ml saltvann. Den organiske løsningen blir tørket over magnesiumsulfat, fulgt av filtrering og konsentrasjon av filtratet under vakuum, hvilket gir en rest som blir renset på en silikakolonne (elueringsmiddel: heptan/etylacetat: 8/2). De rene fraksjoner blir oppsamlet og inndampet under vakuum. Det forventede produktet blir oppnådd i form av et blekgult pulver i et utbytte på 47%. Smeltepunkt: 97-98°C. A solution of 2.01 g (10 mmol) of N-Boc-4-hydroxypiperidine (prepared in the standard manner starting from commercial 4-hydroxypiperidine) in 10 mL of dry THF is added dropwise to a solution of 1.23 g (11 mmol) tBuO"K<+> in 10 ml of dry THF in a three-necked flask, under an inert atmosphere, cooled with an ice bath. After stirring for 30 minutes at 0°C, a solution of 1.06 ml (10 mmol) 4 -fluoronitrobenzene in 10 ml of dry THF added dropwise. The reaction mixture is stirred for 5 hours at 23°C and finally poured into 25 ml of a water + ice mixture. The product is extracted using 50 ml of ethyl acetate. After decantation, the organic phase washed twice with 25 ml of water and 25 ml of brine. The organic solution is dried over magnesium sulfate, followed by filtration and concentration of the filtrate under vacuum, giving a residue which is purified on a silica column (eluent: heptane/ethyl acetate: 8/ 2).The pure fractions are collected and evaporated under vacuum.The expected prod The compound is obtained in the form of a pale yellow powder in a yield of 47%. Melting point: 97-98°C.

21.2 4-( 4- nitrofenoksy) piperidin: 21.2 4-(4-nitrophenoxy) piperidine:

Den anvendte eksperimentelle protokoll er lik den beskrevet for mellomprodukt 19,2. Mellomprodukt 31,1 erstatter mellomprodukt 19,1. En gul olje blir oppnådd i et utbytte på 87%. NMR <1>H (CDCI3, 100 MHz, 8): 1,58 (s, 1H, NH), 1,59-2,19 (m, 4H, CH2-CH2), 2,65-3,30 (m, 4H, CH2-CH2), 4,51 (m, 1H, CH-O), 6,98 (m, 2H, arom. H), 8,21 (m, 2H, arom. H). The experimental protocol used is similar to that described for intermediate 19.2. Intermediate product 31.1 replaces intermediate product 19.1. A yellow oil is obtained in a yield of 87%. NMR <1>H (CDCl3, 100 MHz, 8): 1.58 (s, 1H, NH), 1.59-2.19 (m, 4H, CH2-CH2), 2.65-3.30 ( m, 4H, CH2-CH2), 4.51 (m, 1H, CH-O), 6.98 (m, 2H, arom. H), 8.21 (m, 2H, arom. H).

21.3 1- 1( 3, 4- dihydro- 6- hydroksy- 2, 5, 7, 8- tetrametyl- 2H-[ 1]- benzopyran- 2-yl) karbonyl]- 4-( 4- nitmfenyl) piperidin\ 21.3 1- 1( 3, 4- dihydro- 6- hydroxy- 2, 5, 7, 8- tetramethyl- 2H-[ 1]- benzopyran- 2-yl) carbonyl]- 4-( 4-nitrophenyl) piperidine\

Den anvendte eksperimentelle protokoll er lik den beskrevet for mellomprodukt 19,3. Mellomprodukt 31,2 erstatter mellomprodukt 19,2. Et blekgult pulver blir oppnådd i et urenset utbytte på 83%. Produktet er tilstrekkelig rent til å anvendes direkte i det følgende trinn. The experimental protocol used is similar to that described for intermediate 19.3. Intermediate 31.2 replaces intermediate 19.2. A pale yellow powder is obtained in an impure yield of 83%. The product is sufficiently pure to be used directly in the following step.

21.4 1-[( 3, 4- dihydro- 6- hydroksy- 2, 5, 7, 8- tetrametyl- 2H-[ 1]- benzopyran- 2-yl) karbonyl]- 4-( 4- aminofenyl) piperidin: Den anvendte eksperimentelle protokoll er lignende den beskrevet for mellomprodukt 14,4. Mellomprodukt 31,3 erstatter mellomprodukt14,3. 21.4 1-[( 3, 4- dihydro- 6- hydroxy- 2, 5, 7, 8- tetramethyl- 2H-[ 1]- benzopyran- 2-yl) carbonyl]- 4-( 4- aminophenyl) piperidine: The The experimental protocol used is similar to that described for intermediate 14.4. Intermediate 31.3 replaces intermediate 14.3.

Reaksjonen blir utført i en diklormetan/etanol-blanding (1/1). Et hvitt pulver blir oppnådd i et utbytte på 77%. Smeltepunkt: 153-154°C. NMR <1>H (CDCI3 + D20, 400 MHz, 8): 1,60-2,18 (m, 18H, CH2 + Trolox), 2,52-2,81 (m, 2H, CH2), 3,41-4,28 (m, 5H, 2 x CH2 + CH-O), 6,63 (m, 2H, arom. H), 6,74 (m, 2H, arom. H). The reaction is carried out in a dichloromethane/ethanol mixture (1/1). A white powder is obtained in a yield of 77%. Melting point: 153-154°C. NMR <1>H (CDCl3 + D2 O, 400 MHz, 8): 1.60-2.18 (m, 18H, CH2 + Trolox), 2.52-2.81 (m, 2H, CH2), 3, 41-4.28 (m, 5H, 2 x CH2 + CH-O), 6.63 (m, 2H, arom. H), 6.74 (m, 2H, arom. H).

21,5 1-[( 3, 4- dihydro- 6- hydmksy- 2, 5, 7, 8- tetrametyl- 2H-[ 1]- benzopyran- 2-yl) kamonyl]- 4-[ 4-[( imino( 2- tienyl) metyl) amino] fenoksy hydroklorid (21): Den anvendte protokollen er lik den beskrevet for mellomprodukt 2,4. Mellomprodukt 31,4 erstatter mellomprodukt 2,3. Kondenserings-reaksjonen blir utført i bare 2-propanol. Etter saltdannelse blir det forventede produktet oppnådd i form av et gult pulver i et utbytte på 25%. Smeltepunkt: dekomponering fra 170°C. NMR <1>H (DMSO d6, 400 MHz, 8): 1,50-2,10 (m, 18H, CH2 + Trolox), 2,40-2,65 (m, 2H, CH2), 3,13-4,37 (m, 4H, 2 x CH2), 4,64 (m, 1H, CH-O), 7,11 (m, 2H, arom. H), 7,35 (m, 2H, arom. H), 7,57 (s, 1H, arom. H), 8,17 (m, 2H, arom. H), 8,74 (bred s, 1H, NH+), 9,76 (bred s, 1H, NH<+>), 11,42 (bred s, 1H, NH<+>). 21.5 1-[( 3, 4- dihydro- 6- hydroxy- 2, 5, 7, 8- tetramethyl- 2H-[ 1]- benzopyran- 2-yl) camonyl]- 4-[ 4-[( imino (2-thienyl)methyl)amino]phenoxy hydrochloride (21): The protocol used is similar to that described for intermediate 2,4. Intermediate 31.4 replaces intermediate 2.3. The condensation reaction is carried out in only 2-propanol. After salt formation, the expected product is obtained in the form of a yellow powder in a yield of 25%. Melting point: decomposition from 170°C. NMR <1>H (DMSO d6, 400 MHz, 8): 1.50-2.10 (m, 18H, CH2 + Trolox), 2.40-2.65 (m, 2H, CH2), 3.13 -4.37 (m, 4H, 2 x CH2), 4.64 (m, 1H, CH-O), 7.11 (m, 2H, arom. H), 7.35 (m, 2H, arom. H), 7.57 (s, 1H, arom. H), 8.17 (m, 2H, arom. H), 8.74 (broad s, 1H, NH+), 9.76 (broad s, 1H, NH<+>), 11.42 (broad s, 1H, NH<+>).

IR: vc=n (amidin): 1611 cm"<1>. IR: vc=n (amidine): 1611 cm"<1>.

Eksempel 22: 1-[(3,4-dihydro-6-hydroksy-2,5,7,8-tetrametyl-2H-[1]-benzopyran-2-yl)karbonyl]-3-{4-[(imino(2-tienyl)metyl)amino]-fenoksy}azetidin-/7ytfroWond (22): 22.1 1-[( 3, 4- dihydn>6- hydroksy- 2, 5, 7, 8- tetrametyl- 2H-[ 1]- benzopyran- 2-yl) karbonyl]- 3-{ 4- l( 1, 1' dimetyletoksy) kamonyl] am Example 22: 1-[(3,4-dihydro-6-hydroxy-2,5,7,8-tetramethyl-2H-[1]-benzopyran-2-yl)carbonyl]-3-{4-[(imino (2-thienyl)methyl)amino]-phenoxy}azetidine-/7ytfroWond (22): 22.1 1-[(3,4-dihydn>6-hydroxy-2,5,7,8-tetramethyl-2H-[1] - benzopyran-2-yl)carbonyl]-3-{4-1(1,1'dimethylethoxy)camonyl]am

Kondensering av Trolox og mellomprodukt 29,4 blir utført under samme eksperimentelle betingelser som de beskrevet for mellomprodukt 8,1. Et hvitt, fast stoff blir oppnådd i et utbytte på 98%. Smeltepunkt: 182-183°C. NMR <1>H (CDCI3, 400 MHz, 8): 1,50 (s, 9H, tBu), 1,60-2,60 (m, 16H, Trolox), 3,90-4,90 (m, 5H, azetidin), 6,40 (s, 1H, OH), 6,65 (rn, 2H, arom. H), 7,20-7,30 (m, 3H, arom. H + NH). Condensation of Trolox and intermediate 29.4 is carried out under the same experimental conditions as those described for intermediate 8.1. A white solid is obtained in a yield of 98%. Melting point: 182-183°C. NMR <1>H (CDCl3, 400 MHz, 8): 1.50 (s, 9H, tBu), 1.60-2.60 (m, 16H, Trolox), 3.90-4.90 (m, 5H, azetidine), 6.40 (s, 1H, OH), 6.65 (rn, 2H, arom. H), 7.20-7.30 (m, 3H, arom. H + NH).

22.2 1-[( 3, 4- dihydro- 6- hydroksy- 2, 5, 7, 8- tetrametyl- 2H-[ 1]- benzopyran- 2-yl) karbonyl]- 3- aminofenoksy- azetidin: Den anvendte eksperimentelle protokoll er lik den beskrevet for mellomprodukt 26,3. Mellomprodukt 32,1 erstatter mellomprodukt 26,2. Et hvitt 22.2 1-[( 3, 4- dihydro- 6- hydroxy- 2, 5, 7, 8- tetramethyl- 2H-[ 1]- benzopyran- 2-yl) carbonyl]- 3- aminophenoxy- azetidine: The experimental protocol used is similar to that described for intermediate 26.3. Intermediate 32.1 replaces intermediate 26.2. A white one

skum blir oppnådd i et utbytte på 43%. NMR 1H (CDCI3, 400 MHz, 8): 1,60-2,60 (m, 16H, Trolox), 3,50 (bred s, 2H, NH2), 3,90-4,90 (m, 5H, azetidin), 6,50-6,70 (m, 4H, arom. H). foam is obtained in a yield of 43%. NMR 1H (CDCl3, 400 MHz, 8): 1.60-2.60 (m, 16H, Trolox), 3.50 (broad s, 2H, NH2), 3.90-4.90 (m, 5H, azetidine), 6.50-6.70 (m, 4H, arom. H).

22,3 1-[( 3, 4- dihydro- 6- hydroksy- 2, 5, 7, 8- tetrametyl- 2H-[ 1J- benzopyran- 2-yl) kamonyl]- 3-{ 4-[( imino( 2- tienyl) metyl) amino] fenoksy hydroklorid (22): Den anvendte eksperimentelle protokoll er lik den beskrevet for mellomprodukt 4,3. Mellomprodukt 32,2 erstatter mellomprodukt 4,2. Et hvitt pulver blir oppnådd i et utbytte på 56%. Smeltepunkt: 190-195X. NMR 1H (DMSO d6, 400 MHz, 8): 1,60-2,50 (m, 16H, Trolox), 3,60-5,00 (m, 5H, azetidin), 6,90 (m, 2H, arom. H), 7,30 (m, 3H, arom. H), 8,15 (m, 2H, tiofen), 8,80 (bred s, 1H, NH<+>), 9,80 (bred s, 1H, NH<+>), 11,50 (bred s, 1H, NH<+>). IR: vc=o (amid): 1647 cm"<1>; vc=n (amidin): 1611 cm"<1>. 22.3 1-[( 3, 4- dihydro- 6- hydroxy- 2, 5, 7, 8- tetramethyl- 2H-[ 1J- benzopyran- 2-yl) camonyl]- 3-{ 4-[( imino( 2-thienyl)methyl)amino]phenoxy hydrochloride (22): The experimental protocol used is similar to that described for intermediate 4,3. Intermediate 32.2 replaces intermediate 4.2. A white powder is obtained in a yield of 56%. Melting point: 190-195X. NMR 1H (DMSO d6, 400 MHz, 8): 1.60-2.50 (m, 16H, Trolox), 3.60-5.00 (m, 5H, azetidine), 6.90 (m, 2H, arom. H), 7.30 (m, 3H, arom. H), 8.15 (m, 2H, thiophene), 8.80 (broad s, 1H, NH<+>), 9.80 (broad s , 1H, NH<+>), 11.50 (broad s, 1H, NH<+>). IR: vc=o (amide): 1647 cm"<1>; vc=n (amidine): 1611 cm"<1>.

Farmakologisk undersøkelse av produktene ifølge oppfinnelsen Pharmacological examination of the products according to the invention

Undersøkelse av virkningene på neuronal konstitutiv NO-syntase i rotte-cerebellum Investigation of the effects on neuronal constitutive NO synthase in the rat cerebellum

Den hemmende aktiviteten til produktene ifølge foreliggende oppfinnelse blir bestemt ved å måle deres virkning på omdannelse med NO-syntase av [<3>H]L-arginin til [<3>H]L-citrullin i henhold til den modifiserte metoden til Bredt og Snyder ( Proe. Nati. Acad. Sei. USA, (1990) 87: 682-685). Lillehjernen til Sprague-Dawley rotter (300 g - Charles River) blir raskt fjernet, dissekert ved 4°C og homogenisert i et volum av ekstraksjonsbuffer (HEPES 50 mM, EDTA 1 mM, pH 7,4, pepstatin A 10 mg/ml, leupeptin 10 mg/ml). Homogenatene blir deretter sentrifugert ved 21000 g i 15 min ved 4"C. Dosering blir utført i glass-prøverør hvor 100 pl inkuberingsbuffer inneholdende 100 mM HEPES (pH 7,4), 2 mM EDTA, 2,5 mM CaCl2, 2 mM ditiotreitol, 2 mM redusert NADPH og 10 ug/ml calmodulin blir fordelt. 25 pl av en løsning inneholdende 100 nM [<3>H]L-arginin (Spesifikk aktivitet: 56,4 Ci/mmol, Amersham) og 40 uM ikke-radioaktivt L-arginin blir tilsatt. Reaksjonen blir initiert ved tilsetning av 50 pl homogenat, idet det endelige volum er 200 pl (de manglende 25 pl er enten vann eller testprodukt). Etter 15 min. blir reaksjonen stanset med 2 ml stopp-buffer (20 mM HEPES, pH 5,5, 2 mM EDTA). Etter plassering av prøvene på en 1 ml kolonne av DOWEX harpiks blir radioaktiviteten kvantifisert med et væske-scintillasjonsspektrometer. Forbindelsene i Eksemplene 1, 6, 7 og 8 beskrevet ovenfor viser en IC50 lavere enn 3,5 uM. Når det gjelder forbindelsen i eksempel 3, viser den en IC50 lavere enn 5 pM. The inhibitory activity of the products of the present invention is determined by measuring their effect on the conversion by NO synthase of [<3>H]L-arginine to [<3>H]L-citrulline according to the modified method of Bredt and Snyder (Proe. Nat. Acad. Sei. USA, (1990) 87: 682-685). The cerebellum of Sprague-Dawley rats (300 g - Charles River) is quickly removed, dissected at 4°C and homogenized in a volume of extraction buffer (HEPES 50 mM, EDTA 1 mM, pH 7.4, pepstatin A 10 mg/ml, leupeptin 10 mg/ml). The homogenates are then centrifuged at 21,000 g for 15 min at 4"C. Dosing is carried out in glass test tubes where 100 µl of incubation buffer containing 100 mM HEPES (pH 7.4), 2 mM EDTA, 2.5 mM CaCl2, 2 mM dithiothreitol, 2 mM reduced NADPH and 10 µg/ml calmodulin are dispensed. 25 µl of a solution containing 100 nM [<3>H]L-arginine (Specific activity: 56.4 Ci/mmol, Amersham) and 40 µM non-radioactive L -arginine is added. The reaction is initiated by the addition of 50 µl of homogenate, the final volume being 200 µl (the missing 25 µl is either water or test product). After 15 min the reaction is stopped with 2 ml of stop buffer (20 mM HEPES, pH 5.5, 2 mM EDTA).After placing the samples on a 1 ml column of DOWEX resin, the radioactivity is quantified with a liquid scintillation spectrometer. The compounds of Examples 1, 6, 7 and 8 described above show an IC50 lower than 3.5 µM As for the compound of Example 3, it shows an IC 50 lower than 5 pM.

Undersøkelse av virkningene på lipid peroksydasjon av cerebral kortex hos en rotte Investigation of the effects on lipid peroxidation of the cerebral cortex in a rat

Den hemmende aktivitet til produktene ifølge foreliggende oppfinnelse blir bestemt ved å måle deres virkning på graden av lipid peroksydasjon, bestemt ved konsentrasjonen av malondialdehyd (MDA). MDA produsert ved peroksydasjon av umettede fettsyrer er en god indikasjon på lipid peroksydasjon (H Esterbauer og KH Cheeseman, Meth. Enzymol. (1990)186: 407-421). Sprague Dawley hannrotter på 200 til 250 g (Charles River) ble avlivet ved halshugging. Cerebral kortex blir fjernet og deretter homogenisert ved anvendelse av en Thomas-potte, i en 20 mM Tris-HCI buffer, pH = 7,4. Homogenatet ble sentrifugert to ganger ved 50000 g i 10 minutter ved 4°C. Pelleten blir holdt ved -80°C. På forsøksdagen blir pelleten bragt i suspensjon i en konsentrasjon på 1 g/15 ml og sentrifugert ved 515 g i 10 minutter ved 4° C. Supematanten blir anvendt umiddelbart for å bestemme lipid peroksydasjon. Homogenatet av rottens cerebrale kortex (500 pl) blir inkubert ved 37" C i 15 minutter i nærvær av forbindelsene som skal testes eller oppløsningsmiddel (10 pl). Den lipide peroksydasjonsreaksjon blir initiert ved tilsetning av 50 pl FeCl2, 1 mM, EDTA.1 mM og askorbinsyre, 4 mM. Etter 30 minutters inkubering ved 37°C blir reaksjonen stanset ved tilsetning av 50 pl av en oppløsning av hydroksylert di-tertio-butyl-toluen (BHT, 0,2 %). MDA blir kvantifisert ved anvendelse av en kolorimetrisk test, ved omsetning av et kromogent reagens (R), N-metyt-2-fenylindol (650 pl) med 200 pl av homogenatet i 1 time ved 45° C. Kondensering av et MDA molekyl med to molekyler av reagens R gir en stabil kromofor maksimal absorbans-bølgelengde som er lik 586 nm. (Caldwell et al. European J. Pharmacol. (1995)285,203-206). Forbindelsene i Eksemplene 3,11,12,13,14 og 15 beskrevet ovenfor viser alle en IC50 lavere enn 30 pM. The inhibitory activity of the products according to the present invention is determined by measuring their effect on the degree of lipid peroxidation, determined by the concentration of malondialdehyde (MDA). MDA produced by peroxidation of unsaturated fatty acids is a good indication of lipid peroxidation (H Esterbauer and KH Cheeseman, Meth. Enzymol. (1990) 186: 407-421). Male Sprague Dawley rats weighing 200 to 250 g (Charles River) were euthanized by decapitation. Cerebral cortex is removed and then homogenized using a Thomas pot, in a 20 mM Tris-HCl buffer, pH = 7.4. The homogenate was centrifuged twice at 50,000 g for 10 minutes at 4°C. The pellet is kept at -80°C. On the day of the experiment, the pellet is suspended in a concentration of 1 g/15 ml and centrifuged at 515 g for 10 minutes at 4° C. The supernatant is used immediately to determine lipid peroxidation. The homogenate of the rat cerebral cortex (500 µl) is incubated at 37"C for 15 minutes in the presence of the compounds to be tested or solvent (10 µl). The lipid peroxidation reaction is initiated by the addition of 50 µl FeCl2, 1 mM, EDTA.1 mM and ascorbic acid, 4 mM. After 30 min of incubation at 37°C, the reaction is stopped by the addition of 50 µl of a solution of hydroxylated di-tert-butyl-toluene (BHT, 0.2%). MDA is quantified using a colorimetric test, by reacting a chromogenic reagent (R), N-methyl-2-phenylindole (650 µl) with 200 µl of the homogenate for 1 hour at 45° C. Condensation of one MDA molecule with two molecules of reagent R gives a stable chromophore maximum absorbance wavelength equal to 586 nm. (Caldwell et al. European J. Pharmacol. (1995) 285,203-206). The compounds in Examples 3, 11, 12, 13, 14 and 15 described above all show a IC50 lower than 30 pM.

IN VITRO FARMAKOLOGISKE DATA IN VITRO PHARMACOLOGICAL DATA

FOR EKSEMPLENE IFØLGE OPPFINNELSEN FOR THE EXAMPLES ACCORDING TO THE INVENTION

Studie av effekter på neuronal konstitutiv NO syntase til cerebellum fra rotter Study of effects on neuronal constitutive NO synthase in rat cerebellum

Forbindelsene i eksemplene 26,30 og 31 viser en IC50 som er lavere enn 3,5 nM i denne testen. I tillegg viser forbindelsene ifølge eksemplene 20-22,27 og 32 en ICso som er lavere enn 10 \ iM. The compounds in Examples 26, 30 and 31 show an IC 50 lower than 3.5 nM in this test. In addition, the compounds of Examples 20-22, 27 and 32 show an IC 50 lower than 10 µM.

Studie av effekter på lipidperoksydasjon av cerebralcortex til rotte Forbindelsene i eksemplene 16-23, 25-29,31 og 32 viser en IC50 som er lavere enn 30 Study of Effects on Rat Cerebral Cortex Lipid Peroxidation The compounds in Examples 16-23, 25-29, 31 and 32 show an IC50 lower than 30

INVIVO FARMAKOLOGISK TEST INVIVO PHARMACOLOGICAL TEST

Effekt av forbindelsen i eksempel 26 på MPTP i mus Effect of the compound of Example 26 on MPTP in mice

Neurotoksin l-metyl-4-fenyl-l,2,3,6-tetrahydropyridin (MPTP) induserer en omfattende og meget selektiv destruksjon av dopaminergiske neuroner i substantia nigra pars compacta og en dramatisk reduksjon av innholdet av dopamin i caudat- og putamen-kjernen som i stor grad etterligner de som blir observert i idiopatisk Parkinsons sykdom. The neurotoxin l-methyl-4-phenyl-l,2,3,6-tetrahydropyridine (MPTP) induces an extensive and highly selective destruction of dopaminergic neurons in the substantia nigra pars compacta and a dramatic reduction in the content of dopamine in the caudate and putamen the core that largely mimics those observed in idiopathic Parkinson's disease.

Materialer og metoder: Materials and methods:

Studien ble utført i grupper på 6 C57M6 mus. Striatal dopamin-nivåer ble målt ved The study was performed in groups of 6 C57M6 mice. Striatal dopamine levels were measured by

HPLC HPLC

med elekthkjemisk deteksjon, en dag etter behandling med MPTP (3 intraperiotoneale injeksjoner på 20 mg/kg med 2 timers intervaller). Forbindelsen i eksempel 26 (4-[(3,5-bis- with electrochemical detection, one day after treatment with MPTP (3 intraperitoneal injections of 20 mg/kg at 2 hour intervals). The compound in Example 26 (4-[(3,5-bis-

(1,1 -dimetyletyl)-4-hydroksyfenyl]-N- {4-imino(2-tienyl)metyl)amino]fenyl}-N-metyl-2- (1,1 -dimethylethyl)-4-hydroxyphenyl]-N- {4-imino(2-thienyl)methyl)amino]phenyl}-N-methyl-2-

tiazolmetanamin-hydroklorid) ble løst opp i saltvann i doser på 10 og 30 mg/kg. thiazolmethanamine hydrochloride) was dissolved in saline in doses of 10 and 30 mg/kg.

BN81083 BN81083

ble administrert intraperitonealt under et volum på 10 ml/kg. Behandlingen ble was administered intraperitoneally at a volume of 10 ml/kg. The treatment was

administrert administered

intraperiotonealt 30 min. før hver MPTP injeksjon, 90 min. etter siste MPTP injeksjon intraperitoneally 30 min. before each MPTP injection, 90 min. after the last MPTP injection

20 24 20 24

timer etter begynnelsen av eksperimentet. hours after the start of the experiment.

Resultater: Results:

INVIVO FARMAKOLOGISK TEST INVIVO PHARMACOLOGICAL TEST

Effekt av forbindelsen i eksempel 26 på malonat-neurotoksisiteten hos rotter Effect of the compound of Example 26 on malonate neurotoxicity in rats

Logisk forklaring: Logical explanation:

Neurotoksinet malonat inhiberer reversibelt enzymet suksinatdehydrogenase i både trikarboksylsyre-syklusen og i respiratorisk kjede. I voksne rotter utløper direkte intrastriatale injeksjoner av mikromolare mengder malonat fokal nekrotisk lesjon som ligner det som sees ved Huntingtons sykdom. The neurotoxin malonate reversibly inhibits the enzyme succinate dehydrogenase in both the tricarboxylic acid cycle and in the respiratory chain. In adult rats, direct intrastriatal injections of micromolar amounts of malonate result in focal necrotic lesions similar to those seen in Huntington's disease.

Materialer og metoder: Materials and methods:

Studien ble utført i 2 grupper av Sprague Dawley rotter. Forbindelsen i eksempel 26 (4-[(3,5- The study was conducted in 2 groups of Sprague Dawley rats. The compound in example 26 (4-[(3,5-

bis-( 1,1 -dimetyletyl)-4-hydroksyfenyl]-N- {4-imino(2-tienyl)metyl)amino]fenyl} -N-metyl-2- bis-(1,1-dimethylethyl)-4-hydroxyphenyl]-N- {4-imino(2-thienyl)methyl)amino]phenyl}-N-methyl-2-

tiazolmetanamin-hydroklorid) ble løst opp i en bærerløsning (saltvann) i doser på 10 thiazolmethanamine hydrochloride) was dissolved in a carrier solution (saline) in doses of 10

mg/kg mg/kg

og administrert under et volum på 2 ml/kg. Behandlingen ble administrert IV 30 min. and administered under a volume of 2 ml/kg. The treatment was administered IV 30 min.

før og for and

2,4,6, 24 og 36 timer etter intrastriatal injeksjon av 2 umol malonat. 48 timer etter 2,4,6, 24 and 36 hours after intrastriatal injection of 2 umol malonate. 48 hours after

intra- intra-

striatal injeksjon ble hjernene fjernet og volumet av cerebral lesjon ble målt under striatal injection, the brains were removed and the volume of the cerebral lesion was measured during

anvendelse application

av 2,3,5-tirfenyl-tetrazolium-kloridmetoden. by the 2,3,5-tyrphenyl-tetrazolium chloride method.

Resultater: Results:

Konklusjon: Conclusion:

Under ovennevnte eksperimentelle betingelser, førte behandling med 10 mg/kg (IV) av forbindelsen i eksempel 26 til en signifikant reduksjon av striatal-lesjonen (-65%) og den totale lesjon (-63%) indusert av intrastriatal injeksjon av malonat i rotter. Under the above experimental conditions, treatment with 10 mg/kg (IV) of the compound of Example 26 resulted in a significant reduction of the striatal lesion (-65%) and the total lesion (-63%) induced by intrastriatal injection of malonate in rats .

Claims (13)

1. Forbindelse, kjennetegnet ved den generelle formel (I) hvor A er en aromatisk gruppe med strukturen: hvor Ri og R2 uavhengig representerer et hydrogenatom, halogen, en OH-gruppe, en lineær eller forgrenet alkylrest som har fra 1 til 6 karbonatomer. R3 representerer et hydrogenatom, en lineær eller forgrenet alkylrest som har fra 1 til 6 karbonatomer, eller B representerer en tienylgruppe; X representerer -X'-, -NH-CO-, -CH=, -CO- eller en binding, hvor X' representerer -(CH2)n- idet n er et helt tall fra 0 til 6; Y representerer-Y'-, -CO-Y'-, -Y'-CO, -CH2-N(R3)-CO-, -O-Y'-, -Y'-0-, - Y-N^^Y*- eller en binding, hvor Y' representerer-(CH2)n- idet n er et helt tall fra 0 til 6; Het representerer en heterocyklisk gruppe som kan være substituert med én eller flere substituenter valgt blant Ci-C6-alkoksykarbonyi eller C-i-C6-alkyl, hvilken heterocyklisk gruppe er valgt blant pyrrol, pyrrolidin, furan, imidazol, dihydroimidazol-2-on, imidazolidin-2,5-dion, isoksazolin, dihydropyridin, azetidin, piperidin, tiazol, tiazolin, tiazolidin eller tiazolidinon, eller et addisjonssalt av en forbindelse ifølge generell formel (I) som definert ovenfor med en syre.1. Connection, characterized by the general formula (I) where A is an aromatic group with the structure: where R 1 and R 2 independently represent a hydrogen atom, halogen, an OH group, a linear or branched alkyl radical having from 1 to 6 carbon atoms. R3 represents a hydrogen atom, a linear or branched alkyl residue having from 1 to 6 carbon atoms, or B represents a thienyl group; X represents -X'-, -NH-CO-, -CH=, -CO- or a bond, where X' represents -(CH2)n-, n being an integer from 0 to 6; Y represents -Y'-, -CO-Y'-, -Y'-CO, -CH2-N(R3)-CO-, -O-Y'-, -Y'-0-, - Y-N^^Y *- or a bond, where Y' represents -(CH2)n-, where n is an integer from 0 to 6; Het represents a heterocyclic group which may be substituted with one or more substituents selected from C1-C6-alkoxycarbonyl or C-1-C6-alkyl, which heterocyclic group is selected from pyrrole, pyrrolidine, furan, imidazole, dihydroimidazol-2-one, imidazolidin- 2,5-dione, isoxazoline, dihydropyridine, azetidine, piperidine, thiazole, thiazoline, thiazolidine or thiazolidinone, or an addition salt of a compound of general formula (I) as defined above with an acid. 2. Produkt ifølge krav 1, kjennetegnet ved at A er en aromatisk gruppe med strukturen: hvor Ri og R2 uavhengig representerer en lineær eller forgrenet alkylrest som har fra 1-6 karbonatomer; R3 representerer et hydrogenatom eller en lineær eller forgrenet alkylrest som har fra 1 til 6 karbonatomer; B representerer en tienylgruppe; X representerer -NH-CO-X'-, -CH=, -CO- eller en binding, hvor X' representerer -(CH2)n- idet n er et helt tall fra 0 til 6; Y representerer -Y'-, -Y'-CO-, -Y-O-, -Y'-N(R3)-Y'- eller en binding, hvor Y' representerer -(CH2)n- idet n er et helt tall fra 0 til 6; Het representerer en heterocyklisk gruppe som kan være substituert med én eller flere substituenter valgt blant Ci-Ce-alkoksykarbonyl eller Ci-Ce-alkyl, hvor den heterocykliske gruppen er valgt fra pyrrol, pyrrolidin, furan, imidazol, dihydroimidazol-2-on, imidazolidin-2,5-dion, isoksazolin, dihydropyridin, azetidin, piperidin, tiazol, tiazolin, tiazolidin eller tiazolidinon,2. Product according to claim 1, characterized by that A is an aromatic group with the structure: where R 1 and R 2 independently represent a linear or branched alkyl radical having from 1-6 carbon atoms; R 3 represents a hydrogen atom or a linear or branched alkyl radical having from 1 to 6 carbon atoms; B represents a thienyl group; X represents -NH-CO-X'-, -CH=, -CO- or a bond, where X' represents -(CH2)n-, n being an integer from 0 to 6; Y represents -Y'-, -Y'-CO-, -Y-O-, -Y'-N(R3)-Y'- or a bond, where Y' represents -(CH2)n-, n being an integer from 0 to 6; Het represents a heterocyclic group which may be substituted with one or more substituents selected from C 1 -C 6 alkoxycarbonyl or C 1 -C 6 alkyl, where the heterocyclic group is selected from pyrrol, pyrrolidine, furan, imidazole, dihydroimidazol-2-one, imidazolidine -2,5-dione, isoxazoline, dihydropyridine, azetidine, piperidine, thiazole, thiazoline, thiazolidine or thiazolidinone, 3. Produkt ifølge et av kravene 1 til 2, kjennetegnet ved at det er en av de følgende forbindelser: - N-(3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydro furan karboksamid -hydrojodid; - 3-(3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroksyfenyl)-1-[4-{imino(2-tienyl)-metylamino}fenyl]-2,5-imidazolidindion -hydroklorid; - 2-(3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroksyfenyl)-3-[4-{imino(2-tienyl)-metylamino}fenyl]-4-tiazolidinon-hydroklorid; - 5-[(3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroksyfenyl)metylen]-1-metyl-3-[4-{imino(2-tienyl)metyl-amino}fenyl]-2,4-imidazolidindion-fumarat; - 2-(S)-4-(S)-N-[4-hydroksy-3,5-bis-(1I1-dimetyletyl)-fenyl]-4-{4-[(imino(2-tienyl)-metyl)amino]fenoksy}-prolinamidhydroklorid; - N-[4-hydroksy-3,5-bis-(1,1 -dimetyletyl)fenyl]-2-(R,S)-{4-[(imino(2-tienyl)metyl)-amino]fenyl}-4-(R)-tiazolidin karboksamid-fumarat; - N-[3,5-bis{1,1 -dimetyletyl)-4-hydroksyfenyl]-2-{4-[(imino(2-tienyl)metyl)amino]-fenyl}-4-(R)-tiazolidin karboksamid-fumarat; - N-[3,5-bis(1,1 -dimetyletyl)-4-hydroksyfenyl]-2-(S)-{4-[(imino(2-tienyl)metyl)-amino]fenoksy}-pyrrolidin-2-(R)-karboksamid-dihydroklorid; - metyl-1-[(3,4-dihydro-6-hydroksy-2,5,7,8-tetrametyl-2-H-[1]-benzopyran-2-yl)-karbonyl]-4-(S)-{4-[imino(2-tienyl)metyl)amino]fenoksy}-pyrrolidin-2-(S)-karboksylat-hydroklorid; - 1-[(3,4-dihydro-6-hydroksy-2,5,7,8-tetrametyl-2-H-[1]-benzopyran-2-yl)-karbonyl]-3-(S)-{4-[imino(2-tienyl)metyl)aminoJfenoksy}-pyrrolidin-hydroklorid; - 3-{[(3,4-dihydro-6-hydroksy-2,5,7,8-tetrametyl-2-H-[1]-benzopyran-2-yl)-karbonyl]-amino}-1-{4-[imino(2-tienyl)metyl)amino]fenyl}-pyrrolidin; - 4-[(3,5-bis-(1,1 -dimetyletyl)-4-hydroksyfenyl]-N-{4-imino(2-tienyl)metyl)amino]-benzoyl}-N-metyl-1H-imidazol-2-metanamin-hydroklorid; - N-[3,5-bis(1,1-dimetyletyl)-4-hydroksyfenyl]-1-{4-[(imino(2-tienyl)metyl)amino]-fenyl}-1H-pyrrol-2-karboksamid-hydroiodid; - 3-[3,5-bis(1,1-dimetyletyl)-4-hydroksyfenyl]-4,5-dihydro-N-{4-[(imino(2-tienyi)-metyl)amino]-fenyl}-5-isoksazolacetamid-hydroiodid; - 4-[(3,5-bis-(1,1-dimetyletyl)-4-hydroksyfenyl]-N-{4-imino(2-tienyl)metyl)amino]-fenyl}-N-metyl-2-tiazolmetanamin-hydroklorid; - 4-[(3,5-bis-(1,1 -dimetyletyl)-4-hydroksyfenyl]-N-{4-imino(2-tienyl)metyl)amino]-fenyl}-N-metyl-1H-imidazol-2-metanamin-hydroklorid; - 3-[(3,5-bis-(1,1 -dimetyletylH-hydroksyfenyl]-4,5-dihydro-5-{2-{^ tienyl)-metyl)amino]fenoksy}etyl}isoksazol; - 1 -{[(3,5-bis-{1,1 -dimetyletyl)-4-hydorksyfenyl]amino}-kabonyl}-3-{4-[(imin tienyl)metyl)amino]fenoksy}azetidin-hydroklorid; - 1-(2-hydroksy-5-metoksybenzoyl)-3-{4-[(imino(2-tienyl)metyl)amin azetidin-hydroklorid; - 1 -[{3,4-dihydro-6-hydroksy-2,5,7,8-tetrametyl-2-H-[1 ]-benzopyran-2-yl)karoonyl]-4-[4-[(imino(24ienyl)metyl)amino]fenoksy}piperidin-hydroklorid; - 1-[(3,4-dihydro-6-hydroksy-2,57,8-tetrametyl-2-H-[1]-benzopyran-2-yl)- karbonyl]-3-{4-[(imino(2-tienvl)metyl)amino]fenoksy}azetidin-hydroklorid; eller deres salter eller enantiomerer.3. Product according to one of claims 1 to 2, characterized in that it is one of the following compounds: - N-(3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydro furan carboxamide -hydroiodide; - 3-(3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl )-1-[4-{imino(2-thienyl)-methylamino}phenyl]-2,5-imidazolidinedione hydrochloride;- 2-(3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)-3-[ 4-{imino(2-thienyl)-methylamino}phenyl]-4-thiazolidinone hydrochloride;- 5-[(3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)methylene]-1-methyl-3-[ 4-{imino(2-thienyl)methyl-amino}phenyl]-2,4-imidazolidinedione fumarate;- 2-(S)-4-(S)-N-[4-hydroxy-3,5-bis- (111-dimethylethyl)-phenyl]-4-{4-[(imino(2-thienyl)-methyl)amino]phenoxy}-prolinamide hydrochloride;- N-[4-hydroxy-3,5-bis-(1,1 -dimethylethyl)phenyl]-2-(R,S)-{4-[(imino(2-thienyl)methyl)-amino]phenyl}-4-(R)-thiazolidine carboxamide fumarate;- N-[3, 5-bis{1,1-dimethylethyl)-4-hydroxyphenyl]-2-{4-[(imino(2-thienyl)methyl)amino]-phenyl}-4-(R)-thiazolidine carboxamide fumarate; - N-[3,5-bis(1,1-dimethylethyl)-4-hydroxyphenyl]-2-(S)-{4-[(imino(2-thienyl)methyl)-amino]phenoxy}-pyrrolidine-2 -(R)-carboxamide dihydrochloride; - methyl-1-[(3,4-dihydro-6-hydroxy-2,5,7,8-tetramethyl-2-H-[1]-benzopyran-2-yl)-carbonyl]-4-(S) -{4-[imino(2-thienyl)methyl)amino]phenoxy}-pyrrolidine-2-(S)-carboxylate hydrochloride; - 1-[(3,4-dihydro-6-hydroxy-2,5,7,8-tetramethyl-2-H-[1]-benzopyran-2-yl)-carbonyl]-3-(S)-{ 4-[imino(2-thienyl)methyl)aminophenoxy}pyrrolidine hydrochloride; - 3-{[(3,4-dihydro-6-hydroxy-2,5,7,8-tetramethyl-2-H-[1]-benzopyran-2-yl)-carbonyl]-amino}-1-{ 4-[imino(2-thienyl)methyl)amino]phenyl}-pyrrolidine; - 4-[(3,5-bis-(1,1-dimethylethyl)-4-hydroxyphenyl]-N-{4-imino(2-thienyl)methyl)amino]-benzoyl}-N-methyl-1H-imidazole -2-methanamine hydrochloride; - N-[3,5-bis(1,1-dimethylethyl)-4-hydroxyphenyl]-1-{4-[(imino(2-thienyl)methyl)amino]-phenyl}-1H-pyrrole-2-carboxamide -hydroiodide; - 3-[3,5-bis(1,1-dimethylethyl)-4-hydroxyphenyl]-4,5-dihydro-N-{4-[(imino(2-thienyi)methyl)amino]-phenyl}- 5-isoxazolacetamide hydroiodide; - 4-[(3,5-bis-(1,1-dimethylethyl)-4-hydroxyphenyl]-N-{4-imino(2-thienyl)methyl)amino]-phenyl}-N-methyl-2-thiazolemethanamine -hydrochloride; - 4-[(3,5-bis-(1,1-dimethylethyl)-4-hydroxyphenyl]-N-{4-imino(2-thienyl)methyl)amino]-phenyl}-N-methyl-1H-imidazole -2-methanamine hydrochloride; - 3-[(3,5-bis-(1,1-dimethylethylH-hydroxyphenyl]-4,5-dihydro-5-{2-{^thienyl)-methyl)amino]phenoxy}ethyl}isoxazole; - 1-{[(3,5-bis-{1,1-dimethylethyl)-4-hydroxyphenyl]amino}-carbonyl}-3-{4-[(iminthienyl)methyl)amino]phenoxy}azetidine hydrochloride; - 1-(2-hydroxy-5-methoxybenzoyl)-3-{4-[(imino(2-thienyl)methyl)amine azetidine hydrochloride; - 1 -[{3,4-dihydro-6-hydroxy-2,5,7,8-tetramethyl-2-H-[1 ]-benzopyran-2-yl)caroonyl]-4-[4-[(imino (24-enyl)methyl)amino]phenoxy}piperidine hydrochloride; - 1-[(3,4-dihydro-6-hydroxy-2,57,8-tetramethyl-2-H-[1]-benzopyran-2-yl)- carbonyl]-3-{4-[(imino(2-thienyl)methyl)amino]phenoxy}azetidine hydrochloride; or their salts or enantiomers. 4. Produkt ifølge hvilket som helst av kravene 1 til 3, kjennetegnet ved at det er én av de følgende forbindelser: - 3-{3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroksyfenyl)-1-[4-{imino(2-tienyl)metylamino}fenyll-2,5-imidazolidindion-hydroklorid; - 2-(3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroksyfenyl)-3-[4-{imino(2-tienyl)metylamino}fenyl]-4-tiazolidinon-hydroklorid; - 5-[(315-di-t-butyl-4-hydroksyfenyl)metylen]-1-metyl-3-[4-{imino(2-tienyl)metyl-amino}fenyl]-2,4-imidazolidindion-fumarat; - 2-(S)-4-(S)-N-[4-hydroksy-3,5-bis-(1,1 -dimetyletyl)-fenyl]-4-{4-[(imino(2-tienyl)-metyl)amino]fenoksy}-prolinamid-hydroklorid; - N-[4-hydroksy-3,5-bis-(1,1 -dimetyl)etyl-fenyl]-2-{4-[{imino(2- tienyl)metyl)amino]-fenyl}-4-tiazolkarboksamid-hydroklorid; eller deres salter eller enantiomerer.4. Product according to any one of claims 1 to 3, characterized by the fact that it is one of the following compounds: - 3-{3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)-1-[4-{imino(2-thienyl)methylamino}phenyl-2,5- imidazolidinedione hydrochloride; - 2-(3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)-3-[4-{imino(2-thienyl)methylamino}phenyl]-4-thiazolidinone hydrochloride; - 5-[(315-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)methylene]-1-methyl-3-[4-{imino(2-thienyl)methyl-amino}phenyl]-2,4-imidazolidinedione fumarate ; - 2-(S)-4-(S)-N-[4-hydroxy-3,5-bis-(1,1-dimethylethyl)-phenyl]-4-{4-[(imino(2-thienyl) -methyl)amino]phenoxy}-prolinamide hydrochloride; - N-[4-hydroxy-3,5-bis-(1,1-dimethyl)ethyl-phenyl]-2-{4-[{imino(2- thienyl)methyl)amino]phenyl}-4-thiazolecarboxamide hydrochloride; or their salts or enantiomers. 5. Som nye industrielle produkter, forbindelsene med de generelle formler (II), (III), (V), (VI) og (VII) hvor A, X, Het, Y og B er som definert i krav 1; og Gp representerer en beskyttende gruppe for amin-funksjonen som fortrinnsvis kan avspaltes i et vannfritt, surt medium, så som for eksempel karbamatene av t-butyl, trikloretyl eller trimetylsilyletyl eller også tritylgruppen,5. As new industrial products, the compounds of the general formulas (II), (III), (V), (VI) and (VII) where A, X, Het, Y and B are as defined in claim 1; and Gp represents a protecting group for the amine function which can preferably be cleaved off in an anhydrous, acidic medium, such as for example the carbamates of t-butyl, trichloroethyl or trimethylsilylethyl or also the trityl group, 6. Fremgangsmåte for fremstilling av forbindelsene med den generelle formel (I) ifølge krav 1, kjennetegnet ved at den består av kondensering, fortrinnsvis i en blanding av isopropanol og DMF og ved omgivelsestemperatur, av anilin-derivatene med den generelle formel (III) med S-alkyl-tioimidat-derivater med den generelle formel (IV) hvilket gir de endelige forbindelser med den generelle formel (I), idet forbindelsene med de generelle formler (I), (III) og (IV) er slik at A, X, Het, Y og B er som definert i krav 1.6. Process for preparing the compounds with the general formula (I) according to claim 1, characterized in that it consists of the condensation, preferably in a mixture of isopropanol and DMF and at ambient temperature, of the aniline derivatives of the general formula (III) with S-alkyl thioimidate derivatives of the general formula (IV) giving the final compounds of the general formula (I), in that the compounds with the general formulas (I), (III) and (IV) are such that A, X, Het, Y and B are as defined in claim 1. 7 Fremgangsmåte for fremstilling av forbindelsene med den generelle formel (I) ifølge krav 1 hvor den heterocykliske gruppen Het inneholder minst ett nitrogenatom, kjennetegnet ved at den omfatter de følgende to trinn: - kondensering, fortrinnsvis i en isopropanol og DMF-blanding ved omgivelsestemperatur, av en forbindelse med den generelle formel (VI) med en forbindelse med den generelle formel (IV) hvilket gir en forbindelse med den generelle formel (VII) - avspaltning av den beskyttende gruppen Gp i forbindelsen med den generelle formel (VII) definert ovenfor for å oppnå forbindelsen med den generelle formel (I). idet forbindelsene med de generelle formler (I), (IV), (VI) og (VII) er slik at A, X, Het, Y og B er som definert i krav 1, og Gp representerer en beskyttende gruppe for amin-funksjonen som fortrinnsvis kan avspaltes i et vannfritt surt medium, så som for eksempel karbamatene avt-butyl, trikloretyl eller trimetylsilyletyl eller også tritylgruppen.7 Process for preparing the compounds with the general formula (I) according to claim 1 where the heterocyclic group Het contains at least one nitrogen atom, characterized in that it comprises the following two steps: - condensation, preferably in an isopropanol and DMF mixture by ambient temperature, of a compound of the general formula (VI) with a compound of the general formula (IV) giving a compound of the general formula (VII) - removal of the protecting group Gp in the compound of the general formula (VII) defined above to obtain the compound of the general formula (I) . in that the compounds with the general formulas (I), (IV), (VI) and (VII) are such that A, X, Het, Y and B are as defined in claim 1, and Gp represents a protecting group for the amine function which can preferably be cleaved off in an anhydrous acidic medium, such as, for example, the carbamates of t-butyl, trichloroethyl or trimethylsilylethyl or also the trityl group. 8. Som et medikament, en forbindelse, med den generelle formel (I) ifølge hvilket som helst av kravene 1 til 4 eller et farmasøytisk godtagbart salt av dette produktet.8. As a medicament, a compound of the general formula (I) according to any one of claims 1 to 4 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of this product. 9. Farmasøytiske preparat, kjennetegnet ved at det inneholder, som aktiv bestanddel, minst ett produkt ifølge krav 8.9. Pharmaceutical preparations, characterized by the fact that it contains, as an active ingredient, at least one product according to claim 8. 10. Anvendelse av en forbindelse med den generelle formel (I) ifølge hvilket som helst av kravene 1 til 4 eller et farmasøytisk godtagbart salt av dette produktet, for fremstilling av et medikament for å hemme NO-syntase.10. Use of a compound of the general formula (I) according to any one of claims 1 to 4 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of this product, for the manufacture of a medicament for inhibiting NO synthase. 11. Anvendelse av en forbindelse med den generelle formel (I) ifølge hvilket som helst av kravene 1 til 4 eller eller et farmasøytisk godtagbart salt av dette produktet, for fremstilling av et medikament for å hemme lipid peroksydasjon.11. Use of a compound of the general formula (I) according to any one of claims 1 to 4 or or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of this product, for the preparation of a medicament for inhibiting lipid peroxidation. 12. Anvendelse av en forbindelse med den generelle formel (I) ifølge hvilket som helst av kravene 1 til 4 eller eller et farmasøytisk godtagbart salt av dette produktet, for fremstilling av et medikament som har en hemmende aktivitet både på NO-syntase og lipid peroksydasjon.12. Use of a compound of the general formula (I) according to any one of claims 1 to 4 or or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of this product, for the preparation of a drug which has an inhibitory activity both on NO synthase and lipid peroxidation . 13. Anvendelse av en forbindelse ifølge generell formel (I) ifølge hvilket som helst av kravene 1-4, eller av et farmasøytisk akseptabelt salt av dette produktet for fremstilling av et medikament ment for å behandle en sykdom valgt fra Huntingtons korea og Parkinsons sykdom.13. Use of a compound according to general formula (I) according to any one of claims 1-4, or of a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of this product for the manufacture of a medicament intended to treat a disease selected from Huntington's chorea and Parkinson's disease.
NO19996208A 1997-06-20 1999-12-15 New 2- (iminomethyl) amino-phenyl derivatives, their preparation and use, and pharmaceutical preparations NO315321B1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
FR9707701A FR2764889B1 (en) 1997-06-20 1997-06-20 NOVEL 2- (IMINOMETHYL) AMINO-PHENYL DERIVATIVES, THEIR PREPARATION, THEIR USE AS MEDICAMENTS AND THE PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING THEM
PCT/FR1998/001250 WO1998058934A1 (en) 1997-06-20 1998-06-15 Novel 2-(iminomethyl)amino-phenyl derivatives, preparation, application as medicines and compositions containing same

Publications (3)

Publication Number Publication Date
NO996208D0 NO996208D0 (en) 1999-12-15
NO996208L NO996208L (en) 2000-02-15
NO315321B1 true NO315321B1 (en) 2003-08-18

Family

ID=9508226

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
NO19996208A NO315321B1 (en) 1997-06-20 1999-12-15 New 2- (iminomethyl) amino-phenyl derivatives, their preparation and use, and pharmaceutical preparations

Country Status (29)

Country Link
EP (1) EP0991654B1 (en)
JP (1) JP2002507965A (en)
KR (2) KR100618478B1 (en)
CN (1) CN1195762C (en)
AR (1) AR012250A1 (en)
AT (1) ATE297935T1 (en)
AU (1) AU737964B2 (en)
BR (1) BR9810197B1 (en)
CA (1) CA2294809C (en)
CZ (1) CZ299237B6 (en)
DE (1) DE69830584T2 (en)
DK (1) DK0991654T3 (en)
ES (1) ES2244068T3 (en)
FR (1) FR2764889B1 (en)
HK (1) HK1030218A1 (en)
HU (1) HUP0002425A3 (en)
IL (1) IL133223A (en)
MY (1) MY123193A (en)
NO (1) NO315321B1 (en)
NZ (1) NZ501656A (en)
PL (1) PL191987B1 (en)
PT (1) PT991654E (en)
RU (1) RU2202543C2 (en)
SK (1) SK286911B6 (en)
TR (1) TR199903175T2 (en)
TW (1) TW422842B (en)
UA (1) UA70921C2 (en)
WO (1) WO1998058934A1 (en)
ZA (1) ZA985392B (en)

Families Citing this family (26)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
SE9801990D0 (en) 1998-06-04 1998-06-04 Astra Ab New 3-aryl propionic acid derivatives and analogs
AR019190A1 (en) * 1998-07-08 2001-12-26 Sod Conseils Rech Applic DERIVATIVES OF 2-AMINOPIRIDINES, INTERMEDIATE PRODUCTS FOR THEIR PREPARATION, DRUGS AND PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING THEM AND THEIR USE TO PREPARE DRUGS
US6355672B1 (en) * 1998-08-07 2002-03-12 Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd. Benzothiepin derivatives, process for the preparation of the same and uses thereof
FR2783519B1 (en) * 1998-09-23 2003-01-24 Sod Conseils Rech Applic NOVEL AMIDINE DERIVATIVES, THEIR PREPARATION, THEIR USE AS MEDICAMENTS AND THE PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING THEM
FR2798127A1 (en) * 1999-09-03 2001-03-09 Expansia Sa NOVEL PROCESS FOR THE PREPARATION OF AMIDINES DERIVED FROM 6-HYDROXY-2,5,7,8-TETRAMETHYLCHROMMANE-2-CARBOXYLIC ACID
FR2799461B1 (en) * 1999-10-11 2002-01-04 Sod Conseils Rech Applic 5-CHAIN CHAIN HETEROCYCLE DERIVATIVES, THEIR PREPARATION AND THEIR APPLICATION AS MEDICAMENTS
RU2380362C2 (en) * 1999-10-11 2010-01-27 Сосьете Де Консей Де Решерш З Derivatives of five-member heterocycles, method of production and use thereof as medicinal agents
FR2812546B1 (en) * 2000-08-01 2008-11-21 Sod Conseils Rech Applic 5-CHAIN HETEROCYCLE DERIVATIVES, THEIR PREPARATION AND THEIR APPLICATION AS MEDICAMENTS
TWI283577B (en) 1999-10-11 2007-07-11 Sod Conseils Rech Applic Pharmaceutical composition of imidazole derivatives acting as modulators of sodium channels and the use thereof
FR2801053B1 (en) * 1999-11-16 2004-06-25 Sod Conseils Rech Applic NOVEL AMIDINE DERIVATIVES, THEIR PREPARATION AND THEIR APPLICATION AS MEDICAMENTS
SE9904677D0 (en) * 1999-12-20 1999-12-20 Astra Ab Novel compounds
SE9904676D0 (en) * 1999-12-20 1999-12-20 Astra Ab Novel compounds
GB0019006D0 (en) * 2000-08-04 2000-09-20 Astrazeneca Ab Novel compounds
AU2001282829A1 (en) * 2000-09-05 2002-03-22 Astrazeneca Ab Amidine derivatives which are inhibitors of nitric oxide synthase
TWI248438B (en) * 2001-04-10 2006-02-01 Sod Conseils Rech Applic Derivatives of heterocycles with 5 members, their preparation and their use as medicaments
JP4410553B2 (en) 2001-06-08 2010-02-03 サイトカイン・ファーマサイエンシズ・インコーポレーテッド Isoxazoline compounds having MIF antagonist activity
HU228783B1 (en) 2001-07-26 2013-05-28 Greenearth Cleaning Dry cleaning apparatus and method capable of utilizing a siloxane solvent
FR2842808B1 (en) * 2002-07-25 2004-09-10 Sod Conseils Rech Applic NOVEL ARYLIMIDAZOLA DERIVATIVES, THEIR PREPARATION AND THERAPEUTIC APPLICATIONS
US7141561B2 (en) 2002-07-25 2006-11-28 Sanofi-Aventis Deutschland Gmbh Substituted diaryl heterocycles, process for their preparation and their use as medicaments
DE10233817A1 (en) * 2002-07-25 2004-02-12 Aventis Pharma Deutschland Gmbh Substituted diaryl heterocycles, process for their preparation and their use as medicaments
BRPI0507818A (en) * 2004-03-26 2007-07-10 Cytokine Pharmasciences Inc compound and inhibition methods
WO2006022442A1 (en) * 2004-08-24 2006-03-02 Santen Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Novel heterocyclic amide derivatives having dihydroorotate dehydrogenase inhibiting activity
NZ560633A (en) 2005-03-11 2011-08-26 Neuprotect Pty Ltd Flavonoid compounds and uses thereof
EP2473055A4 (en) 2009-09-04 2013-02-13 Univ Vanderbilt Mglur4 allosteric potentiators, compositions, and methods of treating neurological dysfunction
US9051296B2 (en) 2009-11-16 2015-06-09 Raqualia Pharma Inc. Aryl carboxamide derivatives as TTX-S blockers
PL2872497T5 (en) * 2012-07-12 2020-02-28 Khondrion Ip B.V. Chromanyl derivatives for treating mitochondrial disease

Family Cites Families (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
GB9127376D0 (en) * 1991-12-24 1992-02-19 Wellcome Found Amidino derivatives
SK16396A3 (en) * 1993-08-12 1996-09-04 Astra Ab Amidine derivatives with nitric oxide synthetase activities
CA2188680A1 (en) * 1994-05-07 1996-01-25 James Edwin Macdonald Bicyclic amidine derivatives as inhibitors of nitric oxide synthetase

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
PL337499A1 (en) 2000-08-28
CN1264385A (en) 2000-08-23
SK179699A3 (en) 2000-05-16
EP0991654B1 (en) 2005-06-15
DE69830584T2 (en) 2006-03-16
CZ299237B6 (en) 2008-05-28
TW422842B (en) 2001-02-21
AU737964B2 (en) 2001-09-06
RU2202543C2 (en) 2003-04-20
SK286911B6 (en) 2009-07-06
HK1030218A1 (en) 2001-04-27
WO1998058934A1 (en) 1998-12-30
AR012250A1 (en) 2000-09-27
BR9810197A (en) 2000-08-08
IL133223A0 (en) 2001-03-19
NO996208D0 (en) 1999-12-15
CZ459799A3 (en) 2000-07-12
JP2002507965A (en) 2002-03-12
CA2294809C (en) 2010-02-02
ES2244068T3 (en) 2005-12-01
HUP0002425A1 (en) 2001-11-28
CN1195762C (en) 2005-04-06
KR100545946B1 (en) 2006-01-26
TR199903175T2 (en) 2000-04-21
NO996208L (en) 2000-02-15
BR9810197B1 (en) 2010-02-09
NZ501656A (en) 2001-12-21
PL191987B1 (en) 2006-07-31
IL133223A (en) 2004-09-27
EP0991654A1 (en) 2000-04-12
MY123193A (en) 2006-05-31
UA70921C2 (en) 2004-11-15
ATE297935T1 (en) 2005-07-15
CA2294809A1 (en) 1998-12-30
PT991654E (en) 2005-10-31
KR20010013983A (en) 2001-02-26
DK0991654T3 (en) 2005-10-17
KR20050098970A (en) 2005-10-12
FR2764889B1 (en) 2000-09-01
ZA985392B (en) 1999-01-20
HUP0002425A3 (en) 2001-12-28
KR100618478B1 (en) 2006-09-01
FR2764889A1 (en) 1998-12-24
DE69830584D1 (en) 2005-07-21
AU8218998A (en) 1999-01-04

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
NO315321B1 (en) New 2- (iminomethyl) amino-phenyl derivatives, their preparation and use, and pharmaceutical preparations
US7553976B2 (en) Derivatives of 2-(iminomethyl)amino-phenyl, their preparation, their use as medicaments and the pharmaceutical compositions containing them
US6586454B2 (en) Derivatives of 2-(iminomethyl)amino-phenyl, their preparation, their use as medicaments and the pharmaceutical compositions containing them
EP0544819A1 (en) Indole derivatives which inhibit leukotriene biosynthesis.
KR20130004257A (en) Production method
CA2344223A1 (en) N-(iminomethyl)amine derivatives, their preparation, their use as medicines and compositions containing them
EP1385840B1 (en) Sulfonamides
NO324065B1 (en) New 2- (iminomethyl) amino-phenyl derivatives, preparation, medicaments containing them, pharmaceutical compositions containing them and their use in the manufacture of medicaments
FR2911136A1 (en) New N-(4-cyano-1H-pyrazol-3-yl)-methylamine derivatives, are cannabinoid CB1 receptor antagonists, useful e.g. for treating psychiatric, neurodegenerative or metabolic disorders
MXPA99011971A (en) Novel 2-(iminomethyl)amino-phenyl derivatives, preparation, application as medicines and compositions containing same
KR20070018816A (en) Production method

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
MM1K Lapsed by not paying the annual fees